Acts in E-Prime With Interlinear Greek in IPA 3-17-2015

Acts
Rendered into E-Prime by

Dr. David F. Maas
With Interlinear Greek in IPA
[Embedded Audio Links]
Assisted by Peggy Johnson
(03-17-2015)
Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

NASB Copyright 1995 by The Lockman Foundation
E-Prime consists of a paraphrase in which we have endeavored to replace all to be verbs (is,
are were, was, etc.) with concrete active verbs, eliminating the is of identity (instead of John
is a teacher, we use John teaches.), the is of predication (instead of The apple is sweet,
we use The apple tastes sweet.), as well as the passive voice and phantom subjects (instead of
Blessed is the man, we use God blesses the man.). By performing these linguistic
procedures, we have hoped to create a crisp, direct, and sparkling document.
Pronunciation Guide and Flashpoints for English Speakers

The International Phonetic Alphabet was launched in 1888 in England by Henry Sweet and
Elmer Wiggins, founders of the International Phonetic Association. The International Phonetic
Alphabet is an alphabetic system of notation based primarily on the Latin alphabet with
borrowings if the Latin alphabet does not contain the sound. The beauty of the IPA is that it is
100% phonetic, while the English Alphabet (though derived from the Latin alphabet) is only
60% phonetic, making pronunciation chancy. The best transliteration schemes are also hit and
miss. Using the IPA pronunciation, one symbol represents one sound. The consonants are the
most stable elements of the language, but the violent vowels and the diabolical diphthongs will
cause trouble continually. Consequently, here are the potential flashpoints that may up-end
English speakers as they try to negotiate the pronunciation of the Interlinear Greek and Hebrew
IPA texts.

Consonants in IPA
// as in thick or think
// ks as in box
// ch as in Bach
//
sh as in shake
/t/ ch as in chuckwagon
/ts/ as in Mozart
/j/ y as in Yahoo
Vowels
/i/
as in feet or bee
//
as in fish
/e/
as in cake or wait
/ / as in bed and pet

// as in cat
/a/
as in father
//
as in rug or butter
/o/
as in bone or chrome or dome
//
pronounce the vowel sound of kiss while rounding the lips
/ u/ as in moon or June
// as in book or cook
Diphthongs
/au/ as in cow
/oj/
as in boy or joy
/aj/
as in buy or guy

Acts 1
Rendered into E-Prime by Dr. David F. Maas with Interlinear Greek in IPA
(Click Link for Audio) https://www.wordproject.org/bibles/gk/44/1.htm#0
Introduction
1
The first account I composed, Theophilus, about all that Jesus began to do and teach,
ton mn
The indeed
ofil
Theophilis,
2
proton logon
pi-esamen pri
panton
o
first
account
I composed concerning all the things, O
on
erato o iesus pi-en t
ke didasken
which began
Jesus to do both and to teach,
until the day when He ascended up to heaven, after He had by the Holy Spirit given orders to
the apostles whom He had chosen.
ari es emras ntelamnos

tis
apostolis
until the day,
having given instructions to the apostles,
dia pnjumatos
by [the] Spirit
agiu us
lato
anlemfe
Holy, whom he had chosen, he was taken up.
3
To these He also presented Himself alive after His suffering, by many convincing proofs,
appearing to them over a period of forty days and speaking of the things concerning the
kingdom of God.
is
to whom
polis
many
ke
also
parstesn
avton
zonta mta to paen
avton n
he presented himself alive , after the suffering of him, with
tkmeri-is di
emron tsrakonta
proofs , during days
forty,
lgon
ta
pri
speaking the things concerning
tes
the
basile-as
kingdom
optanomnos avtis
ke
being seen
by them and
tu -u
of God.

4
Gathering them together, He commanded them not to leave Jerusalem, but to wait for what
the Father had promised, "Which," He said, "you heard of from Me;
ke snalizomnos
paregeln
avtis apo irosolmon me
and being assembled together, he instructed them from Jerusalem
not
orizse ala primnen ten paglian tu
patros
to depart, but to await
the promise
of the Father
ekusat
you heard
5
en
which [said he]
mu
of me.
for John baptized with water, but you will receive baptism with the Holy Spirit not many days
from now."
oti io-anes mn
baptisn dati
mes d
n
pnjumati
For John
indeed baptized with water; you however with [the] Spirit
baptoses
will be baptized
6
agio
u
mta polas
tavtas emras
Holy , not after many these days.
So when they had come together, they asked Him, saying, "Lord, will you at this time
restore the kingdom to Israel?"
i
mn
those indeed
un
snlonts
eroton avton lgonts
therefore having come together asked him , saying ,
kri
Lord,
n to rono tuto
apokaistanes
ten basile-an to israel
at the time
this , are you restoring the kingdom
to Israel?
e
if
7
He said to them, "You cannot know the times or epochs which the Father has fixed by His
own authority;
epn
d
pros avtus u mon stin gnone ronus e kerus
he said moreover to
them , Not yours it is to know times or seasons,
us
which
o pater
to
the Father set
n te idia
usia
by
his own authority.

8
but you will receive power when the Holy Spirit has come upon you; and you shall serve as
My witnesses both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea and Samaria, and even to the remotest
part of the earth."
lempss
dnamin plontos
tu
agiu pnjumatos
you will receive power, having come the Holy Spirit
ala
but
mas ke
you, and
ss
mu
martrs
you will be for me witnesses,
f
upon
n t
irusalem ke n pase
in both Jerusalem , and in all
te iude-a ke samare-a ke
-os satu
tes
ges
Judea , and Samaria , and to
[the] uttermost part of the earth.
The Ascension
9
And after He had said these things, He ascended while they looked on, and a cloud received
Him out of their sight.
ke
And
tavta
epon
blponton avton pere
ke
nfle
these things having said beholding they, he was lifted up, and a cloud
plabn avton apo

hid
him
from
10
ton ofalmon avton

the eyes
of them.
And as they gazed intently into the sky while He had gone, behold, two men in white
clothing stood beside them.
ke os atnizonts
And as looking intently
ke
also
11
idu
behold
esan
es
ton uranon porjumnu
avtu
they were, into the heaven , as was going he ,
andrs do
men
two
paredistekesan avtis
n sessi ljukes
stood by
them , in apparel
white.
They also said, " Men of Galilee, why do you stand looking into the sky? This Jesus, who
has ascended up from you into heaven, will come in just the same way as you have
watched Him go into heaven."
i
ke epan
who also said,
andrs
Men,
ton uranon utos o iesus

heaven? This
Jesus
on
tropon
in like manner
galile-i
ti
stekat
blponts
Galileans , why do you stand looking
es
into
o analemfes
af mon es ton uranon utos
having been taken up from you into
heaven, thus
asas avton porjumnon

you beheld him
going
5
es ton uranon
into
heaven.

The Upper Room
12
Then they returned to Jerusalem from the mount called Olivet, which lies near Jerusalem, a
Sabbath day's journey away.
tot pstrpsan
Then they returned
le-onos
Olivet,
o
which
es
to
irusalem apo orus

tu
Jerusalem from [the] mount
kalumnu
called
stin gs irusalem sabatu

on odon
is
near Jerusalem a Sabbath's day having journey.
13
When they had entered the city, they went up to the upper room where they had stayed;
namely, Peter and John and James and Andrew, Philip and Thomas, Bartholomew and
Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, and Simon the Zealot, and Judas the son of James.
ke ot
eselon
And when they had entered
katamnonts
staying
filipos ke
Philip and
t
ptros ke io-anes ke
iakobos
both Peter and John , and James
ke andras
and Andrew
omas
barolome-os ke mae-os
iakobos
alfe-u
Thomas , Bartholomew and Matthew , James [son] of Alphaeus,
ke simon o
zelotes ke
and Simon the Zealot, and
14
es
to
pro-on
anbesan
u
esan
into the upper room , they went up where were
iudas
iakobu
Judas [son] of james.
These all with one mind continually devoted themselves to prayer, along with the women,
and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with His brothers.
uti
pants esan
proskartrunts
omomadon
te prosjue sn
These all
were steadfastly continuing with one accord
in prayer , with [the]
gnein
women
ke mariam te metri
tu iesu
ke
and Mary the mother
of Jesus and
sn tis adlfis
avtu
with the brothers of him.

15
At this time Peter stood up in the midst of the brethren (one hundred and twenty persons
gathered there together), and said,
ke n tes emres tavtes anastas

ptros n mso
ton
And in the days
these , having stood up Peter in [the] midst of the
adlfon
epn en
t
olos
onomaton
brothers , said, was moreover [the] number of names
pi
to avto
together the same
ose
katon
ekosi
about a hundred [and] twenty,
16
"Brethren, the Scripture had to become fulfilled, which the Holy Spirit foretold by the mouth
of David concerning Judas, who became a guide to those who arrested Jesus.
andrs adlfi
Men , brothers,
de
it was necessary for
pleroene
ten grafen
to have been fulfilled the Scripture,
en
pro-epn
to pnjuma to agion dia stomatos
david
pri
which spoke beforehand the Spirit
Holy , by [the] mouth of David, concerning
iuda
tu
gnomnu
Judas, the [one] having become
17
odegu
guide
tis
sylabusin
to those having arrested
iesun
Jesus;
"For we had counted him among us and he received his share in this ministry."
oti katerimemnos en
n
emin ke lan
for numbered
he was with us , and was allotted
ton kleron
a share
tes diakonias tavtes

the ministry
of this.
18
(Now this man acquired a field with the price of his wickedness, and falling headlong, he
burst open in the middle and all his intestines gushed out.
utos
mn
un
ktesato
This [man] indeed then acquired
orion k
misu
tes adikias
a field out of [the] reward
of unrighteousness,
ke prenes
gnomnos
lakesn
and headlong having fallen, he burst open
msos
in[the] middle,
panta ta splanana avtu

all
the intestines
of him.
7
ke e
and gushed out

19
And it became known to all who lived in Jerusalem; so that in their own language that field
received the name Hakeldama, or, Field of Blood.)
ke gnoston gnto
pasi
tis
katikusin irusalem
ost
And known it became to all those dwelling in Jerusalem , so that
kleene
to orion keni te
idia dialkto
avton
was called the field
that in the own language of them
akldama tut stin orion ematos
Akeldama , that is
field of blood.
20
"For the scriptures state in the book of Psalms,

'LET HIS HOMESTEAD BECOME DESOLATE,
AND LET NO ONE DWELL IN IT'; and,
'LET ANOTHER MAN TAKE HIS OFFICE.'
ggrapte
gar
n
biblo psalmon
gneeto
e pavlis
it has been written indeed in [the] book of Psalms , Let become the homestead
avtu
remos
ke me sto
o
katikon n avte ke
of him desolate , and not let there be [one person] dwelling in it ; and
ten piskipen avtu
labto
tros
te position of him let take another.
21
"Therefore it has become necessary that of the men who have accompanied us all the time
that the Lord Jesus went in and out among us
un
ton snlonton
therefore the having accompanied
de
It behooves
o
eseln
that came in
ke eln
and went out
emin andron n
panti rono
us
men, during all [the] time
f
emas o krios iesus
among us
the Lord Jesus.

22
beginning with the baptism of John until the day that He became removed up from usone
of these must become a witness with us of His resurrection."
aramnos
apo
tu
having begun from the
baptismatos ioanu
-os tes emras
baptism
of John until
the day
es
in which
anlemfe
af
emon martra tes
anastass-os avtu
sn
he was taken up from us,
a witness of the resurrection
of him with
emin gnse na tuton
us, to become one of these.
23
So they put forward two men, Joseph called Barsabbas (who people also called Justus), and
Matthias.
ke
stesan
And they put forward
do
two
iosef ton kalumnon barsaban

os pklee
Joseph
called
Basabbas, who was called
i-ustos ka maian
Justus , and Matthias.
24
And they prayed and said, "You, Lord, who know the hearts of all men, show which one of
these two You have chosen
ke prosjuamni
And having prayed ,
epan
s kri
kardiognosta
they said, You Lord , knower of the hearts
panton
of all,
anadeon on
lo
k tuton ton do na
show [us] which you have chosen, of these
two one.
25
to occupy this ministry and apostleship from which Judas turned aside to go to his own
place."
laben
ton topon tes
diakonias tavtes ke
apostoles
af es
to take the place of the ministry this
and apostleship , from which
parbe
turned aside
iudas
porjuene es ton topon ton idion
Judas , to go
to his place
own.

26
And they drew lots for them, and the lot fell to Matthias; and we added him to the eleven
apostles.
ke dokan
klerus avtis
ke
And they gave lots
for them , and
ke
and
snkatpsfise
he was numbered
psn o kleros pi
fell the lot
on
maian
Matthias,
mta ton ndka apostolon

with the eleven apostles.
Acts 2
NASB E-Prime DFM with Interlinear Greek in IPA
The Day of Pentecost

1
When the day of Pentecost had come, they all gathered together in one place.
ke
n
to
smpleruse
And during the arriving of
pants omu
all
together
2
ten emran tes pntekostes

esan
the day
of Pentecost, they were all
pi to
avtu
in the one [place].
And suddenly there came from heaven a noise like a violent rushing wind, and it filled the
whole house where they sat.
ke gnto afno k tu uranu

And came
suddenly
heaven
eos
ospr fromnes pnoes
a sound , as
rushing of a wind
ke plerosn olon ton

and it filled all
the
ikon
u
esan
kaemni
house where they were sitting.
biai-as
violent,
3
And there appeared to them tongues as of fire distributing themselves, and they rested on
each one of them.
ke ofesan
avtis
diamrizomne glose
ose pros
ke
And there appeared to them dividing
tongues as of fire , And
kaisn
it sat
f
upon
na kaston avton
one each
of them.
10

4
And they all became filled with the Holy Spirit and began to speak with other tongues, as the
Spirit had given them utterance.
ke
plesesan
pants pnjumatos agiu
ke eranto lalen
And they were filled with all
Spirit
Holy, and began
to speak
tres
with other
5
gloses
tongues,
kaos to
pnjuma didu
apofngse
as
the Spirit
was giving to utter forth
avtis
to them.
Now certain Jews lived in Jerusalem, devout men from every nation under heaven.
esan
were
d
es ierusalem
moreover in Jerusalem
katikunts iude-i andrs julabes apo

dwelling Jews, men
devout from
pantos nus ton

po ton uranon
every nation of those under heaven.
6
And when this sound occurred, the crowd came together, and felt bewildered because each
one of them had heard them speak in his own language.
gnomnes
d
tes fones
having come about moreover the sound
sne
oti
was confounded, because
7
eku-on es
kastos te idia dialkto lalunton avton
heard one each
the own language speaking them.
They seemed amazed and astonished, saying, "Why, do not all these come from Galilee?
istavto
they were amazed
uti
these
8
tavtes sneln
to pleos
ke
of this, came together the multitude and
d
moreover
ke
avmazon lgonts
and marveled ,
saying ,
u
not
idu
behold
pants
all
esin i
lalunts
galileli
are , who are speaking , Galileans?
"And how can we each hear them in our own language to which we had spoken?
ke pos
and how
emes aku-omn kastos te idia dialkto

emon n e
we
hear
each
the own language of us, in which
gneemn
we were born?
11

9
"Parthians and Medes and Elamites, and residents of Mesopotamia, Judea and Cappadocia,
Pontus and Asia,
pari
ke medi
ke lamte
Parthians, and Medes , and Elamites;
i
katikunts
those inhabiting
ke
and
ten msopotamian
Mesopotamia,
iude-an t
ke kapadokian ponton ke ten asian
Judea, also and Cappadocia Pontus and
Asia;
10
Phrygia and Pamphylia, Egypt and the districts of Libya around Cyrene, and visitors from
Rome, both Jews and proselytes,
frgian
Phrygia
t
both
kata
[are] around
pamflian
Pamphylia ,
ke
and
krenen
Cyrene ,
egpton
Egypt
ke ta mre tes libjes

tes
and the parts
of Libya that
ke i
pidemunts
and those visiting [here]
rome-i
from Rome;
11
Cretans and Arabswe hear them in our own tongues speaking of the mighty deeds of
God."
iude-i
Jews
t
both
ke proselti krets ke
and converts, Cretans and
avton tes emtres

gloses
them ,
[in] our own tongues,
12
arabs
aku-omn lalunton
Arabians , we hear speaking
ta mgale-a
the great things
tu -u
of God?
And they all continued in amazement and great perplexity, saying to one another, "What
does this mean?"
istanto
were amazed
d
pants ke di-eporun
alos
pros alon
moreover all,
and were perplexed, other to
other
lgonts ti
le
tuto ene
saying, What wishes this to be?
13
But others mocked and said, "They sound full of sweet wine."
tri
others
d
moreover
dialju-azonts lgon oti gljukus

mmstomni eson
mocking
said,
Of new wine full
they are.
12

Peter's Sermon
14
But Peter, taking his stand with the eleven, raised his voice and declared to them: "Men of
Judea and all you who live in Jerusalem, let you know this and give heed to my words.
staes
having stood up
d
however
o ptros sn tis ndka pern ten

Peter with the eleven lifted up the
fonen
voice
avtu
ke apfnato avtis
andrs iude-i
sto
ke i
katikunts
of him , and spoke forth to them , Men Judean , let be , and those inhabiting
irusalem
Jerusalem
15
pants tuto min

gnoston ke notisas
all,
this to you known
and give heed to
ta remata mu
the words of me:
"For these men have not become inebriated, as you suppose, for we have come only to the
third hour of the day;
u
gar
not indeed
os mes polambabt uti

m-usin
stin gar
ora
as you
suppose,
these are drunkards, it is indeed [the] hour
trite tes
emras
third of the day;
16
but Joel the prophet spoke this:

tuto stin to
this is
that
ala
but
17
eremnon
dia tu profetu
having been spoken by the prophet
ioel
Joel,
'AND IT SHALL OCCUR IN THE LAST DAYS,' God says, 'THAT I WILL POUR FORTH OF
MY SPIRIT ON ALL MANKIND; AND YOUR SONS AND YOUR DAUGHTERS SHALL
PROPHESY, AND YOUR YOUNG MEN SHALL SEE VISIONS, AND YOUR OLD MEN
SHALL DREAM DREAMS;
ke
And
tu
the
ste
n tes sates
it will be in the last
pnjumatos mu
pi
pasan sarka ke profetjususin i
i-i
Spirit
of me upon all
flesh ; and will prophesy the sons
mon ke
of you, and
i
the
emres lge o -os ko

apo
days , says
God, I will pour out of
e
gatrs
the daughters
naniski
young men
mon
of you,
mon orases
of you visions
ke
e gatrs
mon ke
and the daughters of you; and
opsonte ke
i prsbtri mon
will see, and the elders
of you
npni-is npniasesonte
dreams
will dream;
13

18
EVEN ON MY BONDSLAVES, BOTH MEN AND WOMEN,

I WILL IN THOSE DAYS POUR FORTH OF MY SPIRIT
And they shall prophesy.
ke g pi
tus dulus
mu
ke
and even upon the servants of me, and
pi
tas dulas
mu
n
upon the handmaidens of me , in
tes emres kenes k-o

apo tu pnjumatos mu
ke profetjususin
the days
those , I will pour out of the Spirit
of me, and they will prophesy;
19
'AND I WILL GRANT WONDERS IN THE SKY ABOVE

AND SIGNS ON THE EARTH BELOW,
BLOOD, AND FIRE, AND VAPOR OF SMOKE.
doso
trata
n to urano ano
ke seme-a pi tes ges
I will show wonders in
heaven above and signs
on the earth
ke
and
kato
ema ke pr ke atmida
below, blood and fire and vapor
20
'THE SUN WILL TURN INTO DARKNESS

AND THE MOON INTO BLOOD,
BEFORE THE GREAT AND GLORIOUS DAY OF THE LORD SHALL COME.
o
elios mtastrafeste
the sun will be turned
e
rather
21
kapnu
of smoke.
es
skotos
ke e slene es
ema prin
into darkness, and the moon into blood, before
len
emran
kriu
ten mgalen ke pifane
coming [the] day of [the] Lord the great
and glorious.
'AND IT SHALL OCCUR THAT EVERYONE WHO CALLS ON THE NAME OF THE
LORD WILL RECEIVE SALVATION.'
ke
ste
pas
os
-an
pikalsete
to onoma kriu
And it will be, everyone who anyhow shall call upon the name of [the] Lord
soeste
will be saved.
14

22
"Men of Israel, listen to these words: Jesus the Nazarene, a man attested to you by God with
miracles and wonders and signs which God performed through Him in your midst, just as
you yourselves know
andrs
Men ,
isra-elite
akusat tus logus tutus
iesun ton
Israelities , hear
the words these : Jesus of
andra
a man
apodegmnon
apo tu -u es mas
having been set forth by
God to you
trasi
ke
wonders and
mon
of you,
seme-is
is
pi-esn di
signs , which did
by
nazore-on
Nazareth,
dnamsi
ke
by miracles and
avtu o -os n mso

him
God in the midst
kaos avti
idat
as
you yourselves know.
23
this Man, delivered over by the predetermined plan and foreknowledge of God, you nailed
to a cross by the hands of godless men and put Him to death.
tuton
him,
te
by the
orismne
determinate
bule ke prognose
plan and foreknowledge
kdoton
dia eros
anomon
delivered by hands lawless,
24
tu -u
of God,
prospeants
anelat
having crucified you put to death.
"But God raised Him up again, putting an end to the agony of death, since it became
impossible for Him to stay in deaths power.
on
o -os
Whom
God
anstesn lsas
tas odinas
raised up , having loosed the agony
tu anatu
of death
kaoti
uk en
dnaton kratese
avton p avtu
inasmuch not it was possible [for] to be held him
by it.
25
"For David says of Him,

'I SAW THE LORD ALWAYS IN MY PRESENCE; FOR HE DWELLS AT MY RIGHT
HAND, SO THAT I WILL NOT BECOME SHAKEN.
david gar
David indeed
lge
says
es
avton pro-oromen ton krion nopion mu
about him
I foresaw
the Lord before me
dia
pantos
oti
k
dion
mu
stin ina me
continually everything, because at [the] right hand of me he is that not
saljuo
I should be shaken.
15

26
'THEREFORE MY HEART FELT GLAD AND MY TONGUE EXULTED;

MOREOVER MY FLESH ALSO WILL LIVE IN HOPE;
dia
because of
tuto jufrane
this was glad
mu
e kardia ke egaliasato e
glosa
of me the heart, and rejoiced
the tongue
mu
ti d
ke e
sar mu
of me; and moreover , also the flesh of me
27
kataskenose p lpidi
will dwell
in
hope.
BECAUSE YOU WILL NOT ABANDON MY SOUL TO HADES,

NOR ALLOW YOUR HOLY ONE TO UNDERGO DECAY.
oti uk nkatalepses
ten psen mu
es
aden ud doses
for not you will abandon the soul
of me into Hades, nor will you allow
ton
the
28
osion
su
holy one of you
iden
diaforan
to see decay.
'YOU HAVE MADE KNOWN TO ME THE WAYS OF LIFE;

YOU WILL MAKE ME FULL OF GLADNESS WITH YOUR PRESENCE.'
gnorisas
You have made known
mi
odus
zo-es
pleroses
m jufrosnes
to me [the] paths of life; you will fill me with joy
mta tu prosopu
su
in
the presence of you.
29
"Brethren, I may confidently say to you regarding the patriarch David that he both died and
received burial, and his tomb remains with us to this day.
andrs adlfi
on
epen
mta paresias
Men , brothers , it is permitted [me] to speak with freedom
pri
tu patriaru david oti ke
concerning the patriarch David , that both
avtu
of him
stin n
is
among
emin
us
ari
unto
mas
you
lljutesn ke to mnema
he died and the tomb
tes emras tavtes

the day
this.
16
pros
to

30
"And so, because he served as a prophet and knew that GOD HAD SWORN TO HIM WITH
AN OATH TO SEAT one OF HIS DESCENDANTS ON HIS THRONE,
profetes
A prophet
un
therefore
paron ke
being , and
edos
oti orko
omosn avto
knowing that with an oath swore
to him
o -os k
karpu tes
osos avtu
kaise pi
ton ronon avtu
God , of [the] fruit of the loins
of him , to set
upon the throne of Him.
31
he looked ahead and spoke of the resurrection of the Christ, that HE SUFFERED
ABANDONMENT TO HADES, NOR DID His flesh SUFFER DECAY.
pridon
lalesn
pri
tes anastas-os tu
ristu oti
having foreseen , he spoke concerning the resurrection of the Christ, that
ut
neither
nkatlefe
was he abandoned
es
aden
into Hades ,
ut
nor
e sar avtu
edn
the flesh of him saw
diaftoran
decay.
32
"This Jesus God raised up again, to which we all witnessed.
tuton ton iesun anstesn

o -os u
pants
This
Jesus has raised up
God , whereof all
33
emes
we
smn martrs
are witnesses.
"Therefore having received exaltation to the right hand of God, and having received from the
Father the promise of the Holy Spirit, He has poured forth this which you both see and
hear.
te
dia
un
By the right hand therefore
tu
pnjumatos
of the Spirit
tuto o
mes
this which
you
tu
tu
-u
psoes
ten t paglian
of God having been exalted, and
[the] promise
agiu
labon
para tu patros -n
Holy , having received from the Father, he has poured out
ke blpt
ke aku-t
both are seeing and hearing.
17

34
"For David did not ascend into heaven, but he himself says:
'THE LORD SAID TO MY LORD, "SIT AT MY RIGHT HAND,
u
gar
david anbe
es
tus uranus
lge
d
avtos
Not indeed David ascended into the heavens , he says however himself,
epn o
krios to krio
Said the Lord to [the] Lord
35
UNTIL I MAKE YOUR ENEMIES A FOOTSTOOL FOR YOUR FEET."'
-os
until
36
mu
kau k dion
mu
of me, Sit at [the] right hand of me,
o
tus rus
su
popodion ton podon su
I place the enemies of you, a footstool of the feet of you.
an
anyhow
"Therefore let all the house of Israel know for certain that God has made Him both Lord and
Christthis Jesus whom you crucified."
asfalos
Assuredly
un
ginoskto pas ikos
isra-el
oti ke
krion
therefore let know all [the] house of Israel, that both Lord
avton ke
him, and
riston pi-esn o -os tuton ton iesun on

mes stavrosat
Christ has made God, this
Jesus whom you crucified.
The Ingathering
37
Now when they heard this, they felt pierced to the heart, and said to Peter and the rest of the
apostles, "Brethren, what shall we do?"
akusants
having heard
d
moreover
katngesan
they were pierced
ten
kardian epon t
to the , heart , said moreover
pros ton ptron ke

tus lipus apostolus ti
to
Peter and the other apostles , What
pi-esomn andrs adlfi

shall we do , men , brothers?
38
Peter said to them, "Repent, and each of you receive baptism in the name of Jesus Christ for
the forgiveness of your sins; and you will receive the gift of the Holy Spirit.
ptros d
Peter moreover
kastos
every one
pros avtus
mtanesat
to
them Repent
,
fesin ke
says, and
baptiseto
be baptized
mon
pi to onmati iesu
ristu doran es
afsin
of you, in the name of Jesus Christ, gift
for the for the
ton amartion
mon ke lempss
ten tu
agiu pnjumatos
forgiveness your , and you will receive the of the Holy Spirit.
18

39
"For the promise goes to you and your children and for all who dwell far off, as many as the
Lord our God will call to Himself."
min
to you
gar
indeed
stin e paglia ke tis

tknis
mon
ke pasin
is the promise , and to the children of you, and to all
tis
es makran
those at a distance ,
40
osus
as many as,
an
anyhow
proskalsete krios
o -os emon
shall call
[the] Lord, the God of us.
And with many other words he solemnly testified and kept on exhorting them, saying, "Save
yourself from this perverse generation!"
tris t
other moreover
lgon
saying,
soet
Be saved
ple-osin dimartrato
ke parkale avtus
many
he earnestly testified , and exhorted them
logis
words
apo tes gn-as

tes skolias tavtes
from the generation
perverse this.
41
So then, those who had received his word became baptized; and that day about three
thousand souls joined their ranks.
i
those
mn
indeed
prostesan n
were added
on
42
un
Therefore
apodamni
having received
te emra kene pse

the day
that, souls
ton logon avton baptisesan

ke
the word of him were baptized; and
ose
trisile
about three thousand.
They continually devoted themselves to the apostles' teaching and to fellowship, to the
breaking of bread and to prayer.
esan
d
proskartrunts
te
didae ton apostolon
they were moreover steadfastly continuing in the teaching of the apostles,
ke te kinonia
te kalse
tu
artu
ke tes prosjues
and
in fellowship , the breaking of the bread , and the prayers.
43
Everyone kept feeling a sense of awe; and many wonders and signs were taking place
through the apostles.
ginto
There came
d
moreover
pase
pse fobos pola t
trata
ke
upon every soul awe, many and both wonders and
seme-a dia
ton apostolon ginto
signs ,
through the apostles took place.
19

44
And all those who had believed gathered together and had all things in common;
pants d
i pistju-onts
esan pi
to avto ke eon
all
moreover
having believed were together the same and having
apanta
kina
all things in common;
45
and they began selling their property and possessions and shared them with all, as anyone
might have need.
ke ta ktemata
and the possessions
avta
them
46
pasin
to all,
ke tas
and the
pares pipraskon
ke dimrizon
goods they were selling , and were dividing
kaoti an
tis
re-an en
as
anyhow anyone need had.
Day by day continuing with one mind in the temple, and breaking bread from house to
house, they took their meals together with gladness and sincerity of heart,
ka emran t
proskartrunts omomadon
n to iro
klontes
every day
and steadfastly
with one accord in the temple, breaking
t
moreover
n
with
47
kat ikon
from house[to house]
arton
mtlambanon
bread, they partook
trofes
of food
agalia-se ke
afloteti kardias
gladness and sincerely of heart.
praising God and having favor with all the people. And the Lord added to their number day
by day those who received salvation.
enunts
praising
krios
[the] Lord
ton -on ke onts arin pros olon ton la-on

o d
God , and having favor with all the people
moreover
prostie tus
sozomnus
ka
added
those who were being saved every
20
emran pi to avto
day
to their number.

Acts 3
Healing the Lame Beggar

1
Now Peter and John went up to the temple at the ninth hour, the hour of prayer.
ptros d
ke ioanes anbenon
es to iron pi ten
Peter moreover and John were going up into the temple at, the
oran tes prosjues ten naten
hour
of prayer, the ninth.
2
And people carried a man who suffered from lameness from his mother's womb, whom they
used to set down every day at the gate of the temple which people call Beautiful, in
order to beg alms of those who entered the temple.
ke
and
tis
a certain
bastazto
was being carried
aner
olos k
kili-as
man , lame from womb
metros
avtu
paron
of mother of him being ,
on
tiun
ka emran pros ten ran tu
whom they placed every day
at
the gate
of the
iru
ten lgomnen ore-an
tu eten
l-emosnen
temple
called
Beautiful ,
to ask alms
esporju-omnon
were going
3
para ton
from those who
es
to
iron
into the temple;
When he saw Peter and John about to go into the temple, he began asking to receive alms.
os
who
idon
ptron ke
having seen Peter and
iron
erota
temple, asked
ioanen mlontas
John
being about
l-emosnen laben
alms
to receive.
21
esine
es
to
to enter into the

4
But Peter, along with John, fixed his gaze on him and said, "Look at us!"
atnisas
d
ptros es
avton sn to ioane epn
having looked intently moreover Peter upon him , with John said,
blpson es emas
Look unto us.
5
And he began to give them his attention, expecting to receive something from them.
d
pen
moreover he gave heed
But Peter said, "I do not possess silver and gold, but what I do have I give to you: In the name
of Jesus Christ the Nazarenewalk!"
epn d
ptros
said moreover Peter,
d
moreover
tu
of
argrion ke
rsion u pare
Silver
and gold
none there is
o
tuto si
didomi n to onomati
I have , this to you I give; in the name
nazore-u
Nazareth,
7
avtis
prosdokon ti
par avton laben
to them, expecting something from them to receive.
eger
rise up
mi
o
to me, what
iesu
ristu
of Jesus Christ
ke pripate
and walk.
And seizing him by the right hand, he raised him up; and immediately his feet and his ankles
strengthened.
ke
piasas
avton tes
dias eros egern
avton pararema
And having taken him
by the right hand, he raised up him; immediately
d
moreover
8
stroesan
were strengthened
e bases avtu
ke ta sfdra
the feet of him , and the ankles.
With a leap he stood upright and began to walk; and he entered the temple with them,
walking and leaping and praising God.
ke alomnos ste
ke pripate ke
eseln sn avtis
And leaping up , he stood and walked ,
and entered with them
iron
pripaton
temple walking,
ke alomnos ke alomnos enon

ton
and leaping, and leaping, praising
22
-on
God.
es
into
to
the

9
And all the people saw him walking and praising God;
ke
edn pas o
la-os
avton pripatunta ke enunta ton
And saw all the people him walking
and praising God.
10
and they took note of him as the one who used to sit at the Beautiful Gate of the temple to
beg alms, and they became filled with wonder and amazement at what had happened to
him.
pginoskon
they recognized
d
moreover
kaemnos pi
sitting
at
ambus
with wonder
te
the
avton oti utos en

pros
him he was the [one] for
ore-a
ple
Beautiful Gate
ke kstas-os
and amazement
tu
iru
of the temple;
ten
the
l-emosnen
alms
ke plesesan
and they were filled
pi to snbbekoti
at that having happened
avto
to him.
Peter's Second Sermon

11
While he still clung to Peter and John, all the people ran together to them at the so-called
portico of Solomon, full of amazement.
d
avtu ton ptron ke ton i-o-anen sndramn
moreover he
Peter and
John,
ran together
kratuntos
is clinging to
pas o
all the
solomontos
Solomon's,
12
pi te stoa te kalumne
in the porch
called
laos
pros avtus
people to
them
kambi
greatly amazed.
But when Peter saw this, he replied to the people, "Men of Israel, why do you express
amazement at this, or why do you gaze at us, as if by our own power or piety we had
made him walk?
idon
having seen [it]
isra-elite
Israelites ,
os
as if
d
moreover
o ptros apkrinato pros ton la-on

Peter answered to
the people
ti
avmazt
why wonder you
idia
dname
by [our] own power
pi tuvto
at this ?
e emin
or on us
ti
why
atnizt
you look intently
e jusbe-a
ppi-ekosin
tu
or godliness [we] have made
23
andrs
Men,
pripaten avton
to walk
him?

13
"The God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, the God of our fathers, has glorified His servant
Jesus, the one whom you delivered and disowned in the presence of Pilate, when he had
decided to release Him.
o
-os abram
ke o -os isak
ke
o -os iakob
The God of Abraham the God of Isaac and the God
Jacob ,
o
-os ton patron emon daasn
ton peda
avtu
iesun
the God the fathers of us , has glorified the servant of him, Jesus
on
mes mn
pardokat ke
whom you actually betrayed,
and
pilatu
of Pilate,
14
krinantos
having adjudged
andra
a man
ton
kata prosopon
in
[the] presence
apolen
to release him.
"But you disowned the Holy and Righteous One and asked Pilate to grant you a murderer,
mes d
you
moreover
15
kenu
he
ernesas
disowned
ton agion ke dike-on

the Holy and Righteous One
ernesas ke etesas
denied , and requested
fona
arisene
min
a murderer to be granted to you;
but put to death the Prince of life, the one whom God raised from the dead, a fact to which
we witness.
d
aregon
tes zo-es
apktenat on
o -os
moreover [the] Author
of life
you killed , whom
God
egern
k
has raised up out from
nkron
[the] dead .
u
whereof
24
emes marts
we witnesses
smn
are.

16
"And on the basis of faith in His name, the name of Jesus which has strengthened this man
whom you see and know; and the faith which comes through Him has given him this
perfect health in the presence of you all.
ke pi te piste tu
onomatos avtu
tuton
on
-oret
and by
faith in the name
of him, this [man] whom you see
ke idat
and know
str-osn
has strengthened;
to onoma avtu
ke e
the name
of him , and the
pistis e
faith which [is]
avtu dokn
avto
ten oloklerian
tavten apnanti
him , has given to him the complete soundness this,
before
di
by
panton mon
all
of you.
17
"And now, brethren, I know that you acted in ignorance, just as your rulers did also.
ke nn adlfi
And now, brothers,
ida
oti
I know that
kata agni-an
praat
in
ignorance you acted,
ospr ke
as
also
i
aronts mon
the rulers
of you;
18
"But the things which God announced beforehand by the mouth of all the prophets, that His
Christ would suffer, He has thus fulfilled.
d
moreover
profeton
prophets,
19
-os
God
a
prokatengeln
what [he] foretold
dia stomatos
panton ton
by [the] mouth of all
the
paen
ton riston avton
plerosn
utos
[that] should suffer the Christ
of him , He has fulfilled thus.
"Therefore repent and return, so that God may wipe your sins away, in order that times of
refreshing may come from the presence of the Lord;
mtano-esat
Repent
un
therefore
ke
and
pistpsat
turn again,
pros to
for the
mon tas amartias

of your
sins,
25
alefene
blotting out

20
and that He may send Jesus, the Christ appointed for you,
opos
so that
kriu
Lord,
21
an
anyhow
ke
and
losin
keri anaps-os
apo prosopu
tu
might come time of refreshing from [the] presence of the
apostele
[that] he might send
whom heaven must receive until the period of restoration of all things about which God
spoke by the mouth of His holy prophets from ancient time.
on
de
whom it behooves
apokatastas-os
of restoration
ton
of
22
ton
prokerismnon
min riston iesun
the [one] having been appointed to you Christ Jesus.
uranon
heaven
mn
dase
indeed to receive ,
ari ronon
until [the] times
panton
on
lalesn o -os dia stomatos
of all things , of which
spoke
God by [the] mouth
agion ap
enos
avtu profeton
holy from [the] age his prophets.
"Moses said, 'THE LORD GOD WILL RAISE UP FOR YOU A PROPHET LIKE ME
FROM YOUR BRETHREN; TO HIM YOU SHALL GIVE HEED to everything He says
to you.
mo-uses mn
Moses
indeed
epn
oti profeten
min
anastese
krios
o
said ,
A prophet to you will raise up [the] Lord
-os
mon
k
ton adlfon mon
os
m
[the] God of you out from the brothers of you , like me:
akuss
you will listen to
23
avtu
him
kata panta
osa
an
lalese
pros mas
in all things , as many as anyone he might say to
you.
'And it will come to pass that every soul that does not heed that prophet shall suffer
destruction from among the people.'
ste
d
pasa pse etis
it sill be [that] moreover every soul, who
profetu kenu oljueste
prophet that, will be destroyed
k
out from
-an me akuse
tu
if
not might heed the
tu
la-u
the people.
26

24
"And likewise, all the prophets who have spoken, from Samuel and his successors onward,
also announced these days.
ke pants
And all
d
i
profete apo samu-el ke ton
kaes
moreover the prophets from Samuel , and those subsequently
osi
lalesan
ke kateglan
tas emras
as many as have spoken , also have proclaimed the days
25
"You sons of the prophets and of the covenant which God made with your fathers, said to
Abraham, 'AND IN YOUR SEED ALL THE FAMILIES OF THE EARTH SHALL
RECEIVE BLESSING.'
mes st
You are
o
-os
God
n
in
i
i-i
the sons
ton
of the
profeton
prophets ,
ke
and
tes
diaekes
of the covenant
dito pros tus patras mon lgon

made with the fathers you ,
saying
to sprmati su
the seed
of you
26
tavtas
these.
njulogeesonte
will be blessed
pros
to
es
that
abram
ke
Abraham, And
pase e
patri-e tes
ges
all
the families of the earth.
"For you first, God raised up His Servant and sent Him to bless you by turning every one of
you from your wicked ways."
min
To you
proton anastesas
o -os ton peda
avtu apsteln
first,
having raised up
God the servant of him, sent
avton julogunta mas n to apostrfen

kaston apo ponerion
mon
him, blessing
you in
turning away each
from wickedness of you.
27

Acts 4
Peter and John Arrested

1
As they spoke to the people, the priests and the captain of the temple guard and the
Sadducees came up to them,
lalunton
d
were speaking moreover
hres
priests ,
2
ke
and
n to
in
dia
because of
iesu ten
Jesus the
tu
of the
iru
ke i
temple , and the
saduke-i
Sadduccees.
to didasken avtus ton la-on

ke
teaching their the people , and
anastasin
ten
resurrection , which [is]
kataglen
proclaiming
k
nkron
out from [the] dead.
And they laid hands on them and put them in jail until the next day, for it already become
evening.
ke pbalon
and they laid
ten avrion
the next day;
4
o strategos
the captain
becoming greatly disturbed because they taught the people and proclaiming in Jesus the
resurrection from the dead.
diaponumni
being distressed
la-on
pstesan avtis
i
people, came
upon them the
avton pros ton

they to
the
avtis
tas eras ke nto
es teresin
es
on them the hands , and put [them] in custody until
en
gar
spra
it was indeed evening
ede
already.
But many of those who had heard the message believed; and the number of the men came
number about five thousand.
poli
d
ton akusanton
ton logon pistjusan ke gnee o
many moreover
having heard the word , believed, and became the
arimos ton
andron os
iliads
number of the men
about thousand
pnt
five.
28

5
On the next day, their rulers and elders and scribes gathered together in Jerusalem;
gnto
it came to pass
prsbtrus
elders
6
d
pi ten avrion
snaene
moreover on the next day were gathered together
ke tus gramates n
and the scribes in
irusalem
Jerusalem.
and Annas the high priest lived there, and Caiaphas and John and Alexander, and all who
belonged to high-priesthood.
ke anas
o
arirjus
and Annas the high priest,
ke
osi
and as many as
7
avton tus
their the
ke ke-afas
and Caiafas,
esan k gnus
were of descent
ke
and
i-o-anes ke alandros
John,
and Alexander,
ariratiku
high priestly.
When they had placed them in the center, they began to inquire, "By what power, or in what
name, have you done this?"
ke stesants
avtus n to mso
pnanonto
n pi-a
And having placed them in the midst , they inquires , in what
dname e n
power or in
8
pi-o
what
onamati pi-esat tuto mes

name
did
this you?
Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit, said to them, "Rulers and elders of the people,
tot
then
ptros pleses
pnjumatos
agiu epn pros avtus
Peter, having been filled with [the] Spirit Holy , said to
them,
aronts tu
la-u
ke
Rulers
of the people and
9
prsbtri
elders,
if you try us today for a benefit done to a sick man, as to how this man has become well,
e emes semron anakrinoma

pi
If
we this day are being examined, as to
jurgsia
a good work
asnus
n tini
utos ssoste
crippled, by what [means] he has been healed,
29
anropu
[to the] man

10
let us proclaim to all of you and to all the people of Israel, that by the name of Jesus Christ
the Nazarene, whom you crucified, whom God raised from the deadby this name this
man stands here before you in good health.
gnoston sto
pasin min ke panti
known let it be to all you, and to all
to lao
isra-el
oti n to
the people of Israel, that in the
onomati iesu
ristu tu nazore-u
on
mes
name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth , whom you
egern k
nkron
raised out from [the] dead ,
11
stavrosat
crucified,
on
o -os
whom
God
n tuto utos
parstekn nopion mon gies
by him this[man] stands
before you sound.
"He represents the STONE WHICH YOU HAD REJECTED, THE BUILDERS, but
WHICH BECAME THE CHIEF CORNERSTONE.
utos stin o
lios o unees
This is
the stone
having been rejected
o
gnomnos
which has become
12
f
by
mon ton
you , the
ikodomon
builders ,
es
kfalen gonias
into head
of [the] corner.
"And there comes salvation in no one else; for no other name under heaven men can use by
which we must receive salvation."
ke uk stin
n alo
udni
And not there is in other no one
stin
tron
is there another
e soteria
ud gar
the salvation , not indeed
po ton uranon to ddomnon

under
heaven
having been given
n o
de
by which it behooves
soene
emas
to be saved us.
30
onoma
name
n
anropis
among men

Threat and Release
13
Now as they observed the confidence of Peter and John and understood that they appeared
uneducated and untrained men, they felt amazed, and began to recognize them as
accompanying Jesus.
-orunts d
seeing
moreover
katalabomni
of John,
ke idiote
and ordinary,
to
moreover
14
ke
and
ten tu ptru
paresian
ke
the
of Peter boldness, and
katalabomni
having understood
oti anropi agramati

esin
that men
unschooled they are,
avmazon
pginoskon
they marveled . the recognized
sn
them,
to
iesu
Jesus
i-o-anu ke
of John, and
t
avtos oti sn
moreover them, that with
esan
they had seen.
And seeing the man who had received healing standing with them, they had nothing to say in
reply.
to t anropon blponts
and [the] man beholding
sn avtis stota
ton trapjumnon
with them standing
having been healed
udn
eon
antepen
nothing they had to contradict.
15
But when they had ordered them to leave the Council, they began to confer with one another,
kljusants
d
avtus o
tu sndriu aplen
Having commanded however them outside the Council
to go ,
snbalon
pros
they conferred with
16
alelus
one another,
saying, "What shall we do with these men? For the fact that a noteworthy miracle has taken
place through them becomes apparent to all who live in Jerusalem, and we cannot deny it.
lgonts ti
poliesomn
saying , What shall we do
tis
anropis
to the men
tutis
oti mn gar
these? that truly indeed
gnoston
seme-on ggonn
di
avton pasin
a noteworthy sign
has come to pass through them , to all
katikusin irusalem fanron
ke u
inhabiting Jerusalem [is] evident, and not
dnama
we are able
31
tis
those
anese
to deny [it].

17
"But so that it will not spread any further among the people, let us warn them to speak no
longer to any man in this name."
al
but
ina
that
avtis
them
18
me
not
pi ple-on dianmee
es
ton laon
apelesoma
on further it might spread among the people, let us warn
mekti
lalen
no longer to speak
pi to onomati tuto medni anropon

in the name
this to no
man.
And when they had summoned them, they commanded them not to speak or teach at all in
the name of Jesus.
ke kalsants
avtus
paregelan
And having called them, they commanded [them]
fgse
to speak
19
med didasken
nor
to teach ,
to kaolu me
at all not
pi to onomati tu iesu
in the name
of Jesus.
But Peter and John answered and said to them, "Whether it proves right in the sight of God
to give heed to you rather than to God, you judge for yourself;
o d ptros ke ioanes
but Peter and John,
apokrints epon pros

answering , said to
avtus
e
them , Whether
dike-on stin nopion tu -u

mon
aku-en
malon
right
it is before
God of you to listen, rather
20
e
-u krinat
than God you must judge;
for we cannot stop speaking about what we have seen and heard."
u
dnama
not are able
gar
indeed
emes
we ,
a
edamn
ke ekusamn me lalen
what we have seen and heard
not to speak.
21
When they had threatened them further, they let them go (finding no basis on which to
punish them) on account of the people, because they all glorified God for what had
happened;
i d
and
pro-aspelesamni
having further threatened [them]
hjuriskonts to
pos
finding
the how
aplsan
avtus medn
they let go them, nothing
kolasonte
avtus dia
they might punish them, on account of
ton la-on
the people,
oti
pants doazon
ton -on pi to
ggonoti
because all
were glorifying
God for that having hapenned;
32

22
for the man had reached more than forty years old on whom this miracle of healing had
taken place.
ton
years
gar
indeed
en ple-onon
was more than
tsrakonta o
anropos f on
forty,
the man
on whom
ggone
to seme-on tuto tes ias-os
had taken place the sign
this , of healing.
23
When they had become released, they went to their own companions and reported all that the
chief priests and the elders had said to them.
apolnts
having been let go
pros avtus
to
them
24
d
elon
moreover, they came
i
arres
the chief priests
pros tus idi-us ke apegelan osa

to
own , and reported how much
ke i
prsbtri epan
and the elders
had said.
And when they heard this, they lifted their voices to God with one accord and said, "O Lord,
You who MADE THE HEAVEN AND THE EARTH AND THE SEA, AND ALL
THAT LIVES IN THEM,
i
d
akusants
omomadon
eran
fonen
pros
which moreover having heard , with one accord they lifted up [their] voice to
ton on ke epan dspota
s o
pi-esas ton uranon ke
God , and said, Sovereign Lord , you who made the heaven , and
gen
ke
ten alasan ke panta ta n
avtis
earth , and the sea , and all
that [is] them,
25
who by the Holy Spirit, through the mouth of our father David Your servant, said,
'WHY DID THE GENTILES RAGE, AND THE PEOPLES DEVISE FUTILE THINGS?
o
tu
patros
emon dia pnjumatos
the [One] of the, [the] father of us, by [the] Spirit
david pedos
David servant
la-i
peoples
su
of you
agiu
stomatos
Holy of [the] mouth
epon
ina
ti
fr-aan ne
ke
having spoken, that what did rage Gentiles, and
mltesan kna
did devise
vain things?
33

26
'THE KINGS OF THE EARTH TOOK THEIR STAND,

AND THE RULERS GATHERED TOGETHER
AGAINST THE LORD AND AGAINST HIS CHRIST.'
parstesan
took [their] stand
i basiles tes
ges
ke i
aronts sneesan
the kings of the earth, and the rulers
were gathered
pi
to avto
together ,
themselves
27
kata
against
tu kriu ke kata
tu
the Lord , and against the
ristu
Christ
avto
of him.
"For truly in this city people gathered together against Your holy servant Jesus, whom You
anointed, both Herod and Pontius Pilate, along with the Gentiles and the peoples of
Israel,
syneesan
were gathered together
agion peda
holy
servant
gar
p alee-as n te pole tavte pi
ton
indeed in truth
in the city this , against the
su
iesun on
risas
erodes te
ke
of you Jesus , whom you anointed, Herod both and
pontios pilatos sn sin

ke la-is
isra-el
Pontius Pilate, with [the] Gentiles and peoples of Israel.
28
to do whatever Your hand and Your purpose predestined to occur.
piese osa
e
er
to do whatever the hand
e
bule
the purpose
su
of you
gnse
to happen.
pro-orisn
had predetermined
29
su
ke
of you, and
"And now, Lord, take note of their threats, and grant that Your bond-servants may speak
Your word with all confidence,
ke ta nn
kri
And now , Lord ,
dulis
servants
su
of you ,
pid pi
tas apelas avton
ke dos
tis
look upon the threats of them, and grant to the
mta
with
paresias pases talen

ton
boldness all
to speak the
34
logon su
word of you,

30
while You extend Your hand to heal, and signs and wonders take place through the name of
Your holy servant Jesus."
n to
ten era
in that the hand
su
ktenen
s
es iasin
ke seme-a
of you , stretch out you for healing, and signs
ke trata
ginse
dia
tu onomatos tu
agiu
and wonders take place , through the name
of the holy
pedos
servant
su
iesu
of you, Jesus.
31
And when they had prayed, the place where they had gathered together shook, and they all
became filled with the Holy Spirit and began to speak the word of God with boldness.
ke d-enton
avton saljue
And having prayed they, was shaken
snegmni ke
assembled, and
plesesan
they were filled with
o
topos n o
esan
the place in which they were
apants
all
tu agiu pnjumatos
the Holy Spirit,
ke lalun ton logon tu -u

mta paresias
and spoke the word
of God with boldness.
Sharing among Believers
32
And the congregation of those who believed had one heart and soul; and not one of them
claimed that anything belonging to him as his own, but all things they considered
common property to them.
tu d pleus
ton pistjusanton
and [the] multitude
having believed,
ke
and
ud
es ti
not one anything
ene
al
his own, but
en
kardia ke pse mia
were [in] heart and soul
one,
ton
paronton
of that which possessed
en
avtis
were to them
panta
all things
kina
in common.
35
avto lgn
he, claimed
idion
his own

33
And with great power the apostles gave testimony to the resurrection of the Lord Jesus, and
abundant grace came upon them all.
ke
dname
And [with] power
kriu
Lord
iesu
Jesus
mgale apdidun
to martrion
i
apostoli tu
great, were giving
testimony the apostles of the
tes
anastas-os
aris
of the resurrection ; grace
t
mgale en pi
moreover abundant was upon
pantos avtus
all
them.
34
For not a needy person existed among them, for all who had owned land or houses would
sell them and bring the proceeds of the sales
ud
not even
gar
nd-es
tis
en
n
avtis osi
gar
indeed in need anyone there was among them ; as many as indeed
kletors ori-on e
owners of lands or
ikion
peron polunts
fron
tas timas
houses , were
selling [them] , brought the values
ton
pipaskomnon
of what is sold,
35
and lay them at the apostles' feet, and they would distribute to each as any had need.
ke tiun
para tus podas ton
apostolon dididto
d
and laid[them]
at the feet of the apostles; distribution was made moreover
kasto
to each
36
kaoti
just as
an
tis
re-an en
anyhow anyone need had.
Now Joseph, a Levite of Cyprian birth, who people also called Barnabas by the apostles
(which translated means Son of Encouragement),
iosf
d
Joseph moreover
o piklees
having been called
barnabas apo ton apostolon o

Barnabas , by the apostles which
stin mrmenjumnon i-os parakles-os

ljutes
kprios to
gne
is , translated,
Son of encouragement, a Levite a Cypriot at the birth,
36

37
and who owned a tract of land, sold it and brought the money and laid it at the apostles' feet.
parontos avto
agru
polesas
ennkn to rema ke
owns
by him a field , having sold [it], brought the money and
ekn
laid [it]
pros tus podas ton

at the feet of the
apostolon
apostles.
Acts 5
(Clink Link for Audio) https://www.wordproject.org/bibles/gk/44/5.htm#0
Fate of Ananias and Sapphira
1
But a man named Ananias, with his wife Sapphira, sold a piece of property,
aner
man
d
moreover
gneki avtu
wife
of him,
2
anaias
Ananias
onomati sn sapfire
te
named, with Sapphire, the
polesn ktema
sold
a property,
and kept back some of the price for himself, with his wife's full knowledge, and bringing a
portion of it, he laid it at the apostles' feet.
ke nosfisato
and kept back
ke
and
3
tis
a certain,
apo
from
tes times
synedu-i-es
the proceeds, being aware of [it]
ke
tes gnekos
also the wife,
nnkas
mros ti
para tus podas ton apostolon ekn
having brought portion a certain , at the feet of the apostles he laid [it].
But Peter said, "Ananias, why has Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep
back some of the price of the land?
epn d
said moreover
o ptros anania
Peter, Ananias ,
ten kardian su
the heart
of you
nosfisase
to keep back
dia
ti
plerosn o satanas
because why has filled
Satan
psjuase s
to lie to [for] you
apo tes times

from the proceeds
tu
of the
to pnjuma
the Spirit
oriu
land?
37
to
agion
ke
Holy , and

4
"While it remained unsold, did it not remain your own? And after you sold it, did it not
remain under your control? Why have you conceived this deed in your heart? You have
not lied to men but to God."
ui
Not
mnon
remaining
si
to you
usia
pern
authority it was [not]?
pragma tuto
deed
this?
5
pran
having been sold
n te se
in the own
ti oti u
n te
kardia su
why
did you purpose in the heart of you,
to
the
And as he heard these words, Ananias fell down and breathed his last; and great fear came
over all who heard of it.
o
psn
ke
breathed his last . And
tutus pson
these , having fallen down ,
ananias tus logus

Anaias the words
gnto fobos mgas pi

came
fear
great upon
pantas tus
all
those
aku-ontas
hearing.
The young men got up and covered him up, and after carrying him out, they buried him.
anastants
having arisen
d
i
notri
snstelan
moreover, the younger [men] covered
nnkants
having carried [him] out
7
ke
and
uk psjuso
anropis ala to -o
not You have lied
to men but
to God.
aku-on d
hearing moreover
mnn
did it remain?
avton ke
him , and
apsan
buried [him].
Now there elapsed an interval of about three hours, and his wife came in, not knowing what
had happened.
gnto
it came to pass
avtu
of him,
me
not
d
os
oron trion diastema ke e
moreover about hours three afterward, also the
edi-a
to
knowing that
ggonos
eseln
having come to pass, came in.
38
gne
wife

8
And Peter responded to her, "Tell me whether you sold the land for such and such a price?"
And she said, "Yes, we sold it for that price."
apkrie d
pros avten ptros ep mi e
replied
moreover to
her Peter, Tell me if
to orion
the land
9
apdos
you sold?
tosutu
for so much ,
e d
epn
ne
tosutu
and she said, Yes for so much.
Then Peter said to her, "Why have you agreed together to put the Spirit of the Lord to the
test? Behold, the feet of those who have buried your husband have come to the door, and
they will carry you out as well."
o d
but
ptros pros avten ti

oti snfonee
min
Peter [said] her , Why [is it] that have agreed together you
perase
to test
to pnjuma kriu idu

i
pods ton
apsanton
ton
the Spirit
of [the] Lord? the feet of those having buried the
andra
su
pi
te ra ke isusin
husband of you [are] at the door, and they will carry out
10
s
you.
And immediately she fell at his feet and breathed her last, and the young men came in and
found her dead, and they carried her out and buried her beside her husband.
psn
she fell down
eslonts
having come in
d
moreover
pararema
pros tus podas avtu
ke
psn
immediately at
the feet of him , and breathed her last.
d
i
moreover, the
naniski
hjuron avten nkran ke
young [men] found her
dead; and
nnkants
apsan
pros ton andra
avtes
having carried out , they buried [her] by the husband of her.
11
And great fear came over the whole church, and over all who heard of these things.
ke
gnto fobos mgas f
And came
fear great upon
olen ten klesian

all
the church ,
tus
aku-ontas tavta
those hearing
these things.
39
ke pi
pantas
and upon all

12
At the hands of the apostles many signs and wonders took place among the people; and they
dwelled with one accord in Solomon's portico.
dia d
by moreover
ton eron ton

the hands of the
trata
pola
n
wonders many , among
apostolon ginto
apostles
came to pass
to
lao
ke esan
the people; and they were
seme-a ke
signs , and
omomadon apants
with one accord, all
n te stoa
solomontos
in the Colonnade of Solomon.
13
But none of the rest dared to associate with them; however, the people held them in high
esteem.
ton
of the
d
moreover
lipon
rest ,
mgalnn avtis
magnified them
14
udes
no one
tolma kolase avtis

dared to join them
al
but
o
la-os
the people;
And all the more believers in the Lord, multitudes of men and women, constantly added to
their number,
malon d
more moreover
t
ke
both, and
prostinto pistju-onts
to
krio ple
were added [those] believing to the Lord, multitudes
andron
of men
gnekon
women;
15
to such an extent that they even carried the sick out into the streets and laid them on cots and
pallets, so that when Peter came by at least his shadow might fall on any one of them.
ost
ke
es
so as even into
pi klinarion
on cots
skia
shadow
tas
the
ke
and
piskiase
might envelop
plate-as kfren
streets
to bring out
krabaton ina
mats , that
tini
some
tus asnes ke tine

the sick,
and to put [them]
rumno
coming
avton
of them.
40
ptru
kan
of Peter , at least
e
the

16
Also the people from the cities in the vicinity of Jerusalem came together, bringing sick
people or afflicted with unclean spirits, and they all received healing.
snerto
came together
d
moreover
irusalem fronts
Jerusalem , bringing
akarton
unclean,
ke to pleos
ton
pri
polon
also the multitude , from the surrounding cities
asenes
ke olumnus
po pnjumaton
[the] sick, also [those] being tormented by spirits
itins rapju-onto apants

who were healed
all.
Imprisonment and Release

17
But the high priest rose up, along with all his associates (namely the sect of the Sadducees),
and they all became jealous.
anastas
d
o
arirjus
ke
having risen up moreover the high priest , and
pants i
sn
all
those with
e usa
ersis
ton
saduke-on
plesesan
being [the] sect of the Sadducees , were filled
18
ke
and
avtu
him ,
zelu
with jealousy,
They laid hands on the apostles and put them in a public jail.
pbalon tas
they laid the
eras pi tus apostolus ke nto avtus n

hands on the apostles , and out
then in [the]
terese dmosia
jail
public.
19
But during the night an angel of the Lord opened the gates of the prison, and taking them out
he said,
aglos
an angel
d
kriu
dia
however of [the] Lord during
nktos
the night
flakes agagon
t
avtus
jail,
having brought out moreover them ,
41
epn
said ,
eni
tas ras tes
having opened the doors of the

20
"Go, stand and speak to the people in the temple the whole message of this Life."
porju-s
Go you,
ta remata
the words
21
stants
having stood ,
ke
and
lalet n to iro
to
lao
panta
speak in the temple to the people all
tes
zoes tavtes
of the Life this.
Upon hearing this, they entered into the temple about daybreak and began to teach. Now
when the high priest and his associates came, they called the Council together, even all
the Senate of the sons of Israel, and sent orders to the prison house to bring them.
akusants
d
eselon
po ton orron es to iron
ke
having heard moreover , they entered at the dawn into the temple, and
didaskon
paragnomnos d
o
arirjus
ke i
sn
were teaching. having come
moreover the high priest and those with
avto snkalsan
him, they called together
isra-el
of Israel,
22
ke
and
apstelan es to dsmoterion
sent
to the jail
pasan ten grusian ton i-on

all
the senate
of the sons
aene avtus
to bring them.
But the officers who came did not find them in the prison; and they returned and reported
back,
i d
moreover
paragnomni
perte
having come , [the] officers
flake anastrpsants
prison; having returned
23
to sndrion ke
the Council
and
u hjuron avtus
not did find them
n te
in the
d
apegelan
moreover they reported back,
saying, "We found the prison house locked quite securely and the guards standing at the
doors; but when we had opened up, we found no one inside."
lgonts oti to
dsmoterion hjuromn kklesmnon n
pase asfale-a
saying
The prison
we found shut ,
with all
security
ke tus
and the
flakas stotas
pi
ton ron
guards standing before the doors;
d
so
however, inside
udna hjuromn
no one we found.
42
aniants
having opened [them]

24
Now when the captain of the temple guard and the chief priests heard these words, they felt
greatly perplexed about them as to what would come of this.
os
d
ekusan
tus logus
when moreover they heard the words
iru
ke
temple and
i
the
arires
chief priests
tutus
o t
strategos
tu
these
both [the] captain of the
dieporun
were perplexed
pri
avton ti
concerning them , what
an
gnito
tuto
anyhow might be this.
25
But someone came and reported to them, "The men whom you put in prison stand in the
temple and teach the people!"
paragnomnos
having come
d
tis
apegeln
moreover, a certain one reported
andrs us
st
men
whom you put
avtis
oti idu
to them ,
Behold,
i
the
n te fylake esin n to iro

stots ke didaskonts
in the prison are in the temple standing and teaching
ton la-on
the people!
26
Then the captain went along with the officers and proceeded to bring them back without
violence (for they feared the people, that they might stone them).
tot aplon
o strategos sn tis pertes egn
avtus u
Then having gone , the captain with the officers brought them, not
mta bias fobunto
with force they feared
gar
ton
indeed the
la-on
me liasosin
people lest they might be stoned.
27
When they had brought them, they stood them before the Council. The high priest
questioned them,
agagonts
having brought
d
avtus stesan
moreover them , they set [them]
perotesn avtos o
arirjus
asked
them the high priest,
43
n to sndrio ke
in the Council. And

28
saying, "We gave you strict orders not to continue teaching in this name, and yet, you have
filled Jerusalem with your teaching and intend to bring this man's blood upon us."
lgon u
saying, not
paraglia
by a charge
parengelmn
min me didasken pi to
we commanded you not to teach
in the
onomati tuto
ke idu
pplerokat
ten irusalem
tes
Name
this? and Behold , you have filled
Jerusalem of the
mon ke
of you, and
29
buls
you intend
papgagen f
to bring upon
didaes
teaching
emas to ema tu anropu tutu

us
the blood the man
of this.
But Peter and the apostles answered, "We must obey God rather than men.
apokries
answering
d
ptros ke i
apostoli epan
pearen
moreover, Peter and the apostles said , To obey
de
it is necessary
-o malon e
anropis
God, rather than men.
30
"The God of our fathers raised up Jesus, whom you had put to death by hanging Him on a
cross.
o
-os ton
patron emon
The God of the fathers of us
egern
iesun on
mes
raised up Jesus , whom you
dierisas krmasants
pi lu
killed ,
having hanged [him] on a tree.
31
God exalted Him at His right hand as a Prince and a Savior, to grant repentance to Israel, and
forgiveness of sins.
tuton o os
aregon ke sotera psosn te
dia
avtu
tu
Him
God , Prince and Savior, exalted , by the right hand of him,
dune
to give
mtanian
repentance
to israel
ke afsin
to Israel , and forgiveness
44
amartion
of sins.

32
"And we witness these things; and so does the Holy Spirit, whom God has given to those
who obey Him."
ke
emes smn martrs
And we
are witnesses
ton
rematon tuton ke
to pnjuma
of the things these, and also the Spirit
agion o dokn o -os tis

pearusin
Holy,
has given God to those obeying
to
avto
him.
Gamaliel's Counsel
33
But when they heard this, they felt cut to the quick and intended to kill them.
d
akusants
dieprionto
ke bulonto anlen
avtus
and having heard, they were cut [to the heart] and desired to put to death them.
34
But a Pharisee named Gamaliel, a teacher of the Law, respected by all the people, stood up
in the Council and gave orders to put the men outside for a short time.
anastas
Having risen up
d
tis
n to sndrio farise-os
onomati
however a certain [man] in the Council , a Pharisee
named
gamaliel
nomidaskalos
timios panti to lao
kljusn
Gamaliel , a teacher of the law, honored by all the people commanded [them]
o
outside
35
bra
tus anropus pi-ese
for a short while the apostles to put.
And he said to them, "Men of Israel, take care what you propose to do with these men.
epn
he said
t
moreover
pros avtos
to
them
pi
tis anropis tutis
ti
with the men
these , what
andrs israelite
, Men
Israelites,
mlt
you are about
45
prost -avtis
take heed to yourselves
prasen
to do;

36
"For some time ago Theudas rose up, impressed with himself, and a group of about four
hundred men joined up with him. But someone killed him, and all who followed him
dispersed and came to nothing.
pro
gar
tuton ton emron anste
judas
lgon
ene
tina
before indeed these
days
rose up Theudas, affirming to be somebody
avton
o
prosklie
himself , to whom were joined ,
anere
was put to death,
ke
and
andron arimos os
ttrakosion
os
of men number , about four hundred ; who
pants osi
all,
as many as
peonto
avto
dilesan
were persuaded by him, were dispersed
ke gnonto es udn
and it came to nothing.
37
"After this man, Judas of Galilee rose up in the days of the census and drew away some
people after him; he too perished, and all those who followed him scattered.
mta tuton
anste
After this man, rose up
apogafes
registration,
ke
and
iudas o galile-os n tes emres tes

Judas the Galilean
in the days
of the
apstesn
la-on
drew away people
opiso avtu
after him ;
kakenos apolto
and he perished,
ke pants osi
peonto
avtu
diskorpisesan
and all
as many as were persuaded by him were scattered.
38
"So in the present case, I say to you, stay away from these men and let them alone, for if this
plan or action comes from men, it will become overthrown;
ke ta nn lgo min
And
now I say to you,
ke aft
avtus
and let alone them,
oti
for
apostet
Withdraw
apo ton anropon

from the men
tuton
these,
-an e
anropon e bule avte e
if
be from men,
the plan this or
to rgon tuto kataleste

the work this, it will be overthrown;
46

39
but if it comes from God, you will not have the capability of overthrowing them; or else you
may even find yourselves fighting against God."
e d
k
-u stin
u
If however from God
it is , not
me pot ke omai
lest ever also fighting against God
40
dnes
katalse
avtus
you will not be able to overthrow it
hjuret
you would be found.
They took his advice; and after calling the apostles in, they flogged them and ordered them
not to speak in the name of Jesus, and then released them.
pesesan
they were persuaded
d
avto
moreover by him;
ke proskalsamni
and having called in
derants
parengelan
me lalen
having beaten , they commanded [them] not to speak
tus
the
apostolus
apostles ,
pi to onomati tu
in the name
iesu
ke aplsan
of Jesus, and released [them].
41
So they went on their way from the presence of the Council, rejoicing that Jesus had
considered them worthy to suffer shame for His name.
i
They
mn
indeed
un
porjuonto eronts apo prosopu
tu
therefore departed , rejoicing , from [the] presence of the
sndri-u oti
kateioesan
pr tu onomatos atimasene
Council, that they had been counted worthy for the Name
to suffer dishonor.
42
And every day, in the temple and from house to house, they kept right on teaching and
preaching Jesus as the Christ.
pasan t
emran n to iro
ke kat ikon
every moreover day , in the temple and in house ,
didaskonts ke juaglizomni
teaching
and proclaiming the good news that
47
uk pavonto
not they ceased
ton riston iesun

the Christ Jesus.

Acts 6
Choosing of the Seven

1
Now at this time while the disciples increased in number, a complaint arose on the part of the
Hellenistic Jews against the native Hebrews, because they had overlooked their widows
the daily serving of food.
n d
in moreover
tes emres tavtes plenonton ton maeton gnto

the days
these multiplying the disciples there arose
gogsmos
ton
a grumbling of the
leniston
Hellenists
par-orunto
were being overlooked
2
pros
tus bre-us
oti
against the Hebrews, because
n te diakonia
in the distribution
te kaemrine e ere
daily,
the widows
avton
of them.
So the twelve summoned the congregation of the disciples and said, "It does not seem
desirable for us to neglect the word of God in order to serve tables.
proskalsamni
having called to [them]
epan uk arston
said, Not desirable
d
i
dodka
moreover the twelve,
stin
it is [for]
to pleos
the multitude
emas katalepsantas
us
having neglected
ton maeton
of the disciples,
ton logo n
the word
tu -u
of God,
diakonen trapzes
to attend tables.
3
"Therefore, brethren, select from among you seven men of good reputation, full of the Spirit
and of wisdom, whom we may put in charge of this task.
piskpsas d
Select
therefore,
pta
seven
adfi
andras
mon
brothers, men out from yourselves
martrumnus
being well attested,
pleres pnjumatos
ke sofias
us
katastesomn
pi
tes
full
of [the] Spirit , and wisdom, whom we will appoint over the
re-as tavtes
task this.
48

4
"But we will devote ourselves to prayer and to the ministry of the word."
emes d
te
prosjue ke te diakonia tu
logu proskartresomn
we
moreover in the prayer and the ministry of the word will steadfastly continue.
5
The statement found approval with the whole congregation; and they chose Stephen, a man
full of faith and of the Holy Spirit, and Philip, Prochorus, Nicanor, Timon, Parmenas and
Nicolas, a proselyte from Antioch.
ke
And
ersn
o
logos
nopion pantos tu pleus
ke
was pleasing the statement before
all
the multitude; and
lanto
stfanon
they chose Stephen,
andra pleres
a man full
filipon ke prooron
Philip, and Prochorus,
proselton
a convert
6
ke
and
ke nikanora timona ke parmnan ke nikola-on

and Nicanor, Timon, and Parmenas , and Nicolas
antioa
of Antioch,
And these they brought before the apostles; and after praying, they laid their hands on them.
stesa
they set
us
whom
avtis
on them
7
pist-os ke pnjumatos
agiu
of faith and [of the] Spirit holy,
tas
the
nopion ton apostolon ke prosjuamni

pekan
before the apostles; and having prayed , they laid
eras
hands.
The word of God kept on spreading; and the number of the disciples continued to increase
greatly in Jerusalem, and a great many of the priests became obedient to the faith.
ke
And
ton
of the
o
logos tu -u
juann
ke plento
o
arimos
the word
of God increased, and was multiplied the number
maeton n irusalem sfodra
pols
t
olos
ton iron
disciples in Jerusalem exceedingly; a great of the multitude of the priests
peku-on
were being obedient
te
piste
to the faith.
49

8
And Stephen, full of grace and power, performed great wonders and signs among the people.
stfanos d
pleres aritos ke dnam-os pi-e trata
ke seme-a
Stephen moreover, full
grace and power,
did wonders and signs
mgala n
to
lao
great among the people.
9
But some men from what people call the Synagogue of the Freedmen, including both
Cyrenians and Alexandrians, and some from Cilicia and Asia, rose up and argued with
Stephen.
anstesan d
tins
arose
however certain
lgomnes librtinon
called
Freedmen,
apo kilikias ke
from Cilicia, and
10
ke
and
ton
k
of those of
tes sagoges
the synagogue
krene-on
ke
of Cyrenians , and
tes
the [one]
alandr-on
ke ton
of Alexandrians, and of those
asias szetunts to
stfano
Asia, disputing with Stephen.
But they could not cope with the wisdom and the Spirit with which he spoke.
ke uk ison
And not they were able
antistene
te sofia
ke to pnjumati o
to withstand the wisdom and the Spirit
by whom
labe
he was speaking.
11
Then they secretly induced men to say, "We have heard him speak blasphemous words
against Moses and against God."
tot pbalon
andras lgontas oti akekamn
avtu
Then they suborned men , saying ,
We have heard him
remata blasfema
words blasphemous
es
mo-usen ke ton -on
against Moses
and
[against] God.
50
laluntos
speaking

12
And they stirred up the people, the elders and the scribes, and they came up to him and
dragged him away and brought him before the Council.
snkinesan
t
They stirred up moreover
ke
and
ton la-on
the people
pistants
having come upon [him],
ke tus prsbtrus ke tus gramates

and the elders
and the scribes,
snerpasan
they seized
avton ke egagon
him , and brought[him]
es to sndrion
to the Council,
13
They put forward false witnesses who said, "This man incessantly speaks against this holy
place and the Law;
stesan
they set
t
and
martras psjudes lgontas o anropos utos u

pavte
witnesses FALSE, saying , the man
this , not does cease
lalon
remata kata
tu topu tu
speaking words against the place
14
agiu tutu ke tu nomu

holy this, and the law;
for we have heard him say that this Nazarene, Jesus, will destroy this place and alter the
customs which Moses handed down to us."
akeko-amn
we have heard
katalse
will destroy
gar
avtu lgontos oti
iesus
indeed him saying , that Jesus
o nazore-os
of Nazareth
utos
this,
ton topon tuton ke alae

ta e
a
pardokn
the place this , and will change the customs that delivered
emin mo-uses
to us Moses.
15
And fixing their gaze on him, all who sat in the Council saw his face like the face of an
angel.
ke
atnisants
es avton pants i kazomni n
And having looked intently on him, all
sitting
in
edon to
prosopon avtu
ose prosopon aglu
saw the face
of him as [the] face of an angel.
51
to sndrio
the Council

Acts 7
Stephen's Defense
1
The high priest said, "Do these things add up?"
epn d
said
moreover
2
o
arirjua
the high priest ,
e tavta
utos e
if these things so are?
And he said, "Hear me, brethren and fathers! The God of glory appeared to our father
Abraham when he lived in Mesopotamia, before he lived in Haran,
o d fe
andrs adlfi
ke patrs akusat o
-os
and he said, Men, brothers, and fathers, listen!
The God
ts dos
of glory
prin
before
3
ofe
to
patri mon Abram
appeared to the father of us Abraham,
onti n te msopotamia
being in Mesopatamia
e
avton n aran
rather his
in Haran.
and said to him, 'LEAVE YOUR COUNTRY AND YOUR RELATIVES, AND COME
INTO THE LAND THAT I WILL SHOW YOU.'
ke epn pros avton l

and said to
him, Go out
sgne-as
kindred
4
tes
su
ke
of you, and
k
tes ges
su
ke k
from the country of you, and from
tes
the
djuro es
ten gen an
si
deo
come into the land anyhow to you I will show.
"Then he left the land of the Chaldeans and settled in Haran From there, after his father died,
God had him move to this country in which you now live.
tot
lon
Then having gone out
kaken
and from there
k
from
ges
[the] land
alde-on
katokesn n aran
of Chaldeans, he dwelt in Haran,
mta to apoanen ton patra

after
died
the father
avtu
mtokisn
of him, he removed
avton es
ten gen tavten es en
mes katiket
him
into the land this ,
in which you dwell.
52
nn
now

5
"But He gave him no inheritance in it, not even a foot of ground, and yet, even when he had
no child, He promised that HE WOULD GIVE IT TO HIM AS A POSSESSION, AND
TO HIS DESCENDANTS AFTER HIM.
ke
uk
And not
dokn
he did give
avto
kleronomian
n avte ud
to him an inheritance in it
not even
podos
ke pegelato
of a foot; but
he promised
to
to the
6
sprmati
descendants
bema
[the] length
dune
avto
es
katasin
to give to him for a possession
avtu
mt
of him after
avton uk
him , not
ontos
there being
avten ke
to him, and
tknu
a child.
"But God spoke to this effect, that his DESCENDANTS WOULD LIVE AS ALIENS IN A
FOREIGN LAND, AND THAT THEY WOULD BECOME ENSLAVED AND
MISTREATED FOR FOUR HUNDRED YEARS.
lalesn d
spoke
moreover
utos o -os oti ste

to sprma
thus God : That will be the descendants
parikon
n ge
alotria ke
a sojourner in a land strange, and
avtu
of him
dulosusin
avto
ke
they will enslave them, and
kakosusin
te
ttrakosia
will mistreat [them] years four hundred;
7
"'AND WHATEVER NATION TO WHICH THEY WILL LIVE IN BONDAGE I MYSELF

WILL JUDGE,' said God, 'AND AFTER THAT THEY WILL COME OUT AND
SERVE ME IN THIS PLACE.'
ke to nos o
-an duljususin
krino
go o
and the nation to which if they will be in bondage, will judge I,
os epn ke mta tavta
ljusonte
ke latrjususin
God said ; and after these things they will come forth , and will serve
mi n to topo tuto
me in the place this.
53

8
"And He gave him the covenant of circumcision; and so Abraham became the father of Isaac,
and circumcised him on the eighth day; and Isaac became the father of Jacob, and Jacob
of the twelve patriarchs.
ke dokn avto
diaeken
pritomes
ke utos gnesn ton
And he gave to him [the] covenant of circumcision; and thus he begat
ke pritmn
and circumcised
isak
Isaac,
avton te
emra te ogdo-e ke isak ton
him on the day
eighth ; and Isaac
iakob ke iakob tus dodka patriaras

Jacob , and Jacob the twelve patriarchs.
9
"The patriarchs became jealous of Joseph and sold him into Egypt. Yet God stayed with him,
ke
i
patriare
zelosants
ton iosef
And the patriarchs, having envied
Joseph,
egpton
Egypt.
10
apdonto
sold [him]
es
into
ke en o os mt avtu
But was
God with him,
and rescued him from all his afflictions, and granted him favor and wisdom in the sight of
Pharaoh, king of Egypt, and he made him governor over Egypt and all his household.
ke elato avton k
pason ton lips-on
avtu
ke dokn
and rescued him out of all
the tribulations of him; and gave
avto
him
arin ke
favor and
ke katstesn
and he appointed
11
sofian
nantion fara-o
basil-os f
egptu
wisdom before Pharoah , king
over of Egypt;
avton egumnon p
him
ruler
over
egpton ke olon ton ikon avtu

Egypt,
and all the house of him.
"Now a famine came over all Egypt and Canaan, and great affliction with it, and our fathers
could find no food.
eln d
came moreover
limos
a famine
lipsis
mgale ke u
tribulation great, and not
f
upon
olen ten egypton ke

anan
ke
all
of Egypt and Canaan, and
hjuriskon ortasmata i
patrs emon
did find sustenance the fathers of us.
54

12
"But when Jacob heard that grain existed in Egypt, he sent our fathers there the first time.
akusas
having heard
d
moreover
iakob onta
Jacob , [there] is
es egpton apsteln
in Egypt
sent forth
sitia
grain
tus patras emon proton

the fathers of us first;
13
"On the second visit Joseph made himself known to his brothers, and Joseph's family became
known to Pharaoh.
ke n to djutro
angnorise
iosef
and on the second time, was made known Joseph
tis adlfis
to brothers
avtu
of him
ke fanron gnto to farao

to gnos tu iosf
and known became
to Pharoah the family
of Joseph.
14
"Then Joseph sent word and invited Jacob his father and all his relatives to come to him,
seventy-five persons in all.
apostelas
having sent
d
iosef
moreover, Joseph
mtkalsato iakob ton patra

he called for Jacob, the father
pasan ten sge-an

n
pses bdomekonta
all
the kindred , in all souls
seventy
15
pnt
five.
"And Jacob went down to Egypt and there he and our fathers died.
ke katbe
iakob es
egpton ke
and went down Jacob into Egypt
and
16
avtu
ke
of him, and
tljutesn avtos ke
died ,
he and
i
patrs emon
the fathers of us,
"From there they removed to Shechem and laid in the tomb which Abraham had purchased
for a sum of money from the sons of Hamor in Shechem.
ke mttesan
and were carried over
onesato
had bought
es sm
ke tesan
to Shechem, and were placed
abram
Abraham
n to
in the
times
argyriu
para ton
for a sum of money from the
emor
n sm
of Hamor in Shechem.
55
mnemati o
tomb,
which
i-on
sons

17
"But as the time of the promise approached which God had assured to Abraham, the people
increased and multiplied in Egypt,
kaos d
as moreover
-os
God
18
egizn
o
ronos tes
drew near the time
of the
to abram
to Abraham,
juesn
increased
paglias es
promise , that
omologesn o
had sworn
o laos
ke plene n
the people and multiplied in
egpto
Egypt,
until THERE AROSE ANOTHER KING OVER EGYPT WHO KNEW NOTHING
ABOUT JOSEPH.
ari u
until that
anste
there arose
basil-us tros
king
another
p egpton os
uk ede
over Egypt, who not knew
ton iosf
Joseph.
19
utos
"He took shrewd advantage of our race and mistreated our fathers so that they would expose
their infants and they would not survive.
kataofisamnos
to gnos emon kakosn
tus
having dealt treacherously with the race of us , mistreated the
patras emon
fathers of us,
patras
fathers
tu pi-en
ta brfe
kta
avton
es
to
making [them] the infants abandon of them, unto the
me zo-ogonese
not they would live.
20
"At this time Moses came into the world; and he appeared lovely in the sight of God, and he
received nurturing three months in his father's home.
n o
kero gnee
In that time was born
os
antrafe
who was brought up
mo-uses
Moses,
menas
months
ke en
and he was
aste-os
to
beautiful
tres
n to
iko
three in the house
56
tu
of the
o
to God;
patros
father.

21
"And after his family set him outside, Pharaoh's daughter took him away and nurtured him as
her own son.
ktntos
having been set outside
farao
ke
of Pharoah, and
22
d
moreover
avtu
he ,
anelato
took up
avton e gater
him the daughter
anrpsato avton avte

es
ion
brought up him for herself for a son.
"Moses received education in all the learning of the Egyptians, and he became a man of
power in words and deeds.
ke
pedjue
mo-uses n pase sofia
egption
en
And was instructed Moses
in all [the] wisdom of [the] Egyptians; he was
ddnatos n logis
mighty
in words
23
d
pleruto
moreover was fulfilled
ten kardain avtu

the mind
of him,
avtu
of him.
avto
tsrakontates
to him of forty years
piskpsase tus adlfus

to visit
the brothers
ronos
anbe pi
a period, it came into
avtu
tus i-us israel
of him the sons of Israel;
"And when he saw one of them receiving unjust treatment, he defended him and took
vengeance for the oppressed by striking down the Egyptian.
ke idon
and having seen
kdikesin
vengeance
25
rgis
deeds
"But when he approached the age of forty, it entered his mind to visit his brethren, the sons
of Israel.
os
when
24
ke
and
tina
adikumnon
a certain one bring wronged,
to
for the [one]
emnato ke
he defended [him]
pi-esn
did
kataponumno
pataas
ton egyption
being oppressed, having struck down the Egyptian.
"And he supposed that his brethren understood that God had granted them deliverance
through him, but they did not understand.
nomizn
d
he supposed moreover,
dia eros
by [the] hand
snine
to understand
tus adlfus
avtu
oti o os
the brothers of him, that
God
avtu
didosin soterian avtis
i d u
snekan
of him is giving salvation them.
but not they understood.
57

26
"On the following day he appeared to them as they fought together, and he tried to reconcile
them in peace, saying, 'Men, do you brethren, why do you injure one another?'
te
on the
te
and
piuse
emra ofe
following day , he appeared
snelasn avtus
urged
them
avtis
to those who
es erenen epon
andrs
to peace , having said , Men,
maomnis
ke
were quarreling, and
adlfi
st
ina ti
brothers you are. that why
adiket
alelus
wrong you one another?
27
"But the one who had injured his neighbor pushed him away, saying, 'WHO MADE YOU A
RULER AND JUDGE OVER US?
o
d
adikon
ton plesion
aposato
avton epon
tis
the[one] however mistreating the neighbor pushed away him , having said, Who
s katstesn aronta ke didasten f
emon
you appointed , ruler
and judge over us?
28
'YOU DO NOT MEAN TO KILL ME AS YOU KILLED THE EGYPTIAN YESTERDAY,

DO YOU?'
me anlen m s
les on
not To kill me you desire , as
29
tropon
s
ton egption
way you put to death yesterday the Egyptian?
"At this remark, MOSES FLED AND DWELLED AS AN ALIEN IN THE LAND OF
MIDIAN, where he became the father of two sons.
fgn d
mo-uses
fled
moreover Moses
n to
at the
logo
tuto ke gnto parikos
remark this, and became exiled
n ge
madiam
u
gnesn
in [the] land of Midian , where he fathered
30
i-us
do
sons two.
"After forty years had passed, AN ANGEL APPEARED TO HIM IN THE WILDERNESS
OF MOUNT Sinai, IN THE FLAME OF A BURNING THORN BUSH.
ke
pleronton
And having been passed
remo
tu
wilderness of the
ton tsrakonta
years forty,
ofe
avto
n
appeared to him in
te
remo
the wilderness
orus
sina aglos n flogi
pros batu
Mount Sinai , an angel in a flame of fire of a bush.
58

31
"When Moses saw it, he marveled at the sight; and as he approached to look more closely,
there came the voice of the Lord:
d
mo-uses
and Moses
idon
avmazn
to orama prosromnu
having seen [it], marveled at the vision ; coming near
d
avtu katano-ese
gnto
fone
kriu
moreover he to behold[it], there was [the] voice of [the[ Lord:
32
'I RULE AS THE GOD OF YOUR FATHERS, THE GOD OF ABRAHAM AND ISAAC
AND JACOB.' Moses shook with fear and would not venture to look.
go
I [am]
-os ton
patron su
o -os
God of the Fathers of you, the God
iakob
ntromos
of Jacob. trembling
ke
and
33
o
the
d
gnomnos
mo-uses uk tolma katanese
moreover, having become Moses , not he dared to look.
"BUT THE LORD SAID TO HIM, 'TAKE OFF THE SANDALS FROM YOUR FEET,
FOR THE PLACE ON WHICH YOU STAND CONSTITUTES HOLY GROUND.
epn
said
d
moreover
su
o gar
of you
indeed
34
abram
ke isak
of Abraham, and of Isaac,
avto
to him
o krios lson
to podema
the Lord, Take off the sandal
ton
podon
of the of feet
topos
f o
stekas
ge
agia stin.
[the] place on which you stand ground holy is.
'I HAVE CERTAINLY SEEN THE OPPRESSION OF MY PEOPLE IN EGYPT AND

HAVE HEARD THEIR GROANS, AND I HAVE COME DOWN TO RESCUE THEM;
COME NOW, AND I WILL SEND YOU TO EGYPT.'
idon
Having seen
egpto
Egypt ,
edon ten kakosin

I saw the oppression
ke tu stnagmu avtu
and the groans
of them
lse avtus ke
to deliver them; and
nyn djuro
now come,
tu
la-u
mu
tu n
of the people of me
in
ekusa
ke
have heard, and
s
you
apostelo
es egpton
I will send to Egypt.
59
katben
I have come down ,

35
"This Moses whom they disowned, saying, 'WHO MADE YOU A RULER AND A
JUDGE?' proved the one whom God sent to serve as both a ruler and a deliverer with the
help of the angel who appeared to him in the thorn bush.
tuton
This
ton mo-usen on
ernesanto
eponts
tis
s
katstesn
Moses , whom they rejected , having said, Who you appointed
aronta ke
dikasten
ruler
and judge?
apstalkn sn eri
sent,
by [the] hand
36
tuton
him
o
-os
ke aronta ke ltroten
whom God [as] and ruler
and redeemer
aglu
tu ofntos avto
n te bato
of [the] angel
having appeared in the bush.
"This man led them out, performing wonders and signs in the land of Egypt and in the Red
Sea and in the wilderness for forty years.
utos
egagn avtus
pi-esas
trata
ke seme-a n ge
This one led out them , having done wonders and signs
in [the] land
egpto
of Egypt
37
ke n rra
and in [the] Red
alase ke n te remo
te tsrakonta
Sea ,
and in the wilderness years forty.
"Moses said to the sons of Israel, 'GOD WILL RAISE UP FOR YOU A PROPHET LIKE
ME FROM YOUR BRETHREN.'
utos stin o
mo-uses o epas
tis
i-is
isra-el
profeten
This
is the Moses
having said to the sons of Israel, A prophet
min
to you
38
anastese
o -os k
ton adlfon
will raise up
God , out from the brothers
mon
os m
of you , like me,
"This one who lived in the congregation in the wilderness together with the angel who
spoke to him on Mount Sinai, and who lived with our fathers; and he received living
oracles to pass on to you.
utos stin o
gnomnos
n te klesia
n te
remo
This
is
the[one]
having been in the congregation in the wilderness,
mta tu aglu
with the angel
patron
fathers
tu laluntos
avto
n to ore
speaking to him in the mount
sina ke ton
Sinai, and of the
emon
os
dato
logia
zonta dune emin
of us . who He received oracles living to give to us.
60

39
"Our fathers demonstrated unwillingness to obey him, but repudiated him and in their hearts
turned back to Egypt,
o
uk
elesan
peko-i
gnse i
patrs
to whom not were willing obedient to be
the fathers
aposanto
ke
strafesan
n tes kardi-es
thrust [him] away,
and turned back in the hearts
40
emon
of us,
ala
but
avton
es egpton
of them to Egypt.
SAYING TO AARON, 'MAKE FOR US GODS WHO WILL GO BEFORE US; FOR THIS MOSES
WHO LED US OUT OF THE LAND OF EGYPTWE DO NOT KNOW WHAT HAPPENED
TO HIM.'
eponts
to aron
having said
to Aaron,
pie-son emin -us

i
Make
us
gods
who
emon o gar mo-uses

us
as for Moses
utos os
egagn
emas k
ges
egptu
this, who brought out us from [the] land of Egypt,
uk
not
41
idamn
we know
ti
what
gnto
has happened
proporjusonte
will go before
avto
to him.
"At that time they made a calf and brought a sacrifice to the idol, and rejoiced in the works
of their hands.
ke mosopisan
n tes emres kenes ke anegon sian
to
And they made a calf in the days those, and offered
a sacrifice to the
edolo ke
idol, and
42
jufrenonto n tis rgis

rejoiced
in the works
ton
of the
eron avton
hands of them.
"But God turned away and delivered them up to serve the host of heaven; as the scriptures
declare in the book of the prophets, 'YOU DID NOT OFFER VICTIMS AND SACRIFICES
FORTY YEARS IN THE WILDERNESS, DID YOU, O HOUSE OF ISRAEL?
strpsn
Turned away
d
o -os
however
God,
stratria tu unanu
host
of heaven ,
profeton me
prophets: not
kaos
as
ke
pardokn
and delivered
avtus latrju-en
te
them to worship the
ggrapte
n
biblio
it has been written in[the] book
ton
of the
sfagia
ke
sias
prosennkat mi
te
Slain beasts and sacrifices did you offer to me, years
tsrakonta te
remo
forty
the wilderness
ikos
israel
O house of Israel?
61
n
in

43
'YOU ALSO TOOK ALONG THE TABERNACLE OF MOLOCH AND THE STAR OF THE GOD
ROMPHA, THE IMAGES WHICH YOU MADE TO WORSHIP. I ALSO WILL REMOVE
YOU BEYOND BABYLON.'
ke anlabt
And you took up
mon
of you
ten skenen
tu molo
ke to astron
the tabernacle
of Moloch , and the star
refan
tus tous
us
pi-esat
Rephan, the images that you made
mtikio
mas
I will remove you
44
prosknen
to worship
tu
-u
of the God
avtis ke
them ; and
pkena bablonos
beyond Babylon.
"Our fathers had the tabernacle of testimony in the wilderness, just as He who spoke to
Moses directed him to make it according to the pattern which he had seen.
e
skene
tu
The tabernacle of the
martri-u
en tis
patrasin emon n te
testimony was with fathers of us in the
remo
kaos ditaato
o
lalon
to mo-use pi-ese
wilderness, just as had commanded the [ one] speaking to Moses, to make
avten kata
ton tpon
on
if
according to the pattern that
45
"And having received it in their turn, our fathers brought it in with Joshua upon dispossessing the nations whom God drove out before our fathers, until the time of David.
en
ke
esegagon
which also brought in,
mta iesu
n te
with Joshua in the
o
-orake
he had seen,
diadamni
i
patrs emon
having received by succession the fathers of us,
katasse
ton
non
on
osn
taking possession of the nations, whom drove out
-os apo
prosopu ton
patron emon
-os ton emron david
God from [the] face
of the fathers of us, until the days of David.
46
"David found favor in God's sight, and asked that he might find a dwelling place for the God
of Jacob.
os
hjurn arin
who found favor
nopion tu -u
ke etesato hjuren skenoma
before
God , and asked to find a dwelling place
to
iko
iakob
for the God of Jacob.
62

47
"But Solomon built a house for Him.
solomon d
Solomon however
48
"However, the Most High does not dwell in houses made by human hands; as the prophet
says:
u
not
al
Yet
49
ikodomesn avto ikon

built
him [the] house.
o
pistos
n eropi-etis
katike kaos o
profetes lge
the Most High in hand -made dwells; as
the prophet says,
'MY THRONE LOCATES IN HEAVEN,

AND EARTH SERVES AS THE FOOTSTOOL OF MY FEET;
WHAT KIND OF HOUSE WILL YOU BUILD FOR ME?' says the Lord,
'OR WHAT PLACE DO YOU HAVE FOR MY REPOSE?
o uranos
heaven [is]
mi
ronos
to me a throne
ikodimest
will you build
mu
of me
pi-on ikon
what house
tes
of the
katpavs-os mu
rest
of me?
50
e d
ge
popodion
and [the] earth a footstool
mi
lge krios
e tis
me? says [the] Lord or what is
topos
what [is]
DID MY HAND NOT MAKE ALL THESE THINGS?'
ui e er mu
pi-esn
tavta
not the hand of me has made these things
51
ton
podon
of the feet
panta
all?
"You men who remain stiff-necked and uncircumcised in heart and ears always resist the
Holy Spirit; you do just as your fathers did.
sklerotraeli
Stiff-necked
ke apritmeti
and uncircumcised
pnjumati to agio antipiptt

Spirit
Holy resist;
kardi-es ke tis osin

in heart and
ears
mes
you
a-e
always
os i
patrs mon ke mes
as the fathers. of you, also you.
63
to
the

52
"Which one of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? They killed those who had
previously announced the coming of the Righteous One, whose betrayers and murderers
you have now become;
tina
ton
profeton
Which of the prophets
uk dioan
i
patrs mon
ke
not did persecute the fathers of you? and
apktenan tus
prokatagelantas
they killed those having foretold
u
of whom
53
pri
tes ljus-os tu
dike-u
concerning the coming of the Righteous One,
nn
mes prodote ke fones
now you betrayers and murderers
gns
have become!
you who received the law as ordained by angels, and yet did not keep it."
itins labt
ton nomon es diatagas
who received the law
by [the] ordination
aglon
ke uk flaat
of angels , and not have kept [it].
Stephen Put to Death

54
Now when they heard this, they felt cut to the quick, and they began gnashing their teeth at
him.
aku-onts d
hearing
moreover
tavta
diprionto
these things they were cut
tes
kardies avton
ke
in the heart
of them, and
bron tus odontas p avton

gnashed the teeth at him.
55
But receiving a full measure of Holy Spirit, he gazed intently into heaven and saw the glory
of God, and Jesus standing at the right hand of God;
paron
he being
uranon
heaven
56
d
moreover
pleres pnjumatos
agiu atnisas
es ton
full
of [the] Spirit Holy, having looked intently into
edn doan
-u
ke iesun stota
k dion
tu -u
saw [the] glory of God , and Jesus standing at the right hand of God,
and he said, "Behold, I see the heavens opened up and the Son of Man standing at the right
hand of God."
ke epn
idu
-oro tus uranus
dienigmnus
ke ton
and he said, Behold, I see
the heavens having been opened, and the
ion tu anropu k dion
stota
tu
Son
of man st the right [hand] standing
64
-u
of God.

57
But they cried out with a loud voice, and covered their ears and rushed at him with one
impulse.
karants
having cried out
d
fone
mgale snson ta ota avton
moreover with a voice loud,
they held the ears of them,
ke ormesan omomadon
and rushed with one accord
p
avton
upon him.
58
When they had driven him out of the city, they began stoning him; and the witnesses laid
aside their robes at the feet of a young man named Saul.
kbalonts
having cast [him]
ke
and
martrs
witnesses
o
tes pol-os
out of the city ,
liobolun
ke i
they stoned [him] . And the
apnto ta
imatia
avton
para tus podas n-aniu
laid aside the garments of them, at the feet
of a young man
kalumnu savlu
named Saul.
59
They went on stoning Stephen as he called on the Lord and said, "Lord Jesus, receive my
spirit!"
ke
liobulun
ton stfanon pikalumnon
ke lgonta
and [as] they were stoning
Stephen, he was calling out and saying,
kri iesu dee
to pnjuma mu
Lord Jesus , receive the spirit
of me.
60
Then falling on his knees, he cried out with a loud voice, "Lord, do not hold this sin against
them!" Having said this, he fell asleep.
es
having fallen
steses
hold
d
ta
gonata kran
fone
mgale kri me
moreover on [his] knees, he cried with a voice loud,
Lord not
avtis
tavten ten amartian ke tuto epon
kimee
to them this the sin.
And this having said he fell asleep.
65

Acts 8
Saul Persecutes the Church
1
Saul agreed heartily with putting him to death. And on that day a great persecution began
against the church in Jerusalem, and they all scattered throughout the regions of Judea
and Samaria, except the apostles.
savlos d
Saul
moreover
en
was there
d
n kene te
moreover on that
the
snjudokon te
anerese
consenting to the killing
emra diogmos
day a persecution
klesian ten
n irosolmis
church which [was] in Jerusalem .
kata
throughout
2
tas oras tes iude-as

the regions
of Judea
mgas pi
ten
great against the
pants d
disparesan
all
moreover were scattered
ke samare-as plen ton apostolon
and Samaria, except the apostles.
Some devout men buried Stephen, and made loud lamentation over him.
snkomisan d
ton stfanon andrs julabes
buried
moreover
Stephen men devout,
kopton
lamentation
3
avtu
gnto
of him. arose
mgan
great
ke
and
pi-esan
made
p
avto
over him.
But Saul began ravaging the church, entering house after house, and dragging off men and
women, he would put them in prison.
savlos d
lmento
Saul
however was destroying
syron
t
dragging off moreover
ten klesian
the church ,
andras ke
men and
kata tus ikus

esporju-omnos
by the houses entering,
gnekas pardidu
es flaken
women, he delivered [them] to prison.
66

Philip in Samaria
4
Therefore, those who had become scattered went about preaching the word.
i
Those
mn
indeed
un
diasparnts
therefore having been scattered
dieon
went about,
juaglizomni ton
preaching ,
the
logon
word.
5
Philip went down to the city of Samaria and began proclaiming Christ to them.
filipos
Philip
d
katlon
moreover having gone down
kersn
proclaimed
6
avtis
to them
es ten polin tes samare-as

to
[a] city
of Samaria,
ton riston
the Christ.
The crowds with one accord gave attention to what Philip said, as they heard and saw the
signs which he performed.
proseon
gave heed
d
i
moreover the
oli
tis
lgomnis
po tu
crowds to the things being spoken by
filipu omomadon
n to
aku-en avtus
Philip with one accord , in the[time] to hear them
seme-a
signs
7
ke
blpen ta
and to see the
a
pi-e
that he was performing.
For in the case of many who had unclean spirits, they came out of them shouting with a loud
voice; and many who had suffered paralysis and lameness received healing.
poli
gar
many indeed
ton
of those
onton pnjumata akaarta bo-onta fone mgale

having spirits
unclean , crying voice with a loud,
eronto
poli
d
parallmni
ke
they were coming out [of them] ; many moreover, having been paralyzed and
oli
rapjuesan
lame, were healed.
67

8
Many rejoiced in that city.
gnto
there was
9
d
moreover
ara n te pole kene

joy the the city that.
pole
great
Now a man named Simon, who formerly practiced magic in the city and astonished the
people of Samaria, claiming to having attained greatness;
aner
d
a man moreover
tis
onomati simon prupern
n te pole
a certain , Simon, had been formerly in the city
magju-on
ke istanon to nos
tes samare-as lgon
practicing sorcery, and amazing the people
of Samaria, declaring
ene tina
-avton mgan
to be some himself great one.
10
and they all, from smallest to greatest, gave attention to him, saying, "This man people called
the Great Power of God."
o
To whom
proseon
pants apo
mikru -os mgalu lgonts
were giving heed , all
, from small to
great , saying,
utos
stin e dnamis tu -u
e
kalumne mgale
This one is the power
of God that [is] called Great.
11
And they gave him attention because he had for a long time astonished them with his magic
arts.
proseon
they were giving heed
d
avto
dia
to ikano rono tes
moreover to him, because the long time with the
mage-es
stakne
magic arts, [he] had amazed
12
avtus
them.
But when they believed Philip preaching the good news about the kingdom of God and the
name of Jesus Christ, they requested baptism, men and women alike.
ot
when
d
moreover
pistjusan
to filipo
juagezomno
pri
they believed
Philip, proclaiming the gospel concerning
tes basile-as tu -u
ke
the kingdom
of God, and
tu onomatos iesu
ristu baptizonto
the name
of Jesus Christ, they were baptized
andrs t
ke gneks
men both and women.
68

13
Even Simon himself believed; and after receiving baptism, he continued on with Philip, and
as he observed signs and great miracles taking place, he felt constantly amazed.
o d simon
and Simon
ke avtos
pistjusn ke
baptises
en
also himself believed, and having been baptized, was
proskartron
to filipo
-oron
t
seme-a
steadfastly continuing
with Philip. beholding moreover signs
ke
and
dnames mgalas ginomnas

istato
miracles great
being performed, he was amazed.
14
Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God, they
sent them Peter and John,
akusants
d
i
n irosolmis apostoli
oti ddkte
having heard moreover the in Jerusalem
apostles, that had received
samare-a ton logon tu -u
apstelan pros
Samaria the word
of God , they sent to
15
avtus ptron ke ioanen

them Peter and John,
who came down and prayed for them that they might receive the Holy Spirit.
itins katabants
prosjuanto pri avton opos labosin
who having come down, prayed
for them , that they might receive [the]
pnjuma agion
Spirit
Holy.
16
For He had not yet fallen upon any of them; they had simply received baptism in the name of
the Lord Jesus.
udpo
not yet
gar
indeed
bbaptismni
baptized
17
en
He was
p
upon
peron
they had been
es
into
udni avton
any. of them
piptokos monon d
fallen ,
only
however
to
onoma tu
the name
of the
kriu iesu.
Lord Jesus.
Then they began laying their hands on them, and they received the Holy Spirit.
tot ptisan tas eras

p
avtus ke lambanon
pnjuma
agion
Then they laid the hands upon them, and they received [the] Spirit Holy.
69

18
Now when Simon saw that the Spirit transferred through the laying on of the apostles' hands,
he offered them money,
idon
having seen
d
o simon oti
moreover
Simon, that
dia tes pis-os

by the laying on
ton
apostolon didote
to
pnjuma prosennkn
of the apostles, was given the Spirit, he offered
19
ton
eron
of the hands
avtis
remata
to them money,
saying, "Give this authority to me as well, so that everyone on whom I lay my hands may
receive the Holy Spirit."
lgon dot kami

ten usian
saying , Give also to me the authority
tavten ina o
an pio
this , that on whom if I might lay
tas eras lambane

pnjuma
agion
the hands, he might receive [the] Spirit Holy.
20
But Peter said to him, "May your silver perish with you, because you thought you could
obtain the gift of God with money!
ptros
Peter
d
moreover
epn pros avton to

argrion su
sn
si
said to
him , the silver
of you, with you
e-e
may it be
es apole-an
oti
ten dor-an tu u
nomisas
dia rematopn
to destruction , because the gift
of God, you thought by money
ktase
to be obtained.
21
uk
no
"You have no part or portion in this matter, for your heart has not become right before God.
stin
there is
kardia su
heart of you
si
to you
uk
not
mris ud kleros n to
logo tuto e
gar
part, nor lot , in the matter this; the indeed
stin jue-a nanti tu -u
is
right
before
God.
70

22
"Therefore repent of this wickedness of yours, and pray the Lord that, if possible, the
intention of your heart may receive forgiveness.
mtano-eson un
Repent
therefore
d-eeti
pray earnestly
tes
of the
23
tu kriu e ara
afeste
si
e
the Lord, if indeed will be forgiven you the
pini-a
intent
kardias su
heart
of you;
"For I see that you reside in the gall of bitterness and in the bondage of iniquity."
es gar
in indeed
24
apo tes kakias

su
tavts ke
of the wickedness of yours this, and
olen
pikrias
[the] gall of bitterness
ke sndsmon adikias
oro
and [the] bond of iniquity , I see
s onta
you being.
But Simon answered and said, "Pray to the Lord for me yourselves, so that nothing of what
you have said may come upon me."
apokries
answering
d
o simon epn d-eet
mes ypr
moreover,
Simon said , pray earnestly you on behalf
pros ton krion opos

to
the Lord, so that
mu
of me,
medn ple p m on
erekat
nothing might come me of which you have spoken.
An Ethiopian Receives Christ

25
So, when they had solemnly testified and spoken the word of the Lord, they started back to
Jerusalem, and preached the gospel to many villages of the Samaritans.
i
They
mn
indeed
tu
kriu
of the Lord,
samariton
Samaritans
un
therefore
diamartramni
having earnestly testified ,
ke lalesants
ton logon
and having spoken the word
pstrfon es irosolma polas

t
komas ton
returned to Jerusalem , to many moreover villages of the
ju-eglizonto
they preached the gospel.
71

26
But an angel of the Lord spoke to Philip saying, "Get up and go south to the road that
descends from Jerusalem to Gaza." (a desert road.)
aglos
an angel
d
moreover
porju-u kata
go
toward
irusalem
Jerusalem
kriu
lalesn pros filipon lgon anastei ke
of[the] Lord spoke to Philip, saying, Rise up and
msembrian
[the] south,
pi ten odon ten katabenusan

to the road
going down
apo
from
es gazan avte stin remos

to Gaza; this is
[the] desert [road].
27
So he got up and went; and there stood an Ethiopian eunuch, a court official of Candace,
queen of the Ethiopians, who she had placed in charge of all her treasure; and he had
come to Jerusalem to worship,
ke anastas
porjue ke
idu
aner eiops
junuos
And having risen up, he went . And Behold, a man an Ethiopian, a eunuch,
dnastes
a potentate
kandakes
of Candace,
tes gazes
avtes
the treasure of her,
28
basilises eiopon
os
en
pi
pases
queen of [the] Ethiopians, who was over all
os
who
lele
proskneson es
had come to worship
to
irusalem
Jerusalem.
and he returned and sat in his chariot, and read the prophet Isaiah.
en
he was
t
postrfon ke kaemnos pi tu
moreover returning, and sitting
in the
armatos
chariot
avtu
of him ,
ke anginoskn
ton profeten ese-an
and he was reading the prophet Isaiah.
29
Then the Spirit said to Philip, "Go up and join this chariot."
epn d
to pnjuma to filipo
prosl ke koleeti
said moreover the Spirit
to Philip, Go near and join yourself
to
armati tuto
to the chariot this.
72

30
Philip ran up and heard him reading Isaiah the prophet, and said, "Do you understand what
you read?"
prosdramon
having run up
d
o filipos ekusn avtu
moreover,
Philip heard him
ton
the
ke
epn ara g
giniskes
a
and said, then also understand you what
31
profeten
prophet,
anaginoskontos ese-an
reading
Isaiah
anginoskes
you are reading?
And he said, "Well, how could I, unless someone guides me?" And he invited Philip to come
up and sit with him.
o d epn
and he said,
pos
how
gar
an
indeed anyone
odegese m
parkalsn
will guide me? he invited
dnemen
-an me
could I be able if
not
tis
someone
t
ton filipon anabanta
moreover
Philip , having come up ,
kaise sn avto
to sit
with him.
32
Now the passage of Scripture which he read stated:

"HE BECAME LED AS A SHEEP TO SLAUGHTER; AND AS A LAMB BEFORE ITS
SHEARER REMAINS SILENT, SO HE DOES NOT OPEN HIS MOUTH.
e d prioe
and [the] passage
os probaton pi
As a sheep to
sfagen
ee
ke
os amnos stoma nantion
slaughter He was led , and as a lamb mouth before
tu
kerantos
the[one] shearing
33
tes
grafes
en
aniginoskn
en avte
of the Scripture which he was reading was this
avton
him
afonos
utos uk
anige
to avtu
[is] silent , so
not he opens the of him.
"IN HUMILIATION HIS JUDGMENT BECAME TAKEN AWAY; WHO WILL RELATE HIS
GENERATION? FOR HIS LIFE WILL DISAPPEAR FROM THE EARTH."
n t
tapenose
avtu
e avtu
ere
ere
In the humiliation of him, the justice of him was taken away.
ten gnan
the generation
avtu
tis
diegeste
oti erte
apo tes
of him, who will describe? for is removed from the
ges
e zo-e avtu
earth the life
of him.
73

34
The eunuch answered Philip and said, "Please tell me, of whom does the prophet say this?
Of himself or of someone else?"
apokries d
o
ju-uos to filipo
epn
d-ome
answering moreover , the eunuch
to Philip said , I pray
tinos
o profetes
whom the prophet
lge tuto pri

says this? concerning
su pri
you, concerning
-avtu
e pri
himself , or concerning
tru tinos
man some?
35
Then Philip opened his mouth, and beginning from this Scripture he preached Jesus to him.
anias
having opened
d
moreover
o filipos to stoma
Philip the mouth
avtu
ke aramnos
of him, and having begun
apo tes grafes

tavtes ju-elisato
avto
ton iesun
from the Scripture this,
proclaimed the good news to him
Jesus.
36
As they went along the road they came to some water; and the eunuch said, "Look! Water!
What prevents me from becoming baptized?"
d
moreover
os
as
porju-onto
kata ten odon elon
pi
ti
they were going along the road , they came upon some
dor ke fesin
water, and says
o
the
junuos idu
dor ti
kolje
m
eunuch, Behold water; what prevents me
baptisene
being baptized?
37
[And Philip said, "If you believe with all your heart, you may." And he answered and said, "I
acknowledge Jesus Christ as the Son of God."]
ep
said
d
o filipos
moreover
Philip,
apokries
d ep
He answered and he said ,
e pistju-es
oles tes kardias stin

if you believe from all
the heart, it is lawful.
pistju-o
I believe
ton
the
i-on tu -u
ene ton iesun riston
Son
of God to be
Jesus Christ.
74

38
And he ordered the chariot to stop; and they both went down into the water, Philip as well as
the eunuch, and he baptized him.
ke kljusn
And he commanded
dor o t
filipos
water,
both Philip
stene
to arma
ke katbesan
to stop the chariot. And they went down,
ke
and
o
junuos
the eunuch,
ke
and
amfotri
both
es
to
baptisn
avton
be baptized him.
39
When they came up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord snatched Philip away; and the
eunuch no longer saw him, but went on his way rejoicing.
ot
d
when moreover
anbesan
k
tu
they came up out of the
erpasn
ton filipon ke uk edn
carried away
Philip, and not saw
datos pnjuma
water, [the] Spirit
kriu
of [the] Lord
avton ukti
o
junuos
him no longer the eunuch;
porju-to gar
ten
odon avtu
eron
he wept
indeed indeed way
of him, rejoicing.
40
But Philip found himself at Azotus, and as he passed through he kept preaching the gospel to
all the cities until he came to Caesarea.
filipos d
Philip moreover
hjure
es azoton ke diromnos ,
was found at Azotus , and passing through,
jueglizto
tas
poles
he proclaimed the gospel to the towns
pasas -os tu len

avton
all ,
until
coming his
es kesare-an
to Ceasarea.
75

Acts 9
The Conversion of Saul
1
Now Saul, still breathing threats and murder against the disciples of the Lord, went to the
high priest,
o d
but
sa-ulos ti
mpne-on
apeles
Saul,
still is breathing out threats
ke
and
fonu
es
murder toward
tus
the
maetas tu
kriu proslon
to
arire
disciples of the Lord . Having come to the high priest,
2
and asked for letters from him to the synagogues at Damascus, so that if he found any
belonging to the Way, both men and women, he might bring them bound to Jerusalem.
etesato
he requested
par
avtu pistolas es
damaskon pros tas snagogas
from him letters
into Damascus , to
the synagogues ,
opos
-an
tinas
so that, so that any
gnekas ddmnus
women, having bound
3
hjure
tes
odu ontas andras t
ke
he found of the way being men both and
agage
he might bring [them]
es irusalem
to Jerusalem .
As he travelled, it happened that he approached Damascus, and suddenly a light from heaven
flashed around him;
n d
to porjuse
gnto
in moreover
proceeding , it came to pass
efnes
suddenly
t
avton pri-estrapsn
also him
flashed around
avton
gizen
[as] he draws near
fos
a light
76
k
tu uranu
from
heaven.
te damasko
to Damascus,

4
and he fell to the ground and heard a voice saying to him, "Saul, Saul, why do you persecute
Me?"
ke pson
pi ten gen
ekusn
fonen
lgusan avto
and having fallen on the ground , he heard a voice saying to him.
sa-ul
Saul,
5
sa-ul
Saul ,
m
me
ti
why
diokes
do you persecute?
And he said, "Who Do I Speak To, Lord?" And He said, "You know me as Jesus , the one
you have persecuted ,
epn
d
he said moreover,
iesus on
Jesus, whom
tis
Who
s
you
e
are you
kri
Lord
o d
moreover
diokes
skleron
are persecuting. [It is] hard
laktizen trmon
to kick . he trembling
si
for you
t
ke ambon
also and being astonished
go
I
pros
against
emi
am
kntra
[the] goads
ep kri ti
me
said Lord what me
eles
pi-ese
do you want to do.
6
but get up and enter the city, and someone will tell you what you must do."
ala
but
anastei ke
Rise up and
si
you
o
that
ti
what
esl es ten polin ke laleeste

enter into the city , And it will be told
s
you
de
it behooves
pi-en
you to do.
The men who traveled with him stood speechless, hearing the voice but seeing no one.
i d andrs
i
and [the] men who
aku-onts mn
hearing indeed
snodju-onts
avto estekesan n i
were traveling with him stood
speechless ,
tes fones medna d

-orunts
the voice , No one however seeing,
77

8
Saul got up from the ground, and though his eyes appeared open, he could see nothing; and
leading him by the hand, they brought him into Damascus.
egre
rose up
d
moreover
saulos
Saul
apo tes ges

anogmnon
d
ton
from the ground having been opened moreover the
ofalmon avtu
udn
blpn
eyes
of him , nothing he saw .
eragogunts
d
avton
leading by the hand moreover him
esegagon
es damaskon
they brought [him] to Damascus.
9
And he endured three days without sight, and neither ate nor drank.
ke en
emras tres
me
And he was days
three not
10
blpon
seeing ,
ke uk
fagn
and neither did he eat
ud pin.
nor drink
Now there lived a disciple at Damascus named Ananias; and the Lord said to him in a vision,
"Ananias." And he said, "Here You may find me, Lord."
n
d
tis
maetes n damasko
onomati ananias
there was moreover a certain disciple in Damascus , named Ananias
ke epn
And said
pros avton n oramati o

krios anania
o d
epn
to him in a vision the Lord , Ananias.
and he said
idu
go
kri
Behold , [it is ] I Lord.
11
And the Lord said to him, "Get up and go to the street called Straight, and inquire at the
house of Judas for a man from Tarsus named Saul, for he prays,
o d krios
and [the] Lord
pros avton
anastas
porjueti
to him [said], Having risen up, go
rmen ten kalumnen jue-an

ke zeteson n iki-a
street
called
Straight, and seek
in [the] house
savlon onomati tarsa
idu
gar
Saul
named , of Tarsus. Behold indeed
78
prosjute
he is praying,
pi
ten
into the
iuda
of Judas

12
and he has seen in a vision a man named Ananias come in and lay his hands on him, so that
he might regain his sight."
ke edn
and he saw
pinta
having put
13
ke
and
avto
tas eras
opos
anablpse
on him the hands, so that he might receive sight.
But Ananias answered, "Lord, I have heard from many about this man, how much harm he
did to Your saints at Jerusalem;
apkrie
Answered
andros
man
14
andra n oramati
ananian onomati eslonta
a man in a vision , Ananias named , having come
d
ananias
kri ekusa
Then Anani-as, Lord , I have heard
apo
polon pri
tu
from many concerning the
agi-i-is su
pi-esn n irusalem
saints of you he did
in Jerusalem.
tutu
osa
kaka tis
this , how many evils to
and here he has authority from the chief priests to bind all who call on Your name."
ke od
e
and here he has
usian
para ton
authority from the
arir-on
chief priests ,
dese
pantas tus
to bind all
pikalumnus to onoma su
calling on
the name of you.
15
But the Lord said to him, "Go, for I have chosen him as an instrument of Mine, to bear My
name before the Gentiles and kings and the sons of Israel;
epn d
pros avton o
said
moreover to
him the
krios porju-u oti

skju-us kloges
Lord, Go
, for a vessel of choice
stin mi
utos
tu basatase to
onoma mu
nopion
is
to me this [man]
to carry the name of me before
t
ke
and also
basilon
kings,
i-on
[the] children
t
moreover
79
israel
of Israel.
ton non
the Gentiles

16
for I will show him how much he must suffer for My name's sake."
g gar
I
indeed
podeo
will show
avto
osa
de
avton pr
to him how much it behooves him for
tu
the
onomatos mu
paen
name
of me to suffer.
17
So Ananias departed and entered the house, and after laying his hands on him said, "Brother
Saul, the Lord Jesus, who appeared to you on the road by which you came, has sent me
so that you may regain your sight and become filled with the Holy Spirit."
apeln
d
ananias
ke eseln
went away moreover ananias , and entered
p
upon
avton tas eras

him the hands
m iesus
me, Jesus
o
the [one]
ru
opos
you came , that
18
epn
sa-ul adlf
te o krios apstalkn
he said, Saul brother , the the Lord has sent
ofes
having appeared
anablpses
you might receive sight
si
to you
ke
and
n odo
on road
e
in which
pleses pnjumatos
agio
be filled [of the] Spirit holy.
And immediately there fell from his eyes something like scales, and he regained his sight,
and he got up and received baptism;
ke
And
lpids
scales ,
19
es
ten ikian
ke pies
into the house; and having laid
ju-os
appsan avtu
apo ton ofalmon os
immediately fell
of him
from the eyes
[something] like
anblpsn
he regained his sight
t
ke anastas
baptise
also. And having risen up , he was baptized;
and he took food and received strength.
ke
labon
and having taken
trofen nissn
food he was strengthened.
80

Saul Begins to Preach Christ
Now for several days he remained with the disciples who lived at Damascus,
gnto d
mta ton
he was moreover with the
n damasko maeton
emras
in Damascus [the] disciples days
20
and immediately he began to proclaim Jesus in the synagogues, saying, "We acknowledge
Him as the Son of God."
ke
ju-os
n tes snagoges
And immediately in the synagogues
oti utos stin o
that he is
the
21
tinas
some.
kersn
ton iesun
he was proclaiming
Jesus,
i-os tu -u
Son
of God.
All those hearing him continued to show amazement, and said, "Did this one not, while in
Jerusalem destroy those who called on this name, and who had come here for the purpose
of bringing them bound before the chief priests?"
istanto
were amazed
d
moreover
pants i aku-onts
all
hearing ,
ke
and
lgon
said,
u
Not
utos stin o
poresas
es irusalem tus
pikalumnus
this is
the[one] having ravaged in Jerusalem those calling on
to
onoma tuto
the name this?
avtus
them
22
ke ode es lele
and here for he had come ,
agage
he might bring
pi tus
to the
ina
that
ddmnus
having been bound,
arires
chief priests.
But Saul kept increasing in strength and confounding the Jews who lived at Damascus by
proving Jesus as the Christ.
savlos
Saul
d
malon
ndnamuto
however all the more was empowered,
tus katikuntas n
dwelling in
ke snnn
and confounded
damasko
smbibazon oti
utos stin
Damasacus , proving
that this is
81
tus iude-us
the Jews
o
ristos
the Christ.

23
When many days had elapsed, the Jews plotted together to do away with him,
os
d
plerunto
when moreover had passed
emre ikane snbukjusanto

i iude-i
days many plotted together the Jews
anlen avton
to kill
him.
24
but their plot became known to Saul. They watched the gates day and night so that they
might put him to death;
gnose
became known
d
to savlo
e pibule avton
however
to Saul the plot
of them.
parterunto
d
they were closely watching moreover
ke tas plas emras t

ke
also the gates day
and also
nktos , opos avton anlosin

night,
that him they might kill.
25
but his disciples took him by night and let him down through an opening in the wall,
lowering him in a large basket.
labonts
d
having taken [him] moreover
teus
wall
26
i
maete
avtu
nktos
the disciples of him by night
dia
tu
through the
kaekan avton alasants

n spridi
let down him , having lowered [him] in basket.
When he came to Jerusalem, he tried to associate with the disciples; but they all showed fear
of him, not believing that he had become a disciple.
paragnomnos d
es irusalem
perazn
having arrived moreover in Jerusalem , he attempted
kolase
to join
tis
the
maetes ke pants fobunto

avton me
pistjuonts oti
disciples . and all
were afraid of him , not
believing that
stin maetes
he is a disciple.
82

27
But Barnabas took hold of him and brought him to the apostles and described to them how
he had seen the Lord on the road, and that He had talked to him, and how at Damascus he
had spoken out boldly in the name of Jesus.
barnabas
Barnabus
d
pilabomnos avton egagn
pros tus apostolus
however, having taken him , brought [him] to the apostles;
ke diegesato avtis
pos n te odo
and related
to them how on the road
lalesn
He had spoken
edn
he had seen
ton krion ke oti

the Lord; and that
avto
ke pos n damasko paresiasato n
to onomati
to him; and how in Damascus he had spoken boldly in the name
tu iesu
of Jesus.
28
And he stayed with them, moving about freely in Jerusalem, speaking out boldly in the name
of the Lord.
ke en
mt
avton esporjuomnos ke kporju-omnos es
And he was with them coming in
and going out
in
irusalem
Jerusalem,
29
paresiazomnos n to onomati tu kriu

speaking boldly in the name
of Lord.
And he talked and argued with the Hellenistic Jews; but they attempted to put him to death.
lale
t
he spoke also
ke
and
snzete pros tus lenistas

debated with the Hellenists ;
i d
moreover
perun
anlen avton
they were seeking to kill him.
30
But when the brethren learned of it, they brought him down to Caesarea and sent him away
to Tarsus.
pignonts
having known [it]
kesare-an
Ceasarea ,
d
i
adlfi
however, the brought
kategagon
brought down
ke
apstelan avton es tarson
and sent away
him to Tarsus.
83
avton es
him to

31
So the church throughout all Judea and Galilee and Samaria enjoyed peace, becoming built
up; and going on in the fear of the Lord and in the comfort of the Holy Spirit, it continued
to increase.
e
mn
un
klesia
The indeed then churches
galile-as
Gaililee,
ke samare-as
and Samaria ,
ka
oles tes iude-as
throughout all
of Judea,
ke
and
en erenen ikodemunne ke porju-omne to

had
peace; being built up and going on
in the
fobo tu
kriu ke
te
paraklese tu
agiu pnjumatos plento
fear of the Lord, and in the comfort
of the Holy Spirit
they were multiplied.
Peter's Ministry
32
Now as Peter travelled through all those regions, he came down also to the saints who lived
at Lydda.
gnto
d
ptron diromnon dia
panton
it came to pass moreover Peter, passing
through all [those regions],
katlen
ke
pros tus
went down also to the
33
agius tus katikuntas lda

saints
inhabiting Lydda,
There he found a man named Aeneas, who had become bedridden eight years, for he had
suffered paralysis.
hjurn
d
he found moreover
okto
eight
ke
anropon tina
onomati en-an
ton
there a man
certain, named Aeneas , for years
katakemnon pi
krabatu os
en
lying
on a bed, who was
parallmnos
paralyzed.
34
Peter said to him, "Aeneas, Jesus Christ heals you; get up and make your bed." Immediately
he got up.
ke epn avto
o ptros ena
iate
s
And said to him
Peter, Aeneas, heals you
iesus ristos anastei

Jesus Christ; rise up
ke
stroson
savto
ke ju-os
and make the bed for yourself. And immediately
anste
he rose up.
84

35
And all who lived at Lydda and Sharon saw him, and they turned to the Lord.
ke
edan avton pants i
katikunts lda ke ton
And saw him , all
those inhabiting Lydda and
sarona
Sharon ,
itins pstrpsan pi ton krion

who
turned
to the Lord.
36
Now in Joppa there lived a disciple named Tabitha (which we translate in Greek as Dorcas);
this woman abounded with deeds of kindness and charity which she continually did.
n iope
in Joppa
d
moreover
tis
en
maeria onomati tabia
e
a certain was disciple, named Tabitha, which
dirmenju-omne lgte
translated
is called
l-emosnon on
of alms
that
ke
and
37
dorkas
avte en pleres rgon agaon,
Dorcas . She was full of works
good
pi-e
she continually did.
And it happened at that time that she fell sick and died; and when they had washed her body,
they laid it in an upper room.
gnto
it came to pass
d
n tes emres kenes asnesan
moreover, in the days those, [that] having become sick ,
avten apoanen iusants

d
she
died . having washed [her]
moreover
ekan
avten n pro-o
put [her] they in an upper room.
38
Since Lydda located near Joppa, the disciples, having heard that Peter stayed there, sent two
men to him, imploring him, "Do not delay in coming to us."
gs d
near moreover
oti
that
uses
being
ldas te iope
i
maete akusants
Lydda
to Joppa, the disciples, having heard
ptros stin n avte apstelan do

Peter is in it,
sent
two
me okneses dilen
not to delay coming
andras pros avton parakalunts

men
to him, imploring [him]
-os emon
to us.
85

39
So Peter arose and went with them. When he arrived, they brought him into the upper room;
and all the widows stood beside him, weeping and showing all the tunics and garments
that Dorcas used to make while she stayed with them.
anastas
d
ptros sneln avtis
on paragnomnon
Having risen up moreover, Peter went with them , who having arrived ,
anegagon
brought [him]
imatia
garments
40
es
into
osa
that
to
pro-on
ke
pideknmne itonas
ke
the upper room. and showing
[the] tunics and
pi-e
had made
mt avton usa
with them being
e dorkas
Dorcas.
But Peter sent them all out and knelt down and prayed, and turning to the body, he said, "
Tabitha, arise." And she opened her eyes, and when she saw Peter, she sat up.
kbalon
having put
d
moreover
o
pantas o ptros ke es
outside all
Peter , and having bowed
gonata prosjuato ke
pistrpsas
pros to
soma
knees , prayed.
And having turned to
the body
anastei
Arise!
e d
enin
and she opened
tus ofalmus
the eyes
epn
he said,
avtes
of her
ta
the
tabia
Tabitha,
ke idusa
ton
and having seen
ptron ankaisn
Peter, she sat up.
41
And he gave her his hand and raised her up; and calling the saints and widows, he presented
her alive.
dus
d
having given moreover
tus agius
the saints
42
ke
and
tas
the
avte era
anstesn
avten fonesas
d
her [his] hand, he raised up her. having called moreover
eras
parstesn
avten zosan
widows, he presented her
living.
It became known all over Joppa, and many believed in the Lord.
gnoston d
gnto
ka
Known moreover it became throughout
oles tes iopes

ke
all
of Joppa, and
pistjusan poli
pi ton krion
believed many on the Lord.
86

43
And Peter stayed many days in Joppa with a tanner named Simon.
gnto
it came to pass
simoni
Simon,
d
emras ikanas mene
moreover, days
many he stayed
n iope
para tini
in Joppa with a certain
brse
a tanner.
Acts 10
Cornelius's Vision
1
Now there lived a man at Caesarea named Cornelius, a centurion of the Italian cohort,
aner
a man
d
moreover
tis
certain
n kesare-a onomati
in Ceasarea , named
kornel-ios
Cornelius
katontares
k speres
tes kalumnes italikes
[was] a centurion , of [the] Cohort that is called
Italian,
2
a devout man and one who feared God with all his household, and gave many alms to the
Jewish people and prayed to God continually.
jusbes ke
devout and
fobumnos ton -on sn

fearing
God with
pi-on
l-emosnas polas
both doing alms
many
panti to
all
the
to
lao
to the people,
iko
household
avto
of him,
ke d-omnos tu -u
and praying
to God
dia
pantos
continually all.
3
About the ninth hour of the day he clearly saw in a vision an angel of God who had just come
in and said to him, "Cornelius!"
edn
He saw
n oramati fanros ose pri

oran naten
tes
in a vision
clearly , as if about hour the ninth of the
emras aglon tu -u
eselonta
pros avton ke
day ,
an angel
of God having come to him , and
avto
korneli-
to him , Cornelius!
87
eponta
having said

4
And fixing his gaze on him and being much alarmed, he said, "What do you want, Lord?"
And he said to him, "Your prayers and alms have ascended as a memorial before God.
d
moreover,
epn
he said,
atnisas
avto
ke mfobos gnomnos
having looked intently on him , and afraid
having become,
ti
stin kri epn d
What is it , Lord? he said moreover
avto
e prosjue tu
to him , the prayers
su ke
e l-emosne su
anbesan
of you , and alms
of you, have ascended
es mnemosnon
as a memorial
mprosn -u
before
God.
5
"Now dispatch some men to Joppa and send for a man named Simon, who has the name of
Peter;
ke
nn pmpson andras
And now send
men
os
who
6
pikalete
is called
es
to
iopen ke
Joppa, and
ptros
Peter.
he stays with a tanner named Simon, whose house lies by the sea."
utos znizte para tini

simoni brse
He lodges with a certain Simon a tanner,
alasan
[the] sea ;
7
mtapmpse simona tina

summon
Simon a man
utos lalese
si
ti
he
will tell you what
o
stin ikia
whose is house
para
by
s
de
pi-en
you it behooves to do.
When the angel who spoke to him had left, he summoned two of his servants and a devout
soldier of those who served as his personal attendants,
os
when
d
apeln
moreover had departed
fonesas
having called
o
the
aglos o lalon
angel
having spoken
do ton
ikton
ke
two of the servants , and
stratioten
a soldier
proskartrunton avto
are attending
him.
88
jusbe
devout
avto
to him,
ton
of those are,

8
and after he had explained everything to them, he sent them to Joppa.
ke egesamnos apanta
avtis
apsteln avtus es ten iopen
and having related all things to them , he sent them to
Joppa.
9
On the next day, as they proceeded on their way and approached the city, Peter went up on
the housetop about the sixth hour to pray.
te
d
pavrion odiporunton
kenon ke te pole gizonton
on the moreover next day , as are journeying these and the city approaching,
anbe
ptros pi to doma
went up Peter on the housetop
10
d
moreover
d
however
avton gnto p
they , fell
upon
prospenos ke eln
hungry , and desired
kten
the sixth.
gjusase paraskjuazonton
to eat,
[as] were preparing
and he saw the sky opened up, and an object like a great sheet coming down, lowered by
four corners to the ground,
os oonen
as a sheet
n
in
oran
hour
avton kstasis
him a trance,
ke -ore
ton uranon an-ogmnon
and he beholds
heaven opening ,
12
pri
about
But he became hungry and desired to eat; but while they made preparations, he fell into a
trance;
gnto
he became
11
prosjuase
to pray
mgalen tsarsin
ares
great , by four , corners
ke katabenon
skju-os ti
and descending a vessel certain
kaimnon
pi
tes ges
being let down upon the earth,
and there appeared in it all kinds of four-footed animals and crawling creatures of the earth
and birds of the air.
o
pern panta ta ttrapoda
ke rpta
which were
all the quadrupeds , and creeping
ges
ke ptena tu uranu
earth , and birds
of heaven,
89
tes
ges
ke
of the earth , and

13
A voice came to him, "Get up, Peter, kill and eat!"
ke gnto fone
And came
a voice
14
pros avton anastas

ptr son ke fag
to him , Having risen, Peter, kill
and eat!
But Peter said, "By no means, Lord, for I have never eaten anything unholy and unclean."
o d
moreover
ptros epn medamos kri

oti udpot
Peter said , in no way, Lord ; for never
fagon
have I eaten
pan
kinon
ke akaarton
anything common or unclean.
15
Again a voice came to him a second time, "What God has cleansed, no longer consider
unholy."
ke
And
fone
palin
k djutru
pros avton a
o -os
a voice [came]again for the second time to
him, What
God
kaarisn
s
has cleansed , you
16
me kinu
not call common.
This happened three times, and immediately the object disappeared into the sky.
tuto d
gnto
pi
This moreover took place for
skju-os
vessel
17
tris
ke jus
anlemfe
to
three times , and immediately was taken up the
es ton uranon
into
heaven.
Now while Peter felt greatly perplexed in mind as to what the vision which he had seen
might mean, behold, the men who Cornelius had sent, having asked directions for
Simon's house, appeared at the gate;
os
while
e-e
might be
d
moreover
n avto
diepore
o ptros
ti
an
in himself was perplexed
Peter , what anyhow
to
orama o
edn
idu
i
andrs
the vision that he had seen , behold , the men
apstalmni
having been sent
tu simonos
of Simon,
po tu kornelu
from
Cornelius,
dirotesants
ten ikian
having inquired for the house
pstesan pi ton plona

stood
at the gate.
90

18
and calling out, they asked whether Simon, who also had the name of Peter, stayed there.
ke fonesants
pnanonto e simon o
pikalumnos
and having called out , they asked if Simon who [is] called
ptros nad nizte
Peter, here
is lodged.
19
While Peter reflected on the vision, the Spirit said to him, "Behold, three men look for you.
tu d ptru dinmumnu
and Peter was thinking
pnjuma
Spirit,
20
ala
but
pri
tu oramatos epn
over the vision,
said
avto
to
to him . the
idu
andrs tres
zetunts
s
Behold, men
three are seeking you;
"But get up, go downstairs and accompany them without misgivings, for I have sent them
Myself."
anastas
having risen
katabei
ke porju-u
go down , and proceed
diakrinomnos oti
doubting,
because
sn avtis
medn
with them , nothing
go apstalka avtus
I have sent them.
21
Peter went down to the men and said, "Behold, you look for me; for what reason did you
come?"
katabas
d
ptros
having gone down moreover Peter
apo tu korneli-u
from
Cornelius
tis
what [is]
pros tus andras tus apstalmnus

to
the man , who were sent
pros avton epn idu

go emi
on
zetet tis
to
him , said , Behold am whom whom you seek :
e
etia
di en
parst
the cause for which you are come?
91

22
They said, "Cornelius, a centurion, a righteous and God-fearing man well spoken of by the
entire nation of the Jews, had received a divine direction by a holy angel to send for you
to come to his house and hear a message from you."
i d
epan
and they said ,
kornelios katontares aner dike-os

Cornelius a centurion , a man righteous
fobumnos ton -on martrumnos

fearing
God , being well testified to
s
you
nus
nation
agiu
a holy,
para
from
ton
of the
ke
and
t
po olu tu
moreover by all the
iude-on rematise
po aglu
Jews,
was divinely instructed by angel
mtapmpsase es ton ikon

avtu
ke akuse remata
to send for
to the house of him, and to hear a message
su
you.
23
So he invited them in and gave them lodging. And on the next day he got up and went away
with them, and some of the brethren from Joppa accompanied him.
eskalsamnos
Having called in
un
therefore
pavrion anastas
next day having risen up
avtos
them
nisn
te
d
he lodged [them] . on the moreover
eln
he went forth
sn
with
avtis ke tins ton

them , and some of the
apo iopes snelon

avto
from Joppa went with him.
Peter at Caesarea
24
On the following day he entered Caesarea. Now Cornelius awaited them and had called
together his relatives and close friends.
te
on the
d
moreover
pavrion
next day,
eseln
es ten kesare-an o
they entered into
Ceasarea .
d
and
kornelios en
prosdokon avtus
snkalsamnos
tus sngnes
Cornelius was expecting them , having called together the relatives
avtu
of him
ke tus ananke-us filus

and
close
friends.
92

25
When Peter entered, Cornelius met him, and fell at his feet and worshiped him.
d
moreover
os
as
kornelios
Cornelius,
26
gnto tu eslen ton ptron snantesas

was
entering
Peter, having met
pson
pi tus podas
having fallen at the feet
prosknesn
worshiped [him].
But Peter raised him up, saying, "Stand up; I share the same mortality and humanity as you
do."
o d ptros egrn
but Peter lifted up
27
avto o
him
avton lgon anastei ke go avtos

anropos emi
him , saying Rise up , also I
myself
a man
am.
As he talked with him, he entered and found many people assembled.
ke snomiton avto
And talking with him
eseln
ke hjuriske snlelotas
he entered , and he finds having gathered together
polus
many.
28
And he said to them, "You yourselves know how unlawful we have considered it for a Jew
to associate with a foreigner or to visit him; and yet God has shown me that I should not
call any man unholy or unclean.
fe
t
he said moreover
pros avtus hmes pistas os

amiton stin andri
to them, You
know
how unlawful it is for a man
iude-o kolase
e prosrse
a Jew to unite himself or to come near
-os
God
29
aloflo
kami
o
to a Gentile . to me however,
den
medna kinon
e akaarton lgen anropon
has shown , not
common or unclean to call man.
"Consequently, I came without even raising any objection when you sent for me. So I ask for
what reason you have sent for me."
dio
Therefore
ke
anatiretos
elon
mtapmfies
pranome
also without objection I came, having been summoned I inquire
un
therefore,
tini
logo
for what reason
mtpnpsas
m
did you summon me?
93

30
Cornelius said, "Four days ago to this hour, I prayed in my house during the ninth hour; and
behold, a man stood before me in shining garments,
ke o kornelios fe
apo ttartes emras mri tavtes
And
Cornelius said , Ago four
days , until this
emen ten naten
prosjuomnos n to iko
I was
the ninth hour praying
in the house
idu
aner
ste nopion mu n seti
behold , a man stood before me in apparel
31
tes oras
the hour ,
mu
of me;
ke
and
lampra
bright.
and he said, 'Cornelius, God has heard and remembered your alms.
ke fesin korneli
and said, Cornelius ,
esekuse
has been heard
su
e prosjue ke
your
prayer and
he
the
l-emosne su
mnesesan
nopion tu -u
alms
of you have been remembered before
God.
32
'Therefore send to Joppa and invite Simon, who also has the name of Peter, to come to you;
he stays at the house of Simon the tanner by the sea.'
pmpson un
iopen
ke
Send
therefore Joppa , and
utos enizte n
the lodges
in
33
ikia simonos
[the] Simon ,
mtakalse simona
call for
Simon,
os
pikalete
who is called
ptros
Peter ;
brs-os para alasan

a tanner by
[the] sea;
"So I sent for you immediately, and you have shown kindness enough to come. Now then,
we all have come here present before God to hear all that God has commanded you."
avtes un
At once therefore
pmpsa pros s
I sent
to you;
paragnomnos nn
having come.
Now
akuse
to hear
panta
all things
un
therefore ,
s
you
t
moreover
pants emes nopion

all
we before
ta
prosttagmna
that having been commanded
94
si
you
kalos pi-esas
well did
tu -u parsmn
God are presnt
po tu kriu
by the Lord.

Gentiles Hear Good News
34
Opening his mouth, Peter said: "I most certainly understand now that God does not show
partiality,
d
moreover
anias
having opened
katalambame
I understand ,
35
al
but
ale-as
of a truth
uk stin prospemptes
o -os
not is
One who shows partiality
God.
oti
that
n
in
panti
every
ne
o
nation , the [one]
dktos
acceptable
avto
to him
fobubnos avton ke rgazomnos

fearing
him and working
stin
is.
"The word which He sent to the sons of Israel, preaching peace through Jesus Christ (We
acknowledge Him as Lord of all)
ton logon on
apsteln
The word that he sent
erenen
peace
37
epn p
said, certainly
but in every nation the man who fears Him and does right He welcomes.
dike-osnen
righteousness,
36
ptros to stoma
Peter
[his] mouth,
tis
i-is
israel
juaglizomnos
to the sons of Israel, proclaiming the gospel
dia iesu
ristu utos stin panton krios
by Jesus Christ ; he
is
of all
Lord.
you yourselves know the thing which took place throughout all Judea, starting from Galilee,
after the baptism which John proclaimed.
mes
you yourselves
iude-as
Judea ,
idat
know
to
gnomnon rema
ka
oles tes
the having come declaration through all
aramnos
apo tes galile-as mta to baptisma
having begun from
Galilee , after the baptism
kern
proclaimed
io-anes
John.
95
o
that

38
"You know of Jesus of Nazareth, how God anointed Him with the Holy Spirit and with power, and
how He went about doing good and healing all who received oppression by the devil, for God
stayed with Him.
iesun ton apo

nazar ,
os
risn
avton o -os pnjumati
Jesus
from Nazareth , how anointed him
God [the] Spirit
agio
ke dname
os dien
ju-rgton
ke
with [the ] Holy and with power; who went about doing good and
iomnos pantas tus
karadnastju-omnus
healing all
that were being oppressed
po tu
by the
diabolu oti
devil,
because
o -os en mt avtu
God was with him.
39
"We witness all the things He did both in the land of the Jews and in Jerusalem. They also put Him to
death by hanging Him on a cross.
ke emes martrs
And we [are] witnesses
ton
of the
iude-on ke
n irusalem
Jews
and in Jerusalem
krmasants
having hanged [him]
40
panton
on
piesn n t
te
ora
of all things that he did in both the region
on
ke
whom also
anelan
they put to death
pi lu
on a tree.
"God raised Him up on the third day and granted that He become visible,
tuton
o -os efern
n te trite emra ke dokn avton
This One
God raised up on the third day , and gave
him
mfane
manifest
41
gnse
to become,
not to all the people, but to witnesses whom He had chosen beforehand by God, namely, to
us who ate and drank with Him after He arose from the dead.
u
panti to
la-o
ala martsin
tis prokerotonemnis
not to all the people, but to witness
having been chosen beforehand
po tu -u
emin
by
God , to us,
mta to
after
itins
who
snfagomn
did eat with
anastene avton k
rising
his
out from
nkron
[the] dead.
96
ke
and
snpi-omn
drink with
avto
him

42
"And He ordered us to preach to the people, and solemnly to testify that this One who God
has appointed as Judge of the living and the dead.
ke paregeln emin kere

And he instructed us
to proclaim
utos stin
he it is
oti
that
to
lao
ke diamartrase
to the people, and to testify fully
o orismnos
po tu -u
having been appointed by
God
krites
zonton
[as] judge of living
ke nkron
and dead.
43
"Of Him all the prophets bear witness that through His name everyone who believes in Him
receives forgiveness of sins."
tuto
pants i
profete
martrusin
afsin amartion
amartion laben
To him
all
the prophets bear witness , [that] forgiveness
of sins receives
dia
through
tu onomatos avtu
the name
his
panta
ton pistju-onta
every one
believing
es avton
on him.
44
While Peter still spoke these words, the Holy Spirit fell upon all those who listened to the
message.
ti
Still
launtos
tu ptru ta remata tavta ppsn to pnjuma to
as is speaking
Peter the words these, fell
the Spirit
agion pi
pantas
Holy upon all
45
tus
aku-ontas ton logon
those hearing
the word.
All the circumcised believers who came with Peter felt amazement, because the gift of the
Holy Spirit had become poured out on the Gentiles also.
ke stesan
i
k
And were amazed the from
pritomes
pisti
osi
synelan
[the] circumcision believers , as many as had come with
to ptro
Peter,
ta ne
e dorea tu
agiu tu
the Gentiles , the gift of the holy
pnjumatos
Spirit
oti
ke pi
that even upon
kte
has been poured out.
97

46
For they heard them speaking with tongues and exalting God. Then Peter answered,
eku-u
gar
They heard indeed
avton lalunton
them speaking
gloses
ke mgalnonton ton
with tongues , and magnifying
on tot apkrie ptros

God. Then answered Peter,
47
"Surely no one can refuse the water for these to receive baptism who have received the Holy
Spirit just as we did, can he?"
meti
if not
to
dor
dnate kolse
The water is able to withhold
tis
tu me baptisene tutus
any one
not to baptize these ,
itins to pnjuma to agion labon

os
ke
mes
who the Spirit
Holy have received , just as also [have] we?
48
And he ordered them to receive baptism in the name of Jesus Christ. Then they asked him to
stay on for a few days.
prostan
he commanded
baptisene
to be baptized.
d
moreover
tot
Then
avtus
them
n to onomati iesu ristu

in the name
Jesus Christ
erotesan
avton pimene emras tinas
they asked him to remain days
some.
98

Acts 11
Peter Reports at Jerusalem
1
Now the apostles and the brethren who lived throughout Judea heard that the Gentiles also
had received the word of God.
kusan d
heard moreover
i
apostoli ke i
adlfi
the apostles and the brothers
iude-an oti
Judea ,
that
2
ke
also
ta
ne
danto
ton logon
the Gentiles had received the word
tu -u
of God.
And when Peter came up to Jerusalem, those who had received circumcision took issue with
him,
ot
when
d
also
i
those
k pritomes
of [the] circumcision,
i onts kata ten

being in
anbe
ptros es irusalem
went up Peter to Jerusalem ,
dikrinonto
contended
pros
with
avton
him
saying, "You went to uncircumcised men and ate with them."
lgonts oti esels

pros andras akrobstian
ontas ke
saying
he went , to
men uncircumcision having , and
snfags
ate with
4
avtis
them.
But Peter began speaking and proceeded to explain to them in orderly sequence, saying,
aramnos
having begun
d
moreover
ptros tito
Peter, he set [it] forth
99
avtis
to them
kaes lgon
in order saying,

5
"I lived in the city of Joppa praying; and in a trance I saw a vision, an object coming down
like a great sheet lowered by four corners from the sky; and it came right down to me,
go emen n
I
was in
kstase
a trance
pole
iope
prosjuomnos ke edon n
[the] city of Joppa praying
, and I saw in
orama
katabenon
a vision , descending
mgalen tsarin
great, by [its] your
ke
and
6
eln
it came down
ti
os oonen
certain like a sheet
skju-os
a vessel
ares
kaimnen
k
corners being let down out of
ari
as far as
tu uranu
heaven,
mu
me.
and when I had fixed my gaze on it and was observing it I saw the four-footed animals of the
earth and the wild beasts and the crawling creatures and the birds of the air.
en atnisas
katno-un
ke edon ta ttrpoda
tes
it having looked intently I observed , and I saw the quadrupeds of the
es
on
ges
ke ta
earth, and the
eria
wild beasts ,
ke ta rpta
ke ta
and the creeping things , and the
ptena
birds
tu
uranu
of the air.
7
"I also heard a voice saying to me, 'Get up, Peter; kill and eat.'
ekusa
I heard
d
moreover
son ke
kill
and
8
ke fones
lguses mi
anastas
ptr
also a voice saying to me, Having risen up, Peter
fag
eat.
"But I said, 'By no means, Lord, for nothing unholy or unclean has ever entered my mouth.'
epon
I said
d
moreover
udpot
nothing ever
medamos
kri oti
kinon
e akaarton
in no way, Lord , for
common or unclean,
esln
has entered
es
to stoma
into the mouth
mu
of me.
100

9
"But a voice from heaven answered a second time, 'What God has cleansed, no longer
consider unholy.'
apkrie
answered
a
What
10
d
moreover
k djutru
for a second [time]
o -os kaarisn
s me
God has cleansed, you not
fone
k
the voice out of
tu uranu
heaven ,
kinu
so call unholy.
"This happened three times, and everything disappeared up into the sky.
tuto d
this moreover
gnto
happened
pi tris
ke anspase
on three time , and was drawn up
palin apanta
again all
es ton uranon
into
heaven.
11
"And behold, at that moment three men appeared at the house in which we stayed, having
come to me from Caesarea.
ke
And
idu
avtes
Behold, immediately
tres andrs pstesan pi ten ikian

three men stood
at the house
e
emn apstalmni
apo kesare-as
which I was , having been sent from Caesarea
12
n
in
pros m
to me.
"The Spirit told me to go with them without misgivings. These six brethren also went with
me and we entered the man's house.
epn d
to pnjuma mi
told moreover the Spirit ,
me
elon
went
d
moreover
sn
with
es
ton ikon
tu
into the house of the
mi
me
snlen
to go with
ke
also
i
six
andros
man,
101
avtus
medn diakrinanta
them , not
having discriminated
adlfi
brothers
uti
these,
ke eselomn
and we entered

13
"And he reported to us how he had seen the angel standing in his house, and saying, 'Send to
Joppa and have Simon, who also has the name of Peter, brought here;
apegeln
he related
d
moreover
avtu
stnta
of him, having stood
emin pos edn

to us how he had seen
ke
and
ton aglon n to iko

the angel
in the house
eponta
apostelon es iupen
having said , send forth to
Joppa,
ke
and
mtapmpse simona ton

pikalumnon ptron
send for
Simon, who is called
Peter,
14
and he will speak words to you by which you will receive salvation, you and all your
household.'
os
who
lalese
will speak
remata pros s
n
words to you, in
o
the
ikos
household
su
of you.
15
n
in
"And as I began to speak, the Holy Spirit fell upon them just as He did upon us at the
beginning.
d
moreover
to arase m lalen
ppsn to pnjuma to agion
beginning my to speak , fell
the Spirit
Holy
p
avtus ospr
upon them, even as
16
is
soese
s ke
pas
which will be saved you and all
f
emas n
are
upon us
in[the] beginning.
ke
also
"And I remembered the word of the Lord, how He used to say, 'John baptized with water, but
you will receive baptism with the Holy Spirit.'
mnesen
I remembered
ioanes
John
d
moreover
mn
baptisn
indeed baptized
n
with [the]
pnjumati
Spirit
tu
rematos tu
the word
of the
kriu os
lgn
Lord , how he had said ,
dati
mes d
with water, you
however
agio
Holy.
102
baptisess
will be baptized

17
"Therefore if God gave to them the same gift as He gave to us also after believing in the
Lord Jesus Christ, who did I consider myself that I could stand in God's way?"
e un
ten isen
doran dokn
avtus
If then the same gift
has given to them
pistjusasin
pi
having believed on
kolse
to forbid
ton
the
krion iesun
Lord Jesus
o -os os
God, as
riston
Christ,
ke
emin
also to us ,
go tis
emen
I,
who was
dnatos
[to be] able
ton -on
God?
18
When they heard this, they quieted down and glorified God, saying, "Well then, God has
granted to the Gentiles also the repentance that leads to life."
akusants
having heard
d
moreover
tavta
these things
esasan
ke doasian ton
they were silent , and glorified
-on lgonts ara

ke
tis
nsin o -os ten mtani-an
God , saying, Then indeed also to the Gentiles
God
repentance
zo-en dokn
life
has given.
es
unto
The Church at Antioch

19
So then those who scattered because of the persecution that occurred in connection with
Stephen made their way to Phoenicia and Cyprus and Antioch, speaking the word to no
one except to Jews alone.
i
Those
mn
indeed
un
therefore
gnomnes
having taken place
diasparnts
having been scattered
pi
stfano
over Stephen ,
apo tes ilips-os tes

by the tribulation
dielon
passed through
kpri
ke antoe-as medni
lalunts
Cyprus, and Antioch , to no one speaking
-os finikes
ke
to
Phoenicia, and
ton logon e me monon

the word if not only
iude-is
to Jews.
103

20
But some of them, men of Cyprus and Cyrene, came to Antioch and began speaking to the
Greeks also, preaching the Lord Jesus.
san d
tins
were however some
itins lonts
who having come
es
into
juaglizomni
proclaiming the gospel
21
pistjusas
having believed,
lalun ke pros tus

spoke also to the
lenistas
Hellenists ,
ton krion iesun

the Lord Jesus.
kriu
mt avton
pols
t
arimos o
of [the] Lord with them ; [a] great moreover number
pstrpsn pi ton krion

turned
to the Lord.
The news about them reached the ears of the church at Jerusalem, and they sent Barnabas off
to Antioch.
ekuse
Was heard
d
moreover
uses n irusalem
being in Jerusalem,
dilen -os
to go as far as
23
antioe-an
Antioch ,
And the hand of the Lord rested with them, and a large number who believed turned to the
Lord.
ke n
er
And was [the] hand
22
avton andrs kpri-i

ke krene-i
of them men , of Cyprus and of Cyrene
o
the
logos
report
pri
concerning
es ta ota
in the ears
tes
klesias
of the church
tes
avton ke apstelan barnaban

them; and they sent forth Barnabas
antioe-as
Antioch,
Then when he arrived and witnessed the grace of God, he rejoiced and began to encourage
them all with resolute heart to remain true to the Lord;
os
paragnomnos
who having come,
ke parkale
and exhorted
ke
and
pantas te
all
with
idon
ten arin
ten tu
having seen the grace of
prose
tes
resolute purpose
n to krio
in the Lord.
104
-u are
God , rejoiced
kardias
prosmnen
of heart , to abide

24
for we considered him a good man, and full of the Holy Spirit and of faith. And considerable
numbers added to the Lord.
oti en
aner agaos
For he was a man good ,
ke pleres pnjumatos
agiu ke
pist-os
and full
of [the] Spirit Holy, and of faith.
ke
proste
olos
ikanos to
And was added a crowd large to the
25
And he left for Tarsus to look for Saul;
eln
d
he went forth moreover
26
krio
Lord.
es tarson
to Tarsus
anaetese savlon
to seek
Saul.
and when he had found him, he brought him to Antioch. And for an entire year they met with
the church and taught considerable numbers; and the disciples called themselves
Christians in Antioch.
ke juron egagn
es antioe-an
gnto
d
avtis
and having found [him] to Antioch .
it came to pass [that] moreover they
niavton olon
snaene
a year whole gathered together
ke
also
ikanon
large.
27
rematise
were called
t
moreover
n te klesia ke
in the church , and
protos n
first
in
didae olon
taught a crowd
antioe-a tus ristianus

Antioch the Christians.
Now at this time some prophets came down from Jerusalem to Antioch.
n tavtes d
tes emres katelon apo irosolmon profete es antioe-an
in these moreover
days, came down from Jerusalem prophets to Antioch.
28
One of them named Agabus stood up and began to indicate by the Spirit that there would
certainly come a great famine all over the world. And this took place in the reign of
Claudius.
anastas
d
having risen up moreover
es
avton onomati agabos

one out from them named Agabus ,
semann
signified
dia tu
pnjumatos limon
mgalen mlen
sse f
olen ten
by the Spirit,
A famine great
is about to be over all the
ikumnen etis
gnto
pi
klavdiu
world
which came to pass under Claudius.
105

29
And in the proportion that any of the disciples had means, each of them determined to send a
contribution for the relief of the brethren living in Judea.
ton d
moreover
avton
of them
30
maeton
kaos juporeto
tis
orisam
kastos
[the] disciples as
was prospered any one, determined each
es diakonian pmpse
for ministry , to send
tis
katikusin n te iude-a
to the dwelling in
Judea
adlfis
brothers.
And this they did, sending it in charge of Barnabas and Saul to the elders.
o
ke
which also
pi-ean
they did,
apostelants
having sent [it]
pros tus prsbtrus dia

eros
to the elders,
by [the] hand
barnaba
ke savlu
of Barnabas and Saul.
Acts 12
Peter's Arrest and Deliverance
1
Now about that time Herod the king laid hands on some who belonged to the church in order
to mistreat them.
kat kenon d
ton keron pbaln erodes o basil-us
at that
moreover the time , put forth Herod the king
eras
kakose
[his] hands to mistreat
2
tinas
some
tas
ton
apo tes klesias
of those of
the church.
And he had James the brother of John put to death with a sword.
aneln
he put to death
d
moreover
iakobon ton adlfon ioanu maere

James, the brother of John , with the sword.
106

3
When he saw that it pleased the Jews, he proceeded to arrest Peter also. Now it occurred
during the days of Unleavened Bread.
d
oti arston
stin tis
now that pleasing it is
to the
idon
having seen
slaben
to take
ke
also
ptron
Peter .
esan
these were
d
moreover
iude-is prosto
Jews , he proceeded
e emre ton
the days of the
azmon
unleavened [Bread]
4
When he had seized him, he put him in prison, delivering him to four squads of soldiers to
guard him, intending after the Passover to bring him out before the people.
on
whom
to es flaken
he put in prison ,
ke piasas
also having seized
tsarin ttradis
stratioton flasen
to four sets of four soldiers to guard
pasa
anagagen
Passover to bring out
5
avton bulomnos
him, intending
mta to
after the
to
la-o
to the people.
So Peter remained in the prison, but the church prayed fervently to God.
o mn
indeed
ktnos
fervent
6
avton
him
paradus
having delivered [him]
un ptros tereto
therefore was kept
ginomne
being made
po
by
n te
in the
flake
prison ;
prosjue d
en
prayer
moreover was
tes klesias pros ton -on

the church
to
God
pri
avtu
concerning him.
On the very night when Herod intended to bring him forward, Peter slept between two
soldiers, bound with two chains, and guards in front of the door watched over the prison.
ot
when
d
moreover
kene en o ptros
that, was
Peter
halssin
with chains
emln
was about
pro-agagen
avton
to bring forth him
kimonnos mta
sleeping
between
dsin flaks
two guards
t
also
do
two
o erodes
t
Herod . the
nkti
night
stratioton ddmnos
soldiers, having been bound
pro
tes ras terun
ten flaken
before the door were watching the prison.
107

7
And behold, an angel of the Lord suddenly appeared and a light shone in the cell; and he
struck Peter's side and woke him up, saying, "Get up quickly." And his chains fell off his
hands.
ke idu
aglos
kriu
pste
ke fos
lampsn n
And behold, an angel of [the] Lord stood by, and a light shone
in
to ikemati patas
d
ten pljuran tu ptru
egern
avton
the cell.
having struck moreover the side
of Peter, he woke up him
lgon anasta
n tae
ke psan
saying, Rise up in haste. And fell off
And the angel said to him, "Gird yourself and put on your sandals." And he did so. And he
said to him, "Wrap your cloak around you and follow me."
epn d
said moreover
podese ta
put on the
o
aglos pros avton zose
the angel to
him
Gird yourself about
sandalia
sandals
pribalu
Wrap around [you]
avtu
e
alses k
ton eron
of him the chains, from the hands.
su
of you .
ke
and
pi-esn d utos ke
lge
avto
He did and so. And he says to him ,
to imation su
the cloak of you,
ke akolue mi
and follow me.
And he went out and continued to follow, and he did not know that what the angel did really
happened, but thought he saw a vision.
ke
And
lon
ekolue
having gone forth, he followed
ginomnon
is happening
ke uk ede
oti akes stin to
and not did know that real
is
what
dia
tu
aglu doke
by means of the angel; he thought
108
d
orama blpen
moreover a vision to see.

10
When they had passed the first and second guard, they came to the iron gate that leads into
the city, which opened for them by itself; and they went out and went along one street,
and immediately the angel departed from him.
dilonts
d
having passed through moreover
proten flaken ke djutran

elan
pi
a first guard and a second, they came to
ten plen ten sideran ten frusan es

the gate
iron
leading into
avtis
to them;
ke
and
lonts
having gone out
ju-os
apste
o
immediately departed the
ten polin etis

avtomate enige
the city
which of itself
opened
pro-elon
they went on through
rmen mian
street
one
aglos ap
avtu
angel from him.
11
When Peter came to himself, he said, "Now I know for sure that the Lord has sent forth His
angel and rescued me from the hand of Herod and from all that the Jewish people had
expected."
ke o ptros n avto
gnomnos
epn nn ida
aleos oti
And Peter to himself having come , said Now I know truly that
apsteln
has sent forth
eros
[the] hand
12
o
the
krios
Lord,
ton aglon avtu

the angel
of him,
erodu
ke pases tes
of Herod , and all
the
ke elato
m k
and delivered me out of
prosdokias tu
la-u
ton iude-on
expectation of the people of the Jews.
And when he realized this, he went to the house of Mary, the mother of John who also had
the name of Mark, where many gathered together and prayed.
snidon
t
eln
having considered [it] also, he came
ioanu
of John,
pi ten ikian
tes marias tes
to the house of Mary the
metros
mother
tu pikalumnu marku u
esan ikani snerismni
who is called
Mark , where were many having gathered together
ke
prosjuomni
and praying.
109

13
When he knocked at the door of the gate, a servant-girl named Rhoda came to answer.
krusantos
d
avtu ten
ran
having knocked moreover he [at] the door
tu
of the
plonos proseln
gate , came
pediske pakuse
onomati rode
a girl
to answer [it]
named Rhoda.
14
When she recognized Peter's voice, because of her joy she did not open the gate, but ran in
and announced that Peter stood in front of the gate.
pignusa
having recognized
ke
and
ten fonen tu ptru

apo tes aras
the voice
of Peter, from
joy
enin
ton plona esdramusa
she opened the gate, having run in ;
ton ptron pro
tu
Peter before the
15
apengeln
she reported
stane
to be standing
plonos
gate.
They said to her, "You have taken leave of your senses!" But she kept insisting that she had
seen him. They kept saying, "His angel must have appeared."
i d
moreover
pros avten epan

mene
e d
to
her
they said , You are raving mad
but
disrizto
she kept insisting
stin
it is
16
d
but
uk
not
utos en
so [it] to be.
i d
and
lgon
o
aglos
they kept saying , The angel
avtu
of him.
But Peter continued knocking; and when they had opened the door, they saw him and felt
amazed.
o d ptros pmnn
but Peter continued
kru-on
knocking;
aniants
having opened [it]
avton ke
stesan
him, and were amazed.
110
d
edan
moreover they saw

17
But motioning to them with his hand to become silent, he described to them how the Lord
had led him out of the prison And he said, "Report these things to James and the
brethren." Then he left and went to another place.
katasesas
d
having made a sign moreover
avtis
to them
te
eri sigan
diegesato
with the hand to be silent he related
pos o
krios avton egagn
how the Lord him
had brought
avtis
to them
apagelat iakobo
ke
Report
to James and
tis
adlfis
to the brothers
k
tes flakes epn
t
out of the prison. he said moreover,
tavta
ke lon
these things. And having gone out,
porjue es tron
topon
he went to another place.
18
Now when day came, there occurred no small disturbance among the soldiers as to what
could have become of Peter.
gnomnes
having come
stratiotes
soldiers,
d
emras en
taraos
uk oligos n
tis
moreover day,
there was disturbance no small among the
ti
what
ara
o ptros gnto
then [of]
Peter has become.
19
When Herod had searched for him and had not found him, he examined the guards and
ordered that they suffer execution Then he went down from Judea to Caesarea and spent
time there.
erodes
Herod
d
moreover
anakrinas
having examined
pizetesas
avton ke me hjuron
having sought after him
and not having found [him]
tus
the
ke katlon
And having gone down
flakas kljusn
guards, he commanded [them]
apene
to be led away [to death].
apo tes iude-as es kesaren

ditribn
from
Judea to Ceasarea, he stayed [there].
111

Death of Herod
20
Now he became very angry with the people of Tyre and Sidon; and with one accord they
came to him, and having won over Blastus the king's chamberlain, they asked for peace,
because their country received their nourishment fed by the king's country.
n
he had been
d
now
omomadon
with one accord
blaston
Blastus
momaon
furiously angry
tri-is
ke sidoni-is
with [the] Tyrians and Sidonians;
d
paresan
moreover they came
avton ten oran

apo tes basilikes
their
region by the king's.
On an appointed day Herod, having put on his royal apparel, took his seat on the rostrum and
began delivering an address to them.
takte
on the appointed
d
moreover
ke kaisas
and having sat
pi tu
on the
22
pesants
having gained
ton
pi
tu
kitonos
tu
basil-os etunto
who was over the bedchamber of the king
sought
erenen dia
to trfse
peace, because of
being nourished
21
pros avton ke
to
him, and
emra o erodes ndsamnos seta basiliken

day,
Herod, having put on apparel [the] royal
bematos demegore
throne was making an address
pros avtus
to them.
The people kept crying out, "The voice of a god and not of a man!"
o d
demos
pfone
-u
and [the] people were crying out , Of a god
fone
ke uk
[this is the ] voice and not
anropu
of a man!
23
And immediately an angel of the Lord struck him because he did not give God the glory, and
the worms ate him and he died.
pararema
immediately
d
moreover
on
uk
for that not
dokn
he gave
skolekobrotos
eaten by worms,
patan avton aglos

kriu
an
struck
him
an angel of [the] Lord , in return
ten doan to
the glory
-o
God
psn
he breathed his last.
112
ke gnomnos
and having been

24
But the word of the Lord continued to grow and to multiply.
d
but
25
logos
tu
[the] word
-u
of God
juann ke
grew
and
plento
multiplied.
And Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem when they had fulfilled their mission,
taking along with them John, who also had the name of Mark.
barnabas
Barnabas
d
ke savlos pstrpsan es
moreover and Saul
returned from
irusalem
Jerusalem,
plerosants
having fulfilled
ten diakonian smparalabonts

ioanen ton
piklenta
markon
the mission, having taken with [them] John, the one having been called Mark.
Acts 13
First Missionary Journey
1
Now there lived at Antioch, in the church that met there, prophets and teachers: Barnabas,
and Simeon who had the name Niger, and Lucius of Cyrene, and Manaen who had grown
up with Herod the tetrarch, and Saul.
san
there were
d
moreover
ke
and
didaskali o t
teachers
both
ke
and
lukios
Lucius
sntrofos
brought up with,
o
the
n antioe-a
in Antioch ,
kata ten usan

klesian profete
in the being church , prophets
barnabas ke smon o
kalumnos
Barnabas and Simeon , who was called
krene-os mana-en
Cyrenian , Manaen
ke
and
t
eroidu
and Herod
savlos
Saul.
113
nigr
Niger,
tu
ttra-aru
the
tetrarch

2
While they ministered to the Lord and fasting, the Holy Spirit said, "Set apart for Me
Barnabas and Saul for the work to which I have called them."
leturgunton
d
avton to
krio
As were ministering
moreover they to the Lord
epn
said
ke
and
3
ke nestju-onton
and fasting ,
to pnjuma to agion aforisat

de
mi ton
the Spirit
Holy , Set apart
indeed to me
savlon
Saul,
es to
for the
rgon
work
barnaban
Barnabas
o
proskkleme avtus
to which I have called them.
Then, when they had fasted and prayed and laid their hands on them, they sent them away.
tot
nestjusants
ke projuamni
ke pints
Then having fasted , and having prayed, and having laid
tas eras
the hands
avtis
aplsan
on them , they sent [them] off.
4
So, after the Holy Spirit sent them out, they went down to Seleucia and from there they sailed
to Cyprus.
avti mn
They indeed
un
therefore
es sljuke-an
to Selucia
5
kpmfnts
having been set forth
po tu
agiu pnjumatos katelon
by the Holy Spirit,
went down
ken
t
appljusan es kpron
from there moreover they sailed to Cyprus.
When they reached Salamis, they began to proclaim the word of God in the synagogues of the
Jews; and they also had John as their helper.
ke
And
tes
the
gnomni
n
having come into
snagoges
synagogues
ton
of the
salamini kateglon
ton logon tu -u
Salamis . they proclaimed the word
of God
iude-on eon
d
ke
ionen
prten
Jews. they had moreover also John [as] a helper.
114

6
When they had gone through the whole island as far as Paphos, they found a magician, a
Jewish false prophet who had the name of Bar-Jesus,
dilonts
d
having passed moreover
tina
a certain
7
magon
magician ,
ari
pafu
juron
as far as Paphos, they found
olen ten neson

all the island,
psjudoprofeten iude-on
o
onoma bariesu
false prophet , a Jewish whose name [was] Bar-Jesus,
who collaborated with the proconsul, Sergius Paulus, a man of intelligence. This man
summoned Barnabas and Saul and sought to hear the word of God.
os
en
sn to
anpato
srgio
who was with the procounsul Sergius
pavlo
andri snto
Paulus , man an intelligent
utos proskalsamnos
barnaban
ke savlon pzetesn
He having called to [him] Barnabas and Saul, desired
ton
the
8
andra
a fellow
akuse
to hear
logon tu -u
word
of God.
But Elymas the magician (for so we translate his name ) opposed them, seeking to turn the
proconsul away from the faith.
anistato d
avtis
lmas
opposed however them Elymas
o
magos
the magician
mrmenju-te
means
zeton
diastrpse
ton
seeking to turn away the
to onoma avtu
the name of him
utos
thus
gar
indeed
anpaton apo
tes pist-os
proconsul from the faith.
9
But Saul, who also has the name of Paul, filled with the Holy Spirit, fixed his gaze on him,
savlos d
o
ke
pavlos pleses
pnjumatos
Saul moreover, the [one] also [called] Paul, having been filled [the] Spirit
agiu atnisas
es
avton
Holy, having looked intently upon him,
115

10
and said, "You who have filled yourself of all deceit and fraud, you son of the devil, you
enemy of all righteousness, will you not cease to make crooked the straight ways of the
Lord?
epn
said,
o pleres
O full
pantos dolu
ke
pases radiurgias i-e diabolu
of all
deceit and all
craft son of [the ]devil,
r pases dike-osnes
u
enemy of all righteousness, not
pavse
diastrfon tas odus tu
will you cease perverting the ways the
kriu tas jue-as

of Lord
straight?
11
"Now, behold, the hand of the Lord falls upon you, and you will become blind and not see
the sun for a time." And immediately a mist and a darkness fell upon him, and he went
about seeking those who would lead him by the hand.
ke nn idu
er
kriu
pi
s
ke se
tflos
and now behold, [the] hand of the Lord [is] upon you, and you will be blind
me blpon ton elion ari
keru
not seeing the sun
during a season .
avton
him
als ke skotos
mist and darkness,
ke
and
pararema
d
psn p
immediately moreover fell
upon
priagon
going about
zete
he sought
eragogus
someone to lead [him] by the hand.
12
Then the proconsul believed when he saw what had happened, feeling amazed at the
teaching of the Lord.
tot idon
o
anpatos
Then having seen the procounsul
kpesomnos
being astonished
to
ggonos
that having happened ,
pi te didae tu
at the teaching of the
kriu
Lord.
116
pistjusn
believed,

13
Now Paul and his companions put out to sea from Paphos and came to Perga in Pamphylia;
but John left them and returned to Jerusalem.
anants
d
apo tes pafu
i
pri
pavlon
having sailed from moreover from
Paphos [with] those around [him], Paul
elon es prgen
came to Perga
avton
them,
14
tes
pamflias
of Pamphylia .
iones d
aporesas
ap
John however having departed from
pstrpsn es irosolma
returned
to Jerusalem.
But going on from Perga, they arrived at Pisidian Antioch, and on the Sabbath day they went
into the synagogue and sat down.
avti
d
dilonts
they moreover, having passed through
apo tes prges

from
Perga,
pargnonto es
came
to
antioe-an ten pisidian

ke eslonts
es
ten
snagogen
Antioch
Of Pisidia, and having gone into the synagogue
te
on the
15
emra ton
day of the
After the reading of the Law and the Prophets the synagogue officials sent to them, saying,
"Brethren, if you have any word of exhortation for the people, say it."
mta
after
d
moreover
apstelan i
sent
the
e
if
sabaton kaisan
Sabbath, they sat down.
arisnagogi
rulers of the synagogue
tis
stin
any there is
la-on
people
ten anagnosin tu
the reading of the
n
among
nomu ke ton
profeton
law and of the prophets,
pros avtus lgonts andrs adlfi

to them saying,
Men, brothers,
min logos
you a word
parakles-os
of exhortation
lgt
speak.
117
pros
ton
toward the

16
Paul stood up, and motioning with his hand said, "Men of Israel, and you who fear God,
listen:
anastas
having risen up
d
moreover
andrs isra-elite
Men , Israelites,
17
ke
and
pavlos ke katasesas
Paul , and having made a sign
i
those
te
eri epn
with the hand, said,
fobumni ton on akusat

fearing
God, listen.
"The God of this people Israel chose our fathers and made the people great during their stay
in the land of Egypt, and with an uplifted arm He led them out from it.
o
The
-os tu
la-u
tutu
isra-el lato tus patras
God of the people of this Israel chose the fathers
ke
and
ton la-on
the people
mta braionos
with arm
18
psosn n te parikia n ge
exalted in the visit in [the] land
pselu
eegagn avtus
uplifted , brought
them
egptu
ke
of Egypt and
avtes
out of it.
"For a period of about forty years He put up with them in the wilderness.
o
The
-os tu
la-u
tutu
isra-el lato tus patras
God of the people of this Israel chose the fathers
ke
and
ton la-on
the people
mta braionos
with arm
19
emon
of us,
psosn n te parikia n ge
exalted in the visit in [the] land
pselu
eegagn avtus
uplifted , brought
them
emon
of us,
egptu
ke
of Egypt and
avtes
out of it.
"When He had destroyed seven nations in the land of Canaan, He distributed their land as an
inheritanceall of which took about four hundred and fifty years.
ke kalon
ne pta n ge
and having destroyed nations seven in [the] land
katkleronomesn
he gave as an inheritance
ten gen avton

the land of them.
118
anan
of Canaan,

20
"After these things He gave them judges until Samuel the prophet.
os
tsin
during years
ttrakosi-is
four hundred
dokn
he gave [them]
kritas
judges
21
pntekonta ke mta tavta

fifty .
And after these things,
-os samu-el tu
profetu
until Same
the prophet.
"Then they asked for a king, and God gave them Saul the son of Kish, a man of the tribe of
Benjamin, for forty years.
kaken etesanto
basil-a
Then
they asked
a king,
sa-ul
Saul
22
ke
and
ion
son
ke dokn avtis
and gave
to them
kis
andra k
of kish, a man of [the]
o -os ton
God.
fles bn-iamin
te
tsrakonta
tribe of Benjamin , years forty.
"After He had removed him, He raised up David to serve as their king, concerning whom He
also testified and said, 'I HAVE FOUND DAVID the son of Jesse, A MAN AFTER MY
HEART, who will do all My will.'
ke mtastesas
And having removed
o
ke
to whom also
epn
he said
avton egern
ton david
avtis
him he raised up
David to them
es basil-a
as
king ,
martresas
hjuron
david ton
having carried witness, I have found David the [son]
piese tu ise
andra
will do
of Jesse, a man
kata
ten kardian mu
os
panta
according to the heart of me, who all
ta lemata mu
the will
of me.
23
"From the descendants of this man, according to promise, God has brought to Israel a Savior,
Jesus,
tutu
o -os apo tu sprmatos kat
paglian
Of this [man]
God , of the seed,
according to promise,
egagn
raised up
to israel
iesun
to Israel Jesus,
119

24
after John had proclaimed before His coming a baptism of repentance to all the people of
Israel.
prokerantos
having proclaimed
ioanu pro
John , before [the]
avtu
baptisma mtani-as
of him, a baptism of repentance
25
d
moreover
pono-et
do you suppose
u
uk
of whom not
pleru
ioanes
was fulfilling John
ene
uk emi go
to be? Not am I [he]
emi aios
I am worthy
lao
isra-el
people of Israel.
ton dromon lgn

the course, he said,
al
but
ti
m
Whom me
idu
rte
mt m
Behold , he comes after me ,
to podema ton
podon lse
a sandal of the feet
to untie.
"Brethren, sons of Abraham's family, and those among you who fear God, to us the message
of this salvation has gone out.
andrs adlfi
Men, brothers,
i-i
gnus
abram
sons of [the] family of Abraham ,
fobumni ton on emin

fearing
God, to us
27
to
the
"And while John had completed his course, he kept saying, 'What do you suppose that I
represent? I do not claim His identity. But behold, one comes after me the sandals of
whose feet I do not feel worthy to untie.'
os
while
26
panti
to all
prosopu tes esudu

face
the coming
ke i
n
min
and those among you
tavtes apstale
this
has been sent.
o
logos
tes
soterias
the message of the slavation
"For those who live in Jerusalem, and their rulers, recognizing neither Him nor the
utterances of the prophets which they read every Sabbath, fulfilled these by condemning
Him.
i
gar
katikunts n irrusalem
ke
i
those indeed dwelling in Jerusalem and the
aronts
rulers
tuton agnoe-sants
ke tas fonas ton
profeton
him
not having known , and the voices of the prophets,
pan
every
sabaton anaginoskomnas krinants

Sabbath are being read
having condemned [him]
120
avton
of them,
tas kata
who on
plerosan
they fulfilled [them].

28
"And though they found no ground for putting Him to death, they asked Pilate to put Him to
death.
ke
medmian etian
And not
cause
anerene
to put to death
29
anatu
of death
hjuronts
etesanto
pilaton
having found, they begged Pilate
avton
him.
"When they had carried out all that people wrote concerning Him, they took Him down
from the cross and laid Him in a tomb.
os
when
d
moreover
tlsan
they had finished
ggramna
having been written
es
in
panta
ta
all things that
pri
avtu
concerning him
kalonts
apo tu lu ekan es
having taken [him] down from the tree, they put[him]
mneme-on
a tomb.
30
"But God raised Him from the dead;
o d -os
but God
31
egern avton k
nkron
raised him from among[the] dead,
and for many days He appeared to those who came up with Him from Galilee to Jerusalem,
the very ones who serve now as His witnesses to the people.
os
who
ofe
appeared
apo tes Galile-as

from
Galilee
pi emras ple-us
for days
many
tis
snanbasin
to those having come up with
es irusalem itins
to Jerusalem, who
nn esin
now are
ton la-on
the people.
121
avto
him
martrs avtu
pros
witnesses of him to

32
"And we preach to you the good news of the promise made to the fathers,
ke emes mas
And we
to you
juanglizoma
preach the gospel ,
ten
the
pros tus patras

to the fathers
paglian gnomen
promise
having been made,
33
that God has fulfilled this promise to our children in that He raised up Jesus, as the scripture
proclaims in the second Psalm, 'I ACKNOWLEDGE YOU AS MY SON; TODAY I
HAVE BEGOTTEN YOU.'
oti tavten o
that this
-os kpplerokn tis

tknis
God has fulfilled , to the children
anastesas
iesun
os ke
n to
psalmo
having raised up Jesus ; as also
in the psalm
to djutro
i-os
second Son
34
mu
my
s go
are you, I
avton
of them
semron
today
emon
to us
ggrapte
it has been written
ggneka
s
have begotten you
"As for the fact that He raised Him up from the dead, no longer to return to decay, He has
spoken in this way: 'I WILL GIVE YOU THE HOLY and SURE blessings OF DAVID.'
oti
d
anstesn avton k
nkron
mekti
mlonta
that moreover he raised him out from [the] dead, no more being about
postrfen es diaforan utos erekn
oti dos
min
ta osia
to return to decay , thus he spoke;
I will give
to you the holy (blessings)
ta osia
the holy(blessings)
35
david
ta pista
Of David
sure,
"Therefore He also says in another Psalm, 'YOU WILL NOT ALLOW YOUR HOLY ONE
TO EXPERIENCE DECAY.'
dioti
ke n
Therefore also in
su
iden
of you to see
tro
another [psalm]
lge
u doses
ton osion
he says not you will not allow the Holy One
diaforan
decay.
122

36
"For David, after he had served the purpose of God in his own generation, fell asleep, and
laid among his fathers and underwent decay;
mn
gar idia gna pertesas
indeed for to his own having served
david
David
bule
kimee
ke
purpose, fell asleep , and
proste
was added
te
tu -u
by the
of God
pros tus patras avtu

to the fathers of him
ke
and ,
edn diaforan
saw decay.
37
but He whom God raised did not undergo decay.
on
the [One]
38
d
however
tutu
this One,
ke
and
diaforan
decay.
"Therefore you need to know, brethren, that through Him we proclaim forgiveness of sins to
you,
sto
min
andrs adlfi
be it to you , men,
brothers,
gnoston un
known therefore
39
-os egern
uk edn
God raised up not did see
min
to you
afesis
forgiveness
oti
that
dia
through
amartion katglte
of sins is proclaimed.
and through Him everyone who believes receives liberation from all things, from which the
Law of Moses could not free you.
apo panton
on
uk
edneete
n nomo
mo-usos
from all things from which not you were able in [the] law
of Moses
dike-oene
n tuto pas
o pistjon
dike-ute
to be justified, in him everyone
believing is justified.
40
"Therefore take heed, so that the thing spoken of in the Prophets may not come upon you:
blpt
take heed
un
therefore
me ple
to
eremnon
lest might come about , that having been said
profetes
prophets.
123
n tis
in the

41
'BEHOLD, YOU SCOFFERS, AND MARVEL, AND PERISH;

FOR I WILL ACCOMPLISH A WORK IN YOUR DAYS,
A WORK WHICH YOU WILL NEVER BELIEVE, THOUGH SOMEONE SHOULD
DESCRIBE IT TO YOU.'"
idt
Behold,
i katafronete ke
scoffers,
and
rgazome
am working
go n tes emres
I
in the days
pistjuset
you would believe
42
afaniset oti rgon

perish;
for a work
mon rgon o
u
me
of you, a work that never not
-an
tis
kdiegete
even if one should declare it
min
to you.
As Paul and Barnabas had gone out, the people kept begging that they speak these things to
them the next Sabbath.
ionton
having departed
laleene
to be spoken
43
svmasat ke
wonder
and
d
moreover
avtis
to them
ta
the
avton parkalun es to mta sabaton

they begged on the next
Sabbath ,
remata tavta
words these.
Now when the meeting of the synagogue had broken up, many of the Jews and of the Godfearing proselytes followed Paul and Barnabas, who, speaking to them, urged them to
continue in the grace of God.
leses
having broken up
d
tes snagoges
ekoluesan poli
ton
moreover, the synagogue , followed
many of the
iude-on ke
ton
snomnon
Jews
and of the worshiping
itins proslalunts
who
speaking
avtis
to them
proselton to pavlo ke
converts
Paul and
peon
persuaded
avtus
them
ariti tu -u
grace
of God.
124
to
Barnaba
Barnabas ,
prosmnen
te
to continue in the

Paul Turns to the Gentiles
44
The next Sabbath nearly the whole city assembled to hear the word of the Lord.
d
moreover
to
on the
romno sabato
sdon pasa e
polis
coming
Sabbath , almost all
the city
snee
akuse ton logon tu kriu
was gathered together to hear the word
of [the] Lord.
45
But when the Jews saw the crowds, they became filled with jealousy and began contradicting
the things spoken by Paul, and blasphemed.
idonts
having seen
d
moreover
ke antlgon
and contradicted
i
iude-i tus olus
plesesan
the Jews the crowds , were filled
zelu
with envy,
po pavlu lalumnis blasfemmunts

by Paul spoken , blaspheming.
tis
the things
46
Paul and Barnabas spoke out boldly and said, "We found it necessary to speak the word of
God to you first; since you repudiate it and judge yourselves unworthy of eternal life,
behold, we have turned to the Gentiles.
paresiasamni t
having spoken boldly
ananke-on
necessary
pede
but since
proton
first
o pavlos ke o barnabas
epan min
en
Paul and
Barnabus said, To you it was
laleene
ton logon tu
to be spoken the word
apoest
avton ke uk aius
krint
avtus
you thrust away it ,
and not worthy you judge yourselves
tes zo-es idu

strfoma
es to
life, Behold , we are turning to the
47
-u
e-onu
of God;
of eternal
ne
Gentiles.
"For so the Lord has commanded us, 'I HAVE PLACED YOU AS A LIGHT FOR THE
GENTILES, THAT YOU MAY BRING SALVATION TO THE END OF THE EARTH.'"
utos
thus
gar
indeed
ntltale
has commanded
fos
non
tu
a light of [the] Gentiles,
tes
of the
emin o
krios teka
s
es
us the Lord: I have set you dor
ene
s
to be you
es soterian
-os satu
for salvation to [the] uttermost part
ges
earth.
125

48
When the Gentiles heard this, they began rejoicing and glorifying the word of the Lord; and
as many as had received appointment to eternal life believed.
d
ta ne
eron
ke doazon ton logon
moreover the Gentiles rejoiced, and glorified the word
aku-onta
hearing [it]
tu
of the
49
kriu
Lord,
d
moreover
o
the
logos tu
word of the
kriu
Lord
di
oles tes oras
through all the region.
iude-i parottrnan tas sbomnas gnekas tas jusemonas

Jews incited
the worshiping women
of honorable position,
ke tus protus
and the principals
avtus
them
diogmon
a persecution
balon
expelled
tes
pol-os
of the city,
pi
against
apo
ton orion
from the district
ton
ke pegeran
diogmon
pi
and stirred up a persecution against
pavlon
Paul
ke
and
Barnaban ke
Barnabus , and
avton
of them,
But they shook off the dust of their feet in protest against them and went to Iconium.
i d
but
ktinaamni
having shaken off
elon
they went
52
odi
esan ttagmni es zo-en e-oni-on
as many as were appointed to life eternal.
But the Jews incited the devout women of prominence and the leading men of the city, and
instigated a persecution against Paul and Barnabas, and drove them out of their district.
i d
but
51
pistjusan
believed
And the word of the Lord spread through the whole region.
difrto
was carried
50
ke
and
es
to
ton koniorton ton

the dust
of the
podon p
avton
feet against them
ikonion
Iconium.
And the disciples became continually filled with joy and with the Holy Spirit.
i t
maete
and [the] disciples
plerunto aras
ke
pnjumatos agiu
were filled with joy and[the] Spirit
Holy.
126

Acts 14
Acceptance and Opposition
1
In Iconium they entered the synagogue of the Jews together, and spoke in such a manner that
a large number of people believed, both of Jews and of Greeks.
gnto
d
n ikonio kata
to
avto eslen avtos
it came to pass moreover, in Iconium together the same entered they
es
into
ten snagogen
the synagogue
ton
of the
iude-on ke lalese utos ost pistjuse

Jews , and spoke so that believed
iude-on
t
ke
lenon pol
of Jewish both and Greeks , a great
2
pleos
number.
But the Jews who disbelieved stirred up the minds of the Gentiles and embittered them against
the brethren.
i
the
d
however
psas
minds
3
apeesants
unbelieving
ton
non
of the Gentiles
iude-i pegeran
ke kakosan
Jews stirred up and poisoned
tas
the
kata
ton adlfon
against the brothers.
Therefore they spent a long time there speaking boldly with reliance upon the Lord, who
testified to the word of His grace, granting that signs and wonders take place by their
hands.
ikanon mn
A long indeed
un
ronon ditripsan
paresiazomni
pi to
Therefore time
they stayed, speaking boldly, for the
krio to martrunti
Lord
bearing witness
seme-a ke trata
signs
and wonders
pi to logo
to the word
tes
aritos avtu
didonti
of the grace of him, granting
ginse
dia
ton eron avton
to be done, through the hands of them.
127

4
But the people of the city felt divided; and some sided with the Jews, and some with the
apostles.
sise
was divided
d
to pleos
tes
pol-os ke i
moreover the multitude of the city ; and some
sn
with
iude-is
Jews,
tis
the
i
some
d
moreover
sn tis apostolis
with the apostles.
And when the Gentiles and the Jews with their rulers made an attempt, to mistreat and to
stone them,
os
d
gnto
orme
when moreover there was a rush
tis
arusin avton
brise
the rulers
of them , to mistreat
6
mn
esan
indeed were
ton
non
ke iude-on sn
of the Gentiles and Jews
with ,
ke
and
liobolese avtus
to stone them.
they became aware of it and fled to the cities of Lycaonia, Lystra and Derbe, and the
surrounding region;
snidonts
having become aware
katfgon es tas poles tes lka-onias

they fled to the cities
of Lycaonia
lstran ke
Lystra , and
drben ke ten prioron

Lystra, and the surrounding region.
7
and there they continued to preach the gospel.
kake
juanglizomni
and there preaching the gospel
8
esan
they were.
At Lystra a man sat who had no strength in his feet, lame from his mother's womb, who had
never walked.
ke tis
And a certain
k
from
aner adnatos n
man crippled , in
kili-as
[the] womb
lstris
tis
posin
Lystra , in the feet,
kaeto
sat ,
olos
lame
metros
avtu
os
uvdpot pripatesn
of [the] mother of him, who never
had walked.
128

9
This man listened to Paul as he spoke, who, when he had fixed his gaze on him and had seen
that he had faith to receive healing,
utos
ekusn tu pavlu laluntos
os
atnisas
avto
ke
This [man] heard
Paul speaking, who , having looked intently to him , and
idon oti
having seen
10
e
he has
pistin tu soene
faith
to be healed,
said with a loud voice, "Stand upright on your feet." And he leaped up and began to walk.
epn
said
mgale
with a loud
fone anastei pi tus podas su

oros
voice, Stand
on the feet
of you upright!
ke elato
ke pripate
And he sprang up and walked.
11
When the crowds saw what Paul had done, they raised their voice, saying in the Lycaonian
language, "The gods have become like men and have come down to us."
i t
oli
and [the] crowds
avton
of them
lka-onisti
in Lycaonian
katbesan
have come down
12
idonts
having seen
lgonts
saying,
o
what
i
The
pi-esn
pavlos peran
ten fonen
had done Paul, lifted up the voice
-i
gods
omi-onts
anropis
having become like men,
pros emas
to
us.
And they began calling Barnabas, Zeus, and Paul, Hermes, because he served as the chief
speaker.
kalun
they called
pede
because
t
moreover
avtos en
he was
ton barnaban dia ton d

pavlon rnen
Barnabas , Zeus
and Paul, Hermes,
o egumnos tu logu
the leading
speaker.
129

13
The priest of Zeus, whose temple located just outside the city, brought oxen and garlands to
the gates, and wanted to offer sacrifice with the crowds.
o t
irjus
tu dios
tu ontos
and [the] priest
of Zeus
being
ke stmata pi tus
and wreaths to the
pro
tes pol-os
just outside the city
plonas nnkas
gates
having brought
tavrus
oxen
sn tis olis
eln
with the crowds desired
-en
to sacrifice.
14
But when the apostles Barnabas and Paul heard of it, they tore their robes and rushed out into
the crowd, crying out
akusants
Having heard
diareants
having torn
d
i
however the
ta
the
imatia
garments
apostoli
apostles
barnabas
Barnabas
ke pavlos
and Paul ,
avton
pedesan es ton olon
of them, rushed out into the crowd
krazonts
crying out,
15
ke
and
and saying, "Men, why do you do these things? We have the same mortal nature as you, and
preach the gospel to you that you should turn from these vain things to a living God,
WHO MADE THE HEAVEN AND THE EARTH AND THE SEA AND ALL THAT
DWELLS IN THEM.
lgonts andrs
saying, Men,
smn min
are
with you
ton mate-on
vanities
ke ten
and the
ti
tavta
pi-et
ke
why these things do you? also
anropi ju-aglizomni
men,
proclaiming the gospel to
mas apo
you from
pistrfen pi n zonta os pi-esn

to turn
to God Living, who made
gen
ke
ten alasan ke
earth and the sea
all
emes
we
tuvton
these
ton uranon
the heaven ,
panta ta n avtis
all
the in them ;
130
omi-opaes
of like nature

16
"In the generations gone by He permitted all the nations to go their own ways;
os
who
n tes paroemes gne-es

in the past
generations,
e-asn
panta ta ne
allowed all
the nations
porju-se tes odis avton

to go
the ways of them.
17
and yet He did not leave Himself without witness, in that He did good and gave you rains
from heaven and fruitful seasons, satisfying your hearts with food and gladness."
kai uk amartron havton afekn

agauraron
uranon min
And yet without
himself he has left doing good , from heaven to us
tus
rains
didus
ke
giving, and
kerus
seasons
karforus mpiplon
fruitful filling
trofes
ke jufrosnes
with food and gladness
tas kardias mon

the hearts of you.
18
Even saying these things, with difficulty they restrained the crowds from offering sacrifice to
them.
ke tavta
lgonts
And these things , hardly
molis
katpavsan
hardly they stopped
tus olus tu me
the crowds
not
-en
avtis
sacrificing to them.
19
But Jews came from Antioch and Iconium, and having won over the crowds, they stoned
Paul and dragged him out of the city, supposing him dead.
pelan d
came
moreover
pesants
having persuaded
o
outside
apo
from
tus
the
antioe-as
Antioch
ke
ikoni-u
iude--i
and
Iconium Jews ,
olus
ke liasants
ton
crowds , and having stoned
tes pol-os nomizonts avton

the city,
supposing him
tnekne
to have died.
131
ke
and
pavlon sron
Paul, they dragged[him]

20
But while the disciples stood around him, he got up and entered the city. The next day he
went away with Barnabas to Derbe.
kklosanton
having surrounded
ten polin
the city.
21
d
ton
however the
ke
And
te
on the
maeton avton anastas

eseln
es
disciples him , having risen up, he entered into
pavrion eeln
sn to barnaba es dren
next day he went away with Barnabas to Derbe.
After they had preached the gospel to that city and had made many disciples, they returned
to Lystra and to Iconium and to Antioch,
juanglisamni
having proclaimed the gospel to
maetjusants
having disciples
t
moreover
ikanus pstrpsan
many, they returned
ten polin kenen ke

the city that, and
es ten lstran ke es
to
Lystra, and to
ikonion
ke es antioean
Iconium , and to Antioch,
22
strengthening the souls of the disciples, encouraging them to continue in the faith, and
saying, "Through many tribulations we must enter the kingdom of God."
pisterizonts
strengthening
piste
faith ,
ke
and
tas psjas ton

the souls of the
oti
that
es
ten basile-an
into the kingdom
dia
through
maeton
disciples,
polon
many
parakalunts
mnen
te
exhorting [them] to continue in the
ipson
de
emas eslen
tribulations, it behooves us
to enter
tu -u
of God.
23
When they had appointed elders for them in every church, having prayed with fasting, they
commended them to the Lord in whom they had believed.
erotonesants
having chosen
d
avtis
kat
klesian
moreover for them in every church
prosjuamni
mta neste-on parnto
avtus
having prayed, with fasting
they committed them
es on
ppistjukesan
on whom they had believed.
132
prsbtrus
elders,
to
krio
to the Lord,

24
They passed through Pisidia and came into Pamphylia.
ke dilonts
ten pisidian
elon es ten pamflian
And having passed through
Pisidia , they came to Pamphylia.
25
When they had spoken the word in Perga, they went down to Attalia.
ke talesants
n prge ton logon katbesan
and having spoken in Perga the word, they went down
26
es atale-an
to Attalia.
From there they sailed to Antioch, from which they had received commendation to the grace
of God for the work that they had accomplished.
kaken
and from there
appljusan
they sailed
paraddomni
been committed
te
to the
es antioe-an on
to Antioch , from where
ariti
grace
esan
they had
tu -u
es to rgon o plerosan
of God, for the work that they had fulfilled.
27
When they had arrived and gathered the church together, they began to report all things that
God had done with them and how He had opened a door of faith to the Gentiles.
paragnomni
having arrived
aneglon
they declared
enin
he opened
28
d
ke snagogonts
ten klesian
moreover and having gathered together the church ,
osa
all that
tis
to the
pi-esn
had done
o -os mt
God with
avton
them,
ke oti
and that
nsin ran pist-os

Gentiles a door of faith.
And they spent a long time with the disciples.
ditribon
they remarried
d
moreover,
ronon uk oligon sn tis

maetes
time no little, with the disciples.
133

Acts 15
The Council at Jerusalem
1
Some men came down from Judea and began teaching the brethren, "Unless you become
circumcised according to the custom of Moses, you cannot receive salvation."
ke
And
tins
certain ones
adlfus
brothers ,
katlonts
having come down
apo tes iude-es didaskon

tus
from
Judea were teaching the
oti -an me pritmeete

if
not you are circumcised
to
e
to
according to the custom
mo-usos u
das
soene
of Moses, not you are able to be saved.
2
And when Paul and Barnabas had great dissension and debate with them, the brethren determined that
Paul and Barnabas and some others of them should go up to Jerusalem to the apostles and elders
concerning this issue.
gnomnes
d
stas-os
ke
Having taken place therefore commotion and
pavlo
ke
by Paul and
pavlon ke
Paul
and
to barnaba pros avtus

tan
anabenen pros
Barnabas with them , they appointed to go up,
to
barnaban ke
tinas alus
avton tus apostolus

Barnabus , and certain others out from them, the apostles
ke prsbtrus es irusalem
and elders,
to Jerusalem,
3
zetes-os uk oliges to
discussion no small
pri
about
tu zetematos tutu
the questions this.
Therefore, having become sent on their way by the church, they passed through both
Phoenicia and Samaria, describing in detail the conversion of the Gentiles, and bringing
great joy to all the brethren.
i
They
mn
un
indeed therefore
ten t
both
finiken
Phoenicia
non
ke
Gentiles . of the
propmfnts po
tes klesias dieonto
having been sent forward the church passed through
ke
samare-an kdiegumni
ten pistrofen
ton
and Samaria , relating in detail the conversion of the
pi-un
aran mgalen pasin tis adlfis
Gentiles. joy
great
to all the brothers.
134

4
When they arrived at Jerusalem, the church and the apostles and the elders received them,
and they reported all that God had done with them.
paragnomni
having come
klesias ke
church and
d
moreover
es irosolma pardesan
to Jerusalem , they were welcomed
ton apostolon ke
the apostles and
t
osa
o -os
moreover all that
God
prsbtron anegelan
elders.
they declared
t
moreover
pi-esn
mt avton
had done with them.
But some of the sect of the Pharisees who had believed stood up, saying, "We need to
circumcise them and to direct them to observe the Law of Moses."
anstesan d
tins
rose-up
moreover certain
ppistjukots
who believed,
t
moreover
ton
the
apo tes
by the
ton
apo tes aresos ton
of those of the sect
of the
lgonts oti de
pritmnen
saying,
It is necessary to circumcise
teren
to keep
farise-on
Pharisees
avtus paraglen
them to command [them]
ton nomon mo-es-os

the law
of Moses.
The apostles and the elders came together to look into this matter.
sneesan
Were gathered together
pri
about
t
moreover
i
the
apostoli
ke
i
apostles and the
tu logu
tutu
the matter this.
135
prsbtri iden
elders ,
to see

7
After there had occurred much debate, Peter stood up and said to them, "Brethren, you know
that in the early days God made a choice among you, that by my mouth the Gentiles
would hear the word of the gospel and believe.
poles
d
of much moreover
pros avtus andrs
to
then, Men,
zetes-os
gnomnes
anastas
ptros epn
discussion having taken place , having risen up Peter said
adlfi
mes pistas oti af
brothers, you
know
that from
emron areon
days
early
n
min lato o -os dia tu stomatos mu
akuse
ta ne
among us
chose
God by the mouth of me [for] to hear the Gentiles
ton logon tu
the word of the
8
juaglu ke pistjuse
gospel, and to believe.
"And God, who knows the heart, testified to them giving them the Holy Spirit, just as He also
did to us;
ke
o
kardiognostes
And the heart-knowing
-os martresn
God bore witness
avtis
to them,
dus
having given [them]
to
pnjuma to agion kaos ke emin
the Spirit
holy as
also to us,
9
and He made no distinction between us and them, cleansing their hearts by faith.
ke
and
un
not one
dikrinn
mta emon t
ke avton te
he made distinction between us
also and them, by the
piste kaarisas
tas kardias avton
faith having purified the hearts of them.
10
"Now therefore why do you put God to the test by placing upon the neck of the disciples a
yoke which neither our fathers nor we have ever found the ability to bear?
nn un
Now therefore
ti
perazt
ton -on
why are testing
God ,
piene zgon pi
to put a yoke upon
traelon ton
maeton on
ut
i
patres emon
neck
of the disciples , that neither the fathers of us,
issamn
bastase
having been able to bear?
136
ton
the
ut emes
nor we

11
"But we believe that we receive salvation through the grace of the Lord Jesus, in the same
way as they also have."
ala dia tes aritos tu kriu

iesu
But by the grace of [the] grace Jesus,
tropon
manner
12
pistjumn
soene
we believe to be saved
ka on
in same
kakeni
they also.
All the people kept silent, and they listened to Barnabas and Paul as they related what signs
and wonders God had done through them among the Gentiles.
sigesn
d
Kept silent moreover
trata
n
wonders, among
pan
all
to pleos
ke
eku-on barnaba
the multitude, and heard Barnabas
ke
and
tis nesin di avton

the Gentiles by them.
James's Judgment
13
After they had stopped speaking, James answered, saying, "Brethren, listen to me.
mta
after
d
to sigese
avtus apkrie
iakabos lgon adrs
moreover
were silent they , answered James , sayings. Men
adlfi
brothers,
14
adelfi
brothers,
akusat mu
hear
me.
"Simeon has related how God first concerned Himself about taking from among the Gentiles
a people for His name.
smon egesato kaos proton o -os pskpsato laben
Simon has related how first

God visited,
to take out of
non
la-on
to
onomati avtu
[the] Gentiles a people, for the name
of him.
15
"With this the words of the Prophets agree, just as the scriptures say,
ke
And
tuto
smfonusin i
with this agree
the
logi
words
ton
profeton
of the prophets
137
kaos ggrapte
as
it is written.

16
'AFTER THESE THINGS I will return, AND I WILL REBUILD THE TABERNACLE OF
DAVID WHICH HAS FALLEN, AND I WILL REBUILD ITS RUINS, AND I WILL
RESTORE IT,
mta tavta
After these things
anastrpso
ke anikodomeso
I will return and will rebuild
ten skenen
david
the tabernacle of David
ten
pptoki-an ke
ta
katskamna avtes anikodmeso ke
which has fallen ; and the ruins
of it I will rebuild and
anoroso
avten
will set upright
it,
17
SO THAT THE REST OF MANKIND MAY SEEK THE LORD,

AND ALL THE GENTILES WHO RECEIVE CALLING BY MY NAME,'
opos
so that
an
anyhow
ke panta ta
and all
the
p
avtus
upon them ,
18
ne
Gentiles,
i
katalipi ton anropon ton krion
the remnant the of men
the Lord,
f
us
upon whom
lge krios
pi-on
says [the] Lord , doing
pikklete
to
has been called the
onoma mu
name of me
tavta
these things,
SAYS THE LORD, WHO MAKES THESE THINGS KNOWN FROM LONG AGO.
gnosta ap
known from
19
kzetesosin
might seek out
io-nos
stin to -o
panta ta rga
avtu
eternity , are
to God all
the works of him.
"Therefore I make the judgment that we do not trouble those who turn to God from among
the Gentiles,
dio
Therefore
go krino me parnolen
I
judge not to trouble
tis
apo ton non
those who, from the Gentiles,
pistrfusin pi ton on
are turning to
God;
138

20
but that we write to them that they abstain from things contaminated by idols and from
fornication and from what they have strangled and from blood.
ala pistele avtis

but to write to them
tu apse
to abstain from
ke tes porne-as
ke
and
sexual immorality, and
21
ton alisgematon ton

edolon
the pollutions
of the idols ,
tu
pniktu
that which is strangled ,
ke
and
tu
ematos
from blood.
"For Moses from ancient generations has in every city those who preach him, since they read
him in the synagogues every Sabbath."
mo-uses gar
Moses
indeed
k
gnon
from generations
kersontas
avton
proclaiming him,
are-on
of old ,
kata
polin tus
in every city those
e n tes snagoges
has in the synagogues,
kata pan
sabaton
on
every Sabbath
anginoskomnos
being read.
22
Then it seemed good to the apostles and the elders, with the whole church, to choose men
from among them to send to Antioch with Paul and BarnabasJudas called Barsabbas,
and Silas, leading men among the brethren,
tot
do
Then it seemed good
tis
apostolis
to the apostles
ole te klesia klamnos

all the church , having chosen
antioe-an
Antioch ,
sn to pavlo
with Paul
ke silan andras
and Silas men
ke
and
tis
prsbtris sn
to the elders ,
with
andras
men out from
ke barnaba
and Barnabus:
egumnus n
leading
among
avton pmpse es
them, to send
to
iudan ton kalumnon barsaban

Judas
called
Barnabas,
tis
adlfis
the brothers,
139

23
and they sent this letter by them, "The apostles and the brethren who serve as elders, to the
brethren in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia who derive from the Gentiles, greetings.
grapsants
dia eros
avton
having written by [the] hand of them ,
prsbtri adlfi
elders , brothers,
kilikian adlfis
Cilcia : brothers
24
i
The
apostoli ke
apostles and
tis
kata ten antioe-an
to those in
Antioch
tis
out from
ke
and
i
the
srian ke
Syria and
non
eren
[the] Gentiles , Greetings.
"Since we have heard that some of our number to whom we gave no instruction have
disturbed you with their words, unsettling your souls,
pede
Inasmuch as
ekusamn
oti
tins
we have heard that some
taraan mas logis

troubled you by words ,
anakju-azonts
upsetting
out from
emon lonts
us
went out ,
tas psas mon

lgonts
the minds of you, saying
pritmnse
ke teren ton nomon
[you must] be circumcised and keep the law ,
is
u
to whom not
distelamna
we had given instructions;
25
it seemed good to us, having become of one mind, to select men to send to you with our
beloved Barnabas and Paul,
don
it seemed good
pmpse
to send
emin gnomnis
to us having come
pros mas sn
to
you , with
omomadon
klamnis
andras
with one accord , having chosen men,
tis agapetis emon barnaba ke pavlo

the beloved of us , Barnabas and Paul,
26
men who have risked their lives for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ.
anropis
men
kriu emon
Lord of us
paraddokosi
having handed over
tas psas avton

the lives
of them
iesu
ristu
Jesus Christ.
140
pr tu onomatos tu
for the name
of the

27
"Therefore we have sent Judas and Silas, who themselves will also report the same things by
word of mouth.
apstalkamn
We have sent
un
therefore
apaglontas
telling [you]
ta
avta
the same things.
28
iudan
Judas
ke
and
silan
Silas,
ke avtus dia logu

also they by word [of mouth]
"For it seemed good to the Holy Spirit and to us to lay upon you no greater burden than these
essentials:
don
it seemed good
gar
indeed
piste min
to lay
upon you
to
pnjumati to agio ke emin medn plon
to the Spirit
holy and to us, no
further
baros
burden,
plen
except
tuton ton
these
pananks
necessary things.
29
that you abstain from things sacrificed to idols and from blood and from things strangled and
from fornication; if you keep yourselves free from such things, you will do well.
Farewell."
apse edoloton
ke ematos
ke pnikton
to abstain from things sacrificed to idols, and from blood , and from what is strangled
porne-as
on
diaterunts avtus
ju
prat
from sexual immorality from these keeping
yourselves, well you will do.
ke
and
ros
Farewell.
30
So when they departed, they went down to Antioch; and having gathered the congregation
together, they delivered the letter.
i
mn
They indeed
snagogants
having gathered
un
apolnts
katelon es antioe-an
therefore , having been sent off , went
to Antioch,
to
the
pleos
pdokan
multitude, they delivered
141
ten pistolen
the letter.
ke
and

31
When they had read it, they rejoiced because of its encouragement.
anagonts
having read [it]
32
d
aresan
pi te
paraklese
moreover, they rejoiced at the encouragement.
Judas and Silas, also serving as prophets themselves, encouraged and strengthened the
brethren with a lengthy message.
iudas
t
Judas and
ke silas ke
Silas, also
parkalsan tus adlfus

exhorted
the brothers,
33
avti
themselves
profete
prophets
onts
dia logu polu
being , by talk much,
ke psterian
and strengthened [them].
After they had spent time there, they departed from the brethren in peace to those who had
sent them out.
pi-esants
d
ronon aplesan
mt erenes apo
ton
having made moreover time , they were sent away in peace from the
adlfon
brothers,
pros
to
tus
those
apestelantas avtus
having sent them.
34
[But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.]
do
it seemed good
35
d
however
to sila
to Silas
pimene
to remain
avtu
there.
But Paul and Barnabas stayed in Antioch, teaching and preaching with many others also, the
word of the Lord.
pavlos d
Paul
moreover
ke
barnabas ditribon n antoie-a
and Barnabas stayed in Antioch,
ke juanglizomni
and proclaiming the good news
tu
of the
mta ke
with also
kriu
Lord.
142
tron polon
others many
didaskonts
teaching
ton logon
the word

Second Missionary Journey
36
After some days Paul said to Barnabas, "Let us return and visit the brethren in every city in
which we proclaimed the word of the Lord, and see how they fare."
mta
after
de
indeed
d
tinas
moreover some
piskpsoma
let us look after
kategelamn
we have announced
37
emras
days,
tus
the
epn pros barnaban pavlos pistrpsants

said
to Barnabas, Paul, Having turned back
adlfus
brothers
ton logon tu
the word of the
kata polin pasan

in
city every,
n es
in which
kriu pos usin

Lord, how they are.
Barnabas wanted to take John, called Mark, along with them also.
barnabas
Barnabas
d
moreover
bulto
purposed
smparalaben
to take with [them],
ke ton ioanen ton

also
John
kalumnon markon
called
Mark.
38
But Paul kept insisting that they should not take him along who had deserted them in
Pamphylia and had not gone with them to the work.
pavlos d
Paul however
pamflias
Pamphylia,
i-u
ton
apostanta
ap avton apo
thought it better the [one] having withdrawn from them from
ke me snlonta
and not having gone with
smparalambanen
to take with [them]
39
avtis es to rgon me
them to the work not
tuton
him.
And there occurred such a sharp disagreement that they separated from one another, and
Barnabas took Mark with him and sailed away to Cyprus.
gnto d
parosmos
Arose therefore a sharp disagreement ,
alelon
ton t
one another.
and
ost apoorisene avtus ap

so as to depart
they from
barnaban paralabonta ton

Barnabas , having taken
143
markon kpljuse es kpron

Mark , to sail to Cyprus;

40
But Paul chose Silas and left, having received commitment by the brethren to the grace of
the Lord.
pavlos d
Paul
however,
ariti
grace
41
tu
of the
pilamnos
having chosen
kriu
Lord
silan
eln
paradoes
te
Silas, went forth, having been committed to the
po ton adlfon
by the brothers.
And he travelled through Syria and Cilicia, strengthening the churches.
di-erto
he passed through
d
ten srian ke ten kilikian pisterizon
moreover
Syria and
Cilicia strengthening
tas klesias
the churches.
Acts 16
The Macedonian Vision
1
Paul came also to Derbe and to Lystra. And a disciple lived there, named Timothy, the son of
a Jewish woman who believed, but his father had Greek ancestry,
katentesn
he came
d
moreover
ke
also
es drben ke es lstran
ke
to Derbe and to Lystra . And
tis
en ke
onomati timo-os
certain was there, named Timothy ,
patros
father
2
i-os gnekos
son
of a woman
idu
maetes
behold, a disciple
iude-as pistes
Jewish believing
d
lenos
however a Greek.
and the brethren who lived in Lystra and Iconium spoke well of him.
os martreto
po ton n lstris
who was well spoken of by the in Lystra
ke ikonio
adlfon
and Iconium brothers.
144

3
Paul wanted this man to go with him; and he took him and circumcised him because of the
Jews who lived in those parts, for they all knew that his father had Greek ancestry.
tuton
elesn o pavlos sn avto
This one wanted
Paul with him
pritmn
he circumcised
avton dia
him, on account of
kenis edesan
those; they knew
4
len
to go forth,
ke
and
labon
having taken
tus iude-us tus ontas n tis topis

the Jews
being in the parts
gar
apants oti len
o
pater avtu
pern
indeed all
, that a Greek the father of him was.
Now while they passed through the cities, they delivered the decrees which the apostles and
elders who lived in Jerusalem had decided for them to observe.
os
d
while moreover
diporju-onto
tas poles pardidosan
avtis
they were passing through the cities they were delivering to them
flasen ta dogmata to kkrimna

to keep , the decrees
decided on
po ton apostolon ke prsbtron

by the apostles
and elders
ton n irosolmis
the in Jerusalem.
5
So the churches received strengthening in the faith, and increased in number daily.
e
The
mn
un klesi-e str-unto
te
piste ke
indeed So churches were strengthened in the faith and
prisju-on to arimo
ka emran
abounded
in number every day.
6
They passed through the Phrygian and Galatian region because the Holy Spirit had forbidden
them to speak the word in Asia;
dielon
Having passed through
d
ten frgian
moreover
Phrygia,
kolnts
having been forbidden
po tu agiu pnjmatos lalese

ton logon n
by the Holy Spirit
to speak the word in
te asia
Asia,
145
ke galatiken
and the Galatian
oran
region,

7
and after they came to Mysia, they tried to go into Bithynia, and the Spirit of Jesus did not
permit them;
lonts
having come
d
moreover
porjuene ke uk
to go;
and not
ten msian perazon

Mysia , they attempted
es ten binian
into
Bitnian
e-asn
avtus to pnjuma iesu
did allow them the Spirit
of Jesus;
and passing by Mysia, they came down to Troas.
parlonts
having passed by
kata
down to
d
ten msian katbesan
es troada
moreover
Mysia, they came down to Troas.
A vision appeared to Paul in the night: a man of Macedonia stood and appealing to him, and
saying, "Come over to Macedonia and help us."
ke orama dia
tes nktos
And a vision during the night
tis
certain
en stos
ke
was standing, and
to pavlo
ofe
aner makdon
to Paul appeared: A man of Macedonia
parakalon avton ke lgon diabas

imploring him, and saying, Having passed over
es
makdonian bo-eeson emin
into Macedonia , help
us.
10
When he had seen the vision, immediately we sought to go into Macedonia, concluding that
God had called us to preach the gospel to them.
os
d
to orama edn
ju-os
zetesamn len
when moreover the vision he had seen immediately we sought to go forth
es makdonian smbibazonts oti
proskklete emas o os juanglisase
to Macedonia, concluding
that had called
us
God to preach the gospel
avtus
to them.
146

11
So putting out to sea from Troas, we ran a straight course to Samothrace, and on the day
following to Neapolis;
anants
Having sailed
d
apo troados judromesamn
es
therefore from Troas , we made a straight course to
samoraken te d
piuse
es nan polin
Samothrace
and [the] following day to Nea Polis.
12
and from there to Philippi, a leading city of the district of Macedonia, a Roman colony; and
we stayed in this city for some days.
kaken
from there
es filipus
to Philippi,
polis kolonia
city, a colony .
13
mn
we were
etis stin prote

tes
mridos makdonias
which is
[the] leading of the district
of Macedonia
d
n tavte te pole diatribonts emras
moreover in this
city staying
days
tinas
some.
And on the Sabbath day we went outside the gate to a riverside, where we supposed that
there would exist a place of prayer; and we sat down and began speaking to the women
who had assembled.
te
t
emra ton
sabaton elomn
o
tes
on the moreover day of the Sabbath, we went forth outside the
ples
city gate
para potamon
by a river,
u
nomizomn
prosjuen
ene
ke
where was customary [place of] prayer to be, and
kaisants
lalumn
tes
snluses
having sat down, we spoke to the having gathered
gnein
women.
First Convert in Europe

14
A woman named Lydia, from the city of Thyatira, a seller of purple fabrics, a worshiper of
God, listened; and the Lord opened her heart to respond to the things spoken by Paul.
ke
tis
And a certain
ateron
of Thyatira,
dienin ten
opened the
gne
onomati ldia,
porfropolis
polos
woman named
Lydia, a seller of purple of [the] city
sbomne
ton
worshiping
kardian
heart,
on eku-n
es
o
krios
God , was listening; of whom the lord
prosen
tis
lalumnis
to attend to the things being spoken
147
po tu pavlu
by
Paul.

15
And when she and her household had become baptized, she urged us, saying, "If you have
judged me faithful to the Lord, come into my house and stay." And she prevailed upon
us.
os
d
baptise
ke o
ikos
avtes parkalsn
when moreover she was baptized, and the house of her she begged ,
kkrikat
you have judges
e
If
m
me
ton ikon mu
mnt
the house of me abide.
16
pisten
faithful
krio ene eslonts

Lord to be having entered
to
to the
ke parbiasato
And she persuaded
es
into
emas
us.
It happened that as went to the place of prayer, a slave-girl having a spirit of divination met
us, who had brought her masters much profit by fortune-telling.
gnto
it came to pass
pedisken
a girl
d
porjumnon emon es ten prosjumnon
moreover , going
of us to the [place of] prayer ,
tina
certain
usan pnjuma pona

pantese
having a spirit of Python , met
etis rgasian polen paren tis

kri-is
who gain
much brought the masters
17
lgusa
saying
avtes
of her
emin
us,
mantjumne
by fortune-telling
mantju-omne
by fortune-telling.
Following after Paul and us, she kept crying out, saying, "These men have made themselves
bond-servants of the Most High God, who proclaim to you the way of salvation."
avte katakoluusa
to pavlo ke emin krazn
She , having followed
Paul and us
cried out
duli
servants
tu
of the
lgusa uti
i anropi
saying, These
men
-u tu psistu
esin itins kataglusin min
God
Most High are , who proclaim
to you
odon
soterias
[the] way of salvation.
148

18
She continued doing this for many days. But Paul grew greatly annoyed, and turned and said
to the spirit, "I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her!" And it
came out at that very moment.
tuto d
pi-e
this moreover she did
pi polas emras diaoinees

for many days . having been distressed
d
however,
pavlos ke pistrpsas
Paul, and having turned
to
pnjumati epn
to the spirit,
said,
n
in
onomati iesu
ristu
name
of Jesus Christ
elen
ap
avtes ke eln
avte
to come out from her . And it came out same
paranglo
I command
si
you
te
ora
to the hour.
19
But when her masters saw that their hope of profit had left, they seized Paul and Silas and
dragged them into the market place before the authorities,
idonts
d
having seen moreover
i
the
kri-i
avtes
oti
masters of her , that
eln e
lpis tes
was gone the hope of the
rgasias avton
pilabomni
ton pavlon ke
ton silan
profit
of them, having taken hold of
Paul
and
Silas,
eliksan
they dragged [them]
20
es
agoran
pi
into marketplace before
tus arontas
the rulers;
and when they had brought them to the chief magistrates, they said, "These men have thrown
our city into confusion, having identified themselves as Jews,
ke prosagagonts
avtus tis
stategis
and having brought up them to the magistrates ,
epan uti
i anropi
said, These
men
ktarasusin
emon ten polin iude-i paronts
exceedingly trouble of us the city Jews
being,
149

21
and proclaim customs which we cannot lawfully accept or to observe, having identified
ourselves as Romans."
ke kataglusin e
and preach
customs
a
uk
that not
stin
it us lawful
paradse ud
to accept
nor
emin
for us
pi-en
rome-is usin
to practice , Romans being.
Paul and Silas Imprisoned

22
The crowd rose up together against them, and the chief magistrates tore their robes off them
and proceeded to order them to suffer beating with rods.
ke
And
snpste
rose up together
prisants
having torn off
o
olos
the crowd
avton
of them
ta
the
kat
against
avton
them ,
ke i
strategi
and the magistrates
imatia
klju-on
rabdizen
garments , commanded to beat [them] with rods.
23
When they had struck them with many blows, they threw them into prison, commanding the
jailer to guard them securely;
polas t
many moreover
paragelants
having charged
24
pints
having laid
avtis
on them
to dsmoflaki asfalos
the jailor
securely
plegas balon
blows they cast [them]
teren
to keep
es
into
flaken
prison,
avtus
them.
and he, having received such a command, threw them into the inner prison and fastened their
feet in the stocks.
os
paraglian ti-avten labon
who order
such
having received
flaken
prison,
ke tus podas esfalisato

and the feet
fastened
baln avtis
threw them
avto
of them
es
ten sotran
into the inner
es to lon
in the stocks.
150

25
But about midnight Paul and Silas prayed and sang hymns of praise to God, and the
prisoners listened to them;
kata
d
to msonktion pavlos ke silas prosjuomni
toward moreover
midnight,
Paul and Silas, praying
mnun
were singing praises to
26
ton on
God
pekro-onto d
avton
listened to moreover them
i
dsmi-i
the prisoners.
and suddenly there came a great earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison house
shook; and immediately all the doors opened and everyone's chains unfastened.
afno
suddenly
mlia
foundations
d
sesmos
gnto
moreover earthquake there was
mgas ost
a great so that
saljuene
were shaken
ta
the
tu
dsmoteri-u en-oesan d
pararema
e
re
of the prison.
were opened and immediately the doors
pase ke panton ta
dsma ane
all,
and of all the chains were loosed.
27
When the jailer awoke and saw the prison doors opened, he drew his sword and intended to
kill himself, supposing that the prisoners had escaped.
pnos d
awoken moreover
an-ogmnas tas
open
the
emln
-avton
was about himself
28
gnomnos
having been
ras
doors
o dsmofla ke
the jailor ,
and
tes
flakes spasamnos
of the prison, having drawn
aneren
to kill
nomizon
supposing
idon
having seen
ten maera
his sword
kpfjugne
to have escaped
tus
the
dsmi-us
prisoners.
But Paul cried out with a loud voice, saying, "Do not harm yourself, for we all remain here!"
fonesn d
o pavlos mgale fone
lgon
medn
called out however
Paul , loud with a voice , saying, no
savto
kakon
to yourself harm;
apants gar
smn nad
all
indeed we are here.
151
praes
no

29
And he called for lights and rushed in, and trembling with fear he fell down before Paul and
Silas,
etesas
d
fota espedesn
ke ntromos gnomnos
Having called for moreover lights, he rushed in, and trembling having become.
prospsn
to pavlo ke to sila
fell down before
Paul and
Silas.
30
and after he brought them out, he said, "Sirs, what must I do to receive salvation?"
ke pro-agagon
avtus o fe
And having brought them out he said ,
pi-en ina
to do, that
kri-i ti
m
de
Sirs, what of me is necessary
soo
I might be saved?
The Jailer Converted

31
They said, "Believe in the Lord Jesus, and you will receive salvation, you and your
household."
i d epan
pistjuson pi ton krion iesun ke soese
and they said , Believe
in the Lord Jesus , and you will be saved
s
you
32
ke o
and the
su
of you.
And they spoke the word of the Lord to him together with all who lived in his house.
ke lalesan
And they spoke
n
in
ikos
household
avto
ton logon
to him the word
tu
of the
kri-u sn pasin tis

Lord, to all
those
te ikia
avtu
the house of him.
33
And he took them that very hour of the night and washed their wounds, and immediately he
received baptism, he and all his household.
ke paralabon
avtus n kene te ora
tes
nktos
And having taken them in that
hour of the night,
apo
from
lusn
he washed [them]
ton plegon ke
baptise
avtos ke i
avtu
pants
the wounds; and was baptized , he and the[family] of him all
pararema
immediately.
152

34
And he brought them into his house and set food before them, and rejoiced greatly, having
believed in God with his whole household.
anagagon
having brought
t
moreover
avtus es
ton ikon parekn trapzan
ke
them into the house, he laid
a table [for them], and
egaliasato panike
ppistjukos
to o
rejoiced
with all [his] household, having believed
in God.
35
Now when day came, the chief magistrates sent their policemen, saying, "Release those
men."
emras d
gnomnes apstelan i
strategi
tus
day
moreover having come, sent
the magistrates the
rabduus
officers,
lgonts apolson tus anropus kenus

saying,
Release the men
those.
36
And the jailer reported these words to Paul, saying, "The chief magistrates have sent to
release you. Therefore come out now and go in peace."
apegeln d
reported moreover
o
dsmofla tus logus tutus pros ton pavlon
the jailer
the words these to
Paul
apstalkan i
strategi
ina apolet
Have sent the captains , that you might be let go
porju-s
depart
37
oti
nn
un
lonts
Now therefore having gone out,
n erene
in peace.
But Paul said to them, "They have beaten us in public without trial, men who have Roman
citizenship, and have thrown us into prison; and now they send us away secretly? No
indeed! But let them come themselves and bring us out."
o d pavlos fe
but Paul said
pros avtus derants

emas demosia aktakritus
to
them , Having beaten us
publicly uncondemned
anropus rome-us parontas balan

emas es
flaken ke
men,
Romans being,
they cast [us] us
into prison, and
lara
secretly
kbalusin
do they throw out?
u
no
gar
indeed ;
ala lontes
avti
but having come themselves
agagtosan
let them bring out.
153
nn
now
emas
us

38
The policemen reported these words to the chief magistrates. They had fear when they heard
that they had Roman citizenship,
apegelan d
tis
strategis i
rabdui
reported moreover to the captains the officers
fobeesan
they were afraid
39
d
akusants
oti
rome-i
moreover, having heard that Romans
esin
they are.
and they came and appealed to them, and when they had brought them out, they kept
begging them to leave the city.
ke lonts
parkalsan
avtus ke
And having come, they appealed to them, and
eroton
they asked [them]
40
ta remata tavta
the words
these.
agagonts
having brought [them] out,
aplen
apo tes pol-os
to go out of the city.
They went out of the prison and entered the house of Lydia, and when they saw the brethren,
they encouraged them and departed.
lonts
having gone forth
d
moreover
apo
tes flakes eselon
pros ten ldian
out of the prison they came to
Lydia;
ke idonts
parkalsan
and having seen [them] they exhorted
tus adlfus
the brothers
ke elan
and departed.
Acts 17
Paul at Thessalonica
1
Now when they had traveled through Amphipolis and Apollonia, they came to Thessalonica,
where there existed a synagogue of the Jews.
diodjusants
having passed through
elon
they came
d
moreover
es saloniken
to Thessalonica
ten amfipolin
Amphipolis
ke ten apolonian
and
Apollona ,
opu
en
snagoge
ton
iude-on
where was a synagogue of the Jews.
154

2
And according to Paul's custom, he went to them, and for three Sabbaths reasoned with them
from the Scriptures,
kata
d
according to moreover
ke pi sabata
and for Sabbaths
ke
and
avtis
with them
paratimnos oti
ton riston
setting forth , that the Christ
anastene
to have risen
apo
from
ton grafon
the Scriptures,
k
nkron
out from [the] dead ,
de
it behooved
ke oti
and that
paen
to have suffered
utos stin o ristos

this is
the Christ
go katanglo min
I
preach
to you.
iesus on
Jesus, whom
tria
dilato
three , reasoned
explaining and giving evidence that the Christ had to suffer and rise again from the dead, and
saying, "This Jesus whom I proclaim to you we acknowledge as the Christ."
dianigon ke
opening and
to
e-oos to pavlo
eseln
pros avtos
the custom
with Paul he went in to
them ,
And some of them became persuaded and joined Paul and Silas, along with a large number of
the God-fearing Greeks and a number of the leading women.
ke tins
avton
And some of them
pavlo
to Paul
ke
and
pesesan
ke proskleroesan
were obedient , and joined themselves
to sila
ton
t
sbomnon lenon
to Silas, of the moreover worshipping Greeks,
pleos
pol
a multitude great,
gnekon t
ton proton uk olige
women moreover the leading not a few.
155
to

5
But the Jews, becoming jealous and taking along some wicked men from the market place,
formed a mob and set the city in an uproar; and attacking the house of Jason, they sought
to bring them out to the people.
zelosants
having become envious
d
i
moreover the
agore-on
andras tinas
market -loungers men certain
iude-i ke proslabomni
ton
Jews, and having taken to [them] of the
ponerus ke olopi-esants
wicked , and having collected a crowd ,
orbun
ten polin ke pistants
te ikia
iasonos
set in uproar the city ; and having assaulted the house of Jason,
zetun
they sought
6
me
not
avtus proagagen
them to bring out
When they did not find them, they began dragging Jason and some brethren before the city
authorities, shouting, "These men who have upset the world have come here also;
hjuronts
having found
adlfus pi
brothers before
d
moreover
avtus
them,
sron
iasona ke tinas
they dragged Jason and certain
tus politaras
bo-onts
the city authorities , crying out
anastatosants uti
having upset
these
7
es ton demon
to the people.
ke
also
oti
i ten
the
ikumnen
inhabited world
nad paresin
here
are come.
and Jason has welcomed them, and they all act contrary to the decrees of Caesar, saying that
there rules another king, Jesus."
us
poddkte
iason ke uti
pants apnanti
whom has received Jason ; and these all ,
contrary to
ton
the
dogmaton
decrees
kesaros
prasusi basila tron
lgonts ene iesun
of Ceasar do,
king another saying to be Jesus.
8
They stirred up the crowd and the city authorities who heard these things.
taraan
they stirred up
d
moreover
ton olon
ke tus politaras
aku-ontas
the crowd, and the city authorities, hearing
156
tavta.
these things.

9
And when they had received a pledge from Jason and the others, they released them.
ke
labonts
to ikanon para tu iasonos ke ton lipon
And having taken
security from
Jason , and the rest
aplsan
they let go
avtus
them.
Paul at Berea
10
The brethren immediately sent Paul and Silas away by night to Berea, and when they
arrived, they went into the synagogue of the Jews.
i d
moreover
adlfi
[the] brothers
ju-os
immediately
pavlon ke ton silan es bri-an

Paul
and
Silas to Berea ;
dia nktos pmpsan ton t

by night sent away
both
itins paragnomni es
ten snagogen
who having arrived into the synagogue
ton
iude-on ape-san
of the Jews
went.
11
Now these proved more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word
with great eagerness, examining the Scriptures daily to see whether these things really
had veracity.
uti
these
d
moreover
danto
received
esan
were
ton logon
the word
mta
with
anakrinonts tas
examining, examining
12
jugnstri
more noble
ton
n salonike
than those in Thessalonica ,
itins
who
pases promias to
ka
emran
all
readiness, on the every day
grafas
e i
tavta
utos
Scriptures if were these things so.
Therefore many of them believed, along with a number of prominent Greek women and
men.
poli
mn
Many indeed
un
therefore out from
gnekon ton jusemonon

women
prominent,
avton pistjusan ke
them believed , and
ke andron uk oligi
and men, not a few.
157
ton
of the
lenidon
Grecian

13
But when the Jews of Thessalonica found out that Paul had proclaimed the word of God l in
Berea also, they came there as well, agitating and stirring up the crowds.
os
d
when moreover
n te bri-a
in
Berea
kake
also there,
14
i
apo tes salonikes iude-i oti
ke
those from
Thessalonica Jews, that also
katengle
po tu pavlu
was proclaimed by
Paul
o logos tu -u
elon
the word
of God, they came
salju-onts ke tarasonts tus olus

agitating
and stirring up the crowds.
Then immediately the brethren sent Paul out to go as far as the sea; and Silas and Timothy
remained there.
ju-os
immediately
-os
as
15
gnosan
knew
d
moreover
pi ten
to the
tot ton pavlon apstelan i

then
Paul sent away the
alasan pmenan
sea;
remained
adlfi
brothers
porju-se
to go
t
o t
silas ke o timo-os ke
both
both Silas and
timothy
there.
Now those who escorted Paul brought him as far as Athens; and receiving a command for
Silas and Timothy to come to him as soon as possible, they left.
i
those
d
moreover
kaistanonts ton Pavlon epagon

escorting
Paul brought [him]
ke lanonts
and having received
-os
unto
aenon
Athens ;
ntolen
pros ton silan ke ton timo-on
a command unto
Silas and
Timotheon
ina os taista
that as quickly as possible
losin
pros avton e-san
they should come to
him, they departe.
Paul at Athens
16
Now while Paul waited for them at Athens, his spirit had become provoked within him as he
observed the city full of idols.
n d
in moreover
tes aenes kdomnu avtus tu pavlu paronto

to
Athens, waiting for
them
Paul,
was provoked the
pmjuma avtu
n avtu oruntos katedolon
usan ten polin
spirit
of him in him, seeing
utterly idolatrous to be the city.
158

17
So he reasoned in the synagogue with the Jews and the God-fearing Gentiles, and in the
market place every day with those who happened to mill around.
dilgto
He reasoned
mn
indeed
un
n te snagoge
tis
iude-is ke
therefore in the synagogue with the Jews
and
sbomnis
ke n te
worshiping, and in the
18
agora
kata pasan emran pros tus paratnantas
marketplace on every day
with those meeting [him].
And also some of the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers conversed with him. Some said,
"What would this idle babbler wish to say?" Others, "He seems to proclaim strange
deities,"because he preached Jesus and the resurrection.
tins
some
d
moreover
snbalon
encountered
ke
also
ton
pikure-on ke stikon filosofon
of the Epicureans and Stoics, philosophers,
avto ke tins lgon ti

an
him. and some said , What anyhow
utos lgen
i
d
this to say? Others however,
non
Of foreign
ene oti
to be because [of]
ke
and
19
tis
those
ton iesun
Jesus
demonion
gods .
li
o
apermologos
may desire of the babbler
doke
katagljus
he seems a proclaimer
ten anastasin
ju-eglizto
the resurrection he proclaimed the gospel.
And they took him and brought him to the Areopagus, saying, "May we know what this new
teaching you proclaim?
pilabomni
having taken
t
and
avtu
of him
pi ton are-on pagon egagon

lgonts
to the Ares
Hill
they brought [him] saying
dnama
gnone
tis
he kene avte e
po su lalumne
Are we able to know what [is]
the new this , which by you is spoken
didae
teaching?
20
"For you bring some strange things to our ears; so we want to know what these things
mean."
nizonta
strange things
buloma
We resolve
gar
indeed
tina
esfres
es tas ako-as emon
some you are bringing to the ears
of us .
un
gnone
tina le
tavta
ene
therefore to know what mean these things to be.
159

21
(Now all the Athenians and the strangers visiting there used to spend their time in nothing
other than telling or hearing something new.)
aene-i
[the] Athenians
d
moreover
pants ke i
pidemunts ni
es
udn
all,
and the visiting
strangers , in nothing
tron jukerun
e lgen ti
e
else spent their time, than to tell something and
aku-en ti
to hear something
kenotron
never.
Sermon on Mars Hill

22
So Paul stood in the midst of the Areopagus and said, "Men of Athens, I observe that you
show yourself very religious in all respects.
staes
having stood
d
o pavlos n mso
moreover
Paul in [the] midst
tu
are-u pagu fe andrs
of the Ares Hill, said Men
aene-i
kata panta
os
desidemonstrus mas oro
Athenians, in all things that very religious
you , I behold.
23
"For while I passed through and examined the objects of your worship, I also found an altar
with this inscription, 'TO AN UNKNOWN GOD.' Therefore what you worship in
ignorance, this I proclaim to you.
diromnos
passing through
gar
indeed
hjuron ke bomon
I found even an altar
o
Whom
24
un
therefore
ke
and
ana-oron ta
sbasmata
mon
beholding the objects of worship of you,
n o
pggrapto
agnosto
-o
on which had been inscribed, To an unknown God.
agni-unts
not knowing
jusbete
tuto go katanglo min
you worship, Him I
proclaim to you.
"The God who made the world and all things in it, since He rules heaven and earth, does not
dwell in temples made with hands;
o -os
The God
o pi-esas
ton kosmon ke panta
ta
n avto utos
having made the world and all things that [are] in
it , He
uranu
of heaven
ke
and
ges
paron krios
earth being
Lord,
uk n eropi-etis na-is
katike
not in hand made temples dwells,
160

25
nor do human hands serve Him, as though He needed anything, since He Himself gives to all
people life and breath and all things;
ud po eron
nor by hands
didus
giving
26
anropinon rapju-te prosd-omnos tinos

of men
is served, as needing
anything,
pasi
zo-en
to all
life
avtos
himself
ke pnoen ke ta panta
and breath, and the all;
and He made from one man every nation of mankind to live on all the face of the earth,
having determined their appointed times and the boundaries of their habitation,
piesn
he made
t
moreover
nos pan nos anropon katiken

of one every nation of men, to dwell
prosopu tes
ges
orisas
prosttagmnus
the face of the earth, having determined [the] appointed
oroesias
tes
boundaries of the
katikias
habitation
pi
pantos
upon all
kerus ke tas
times and the
avton
of them,
27
that they would seek God, if perhaps they might grope for Him and find Him, though He
does not dwell far from each one of us;
zeten ton on e ara

g
pselafese-an
to seek
God, if perhaps indeed they might palpate for
juri-n
ke
might find him . also
28
n
in
g
u
besides, not
avton ke
him , and
makran apo nos kastu emon

far
from one each of us
paronta
He is.
for in Him we live and move and exist, as even some of your own poets have said, 'For we
also consider ourselves His children.'
avto gar
him indeed
ka
among
zomn ke
kinuma ke smn os ke tins
ton
we live and move
and are;
as also some of the
mas pi-eton erekasin tu

gar
ke gnos
smn
you poets have said , of the indeed also offspring we are.
161

29
"Being then the children of God, we ought not to think that the Divine Nature resembles gold
or silver or stone, an image formed by the art and thought of man.
gnos
un
paronts tu -u
uk ofelomn nomizen rso
Offspring therefore being
of God , not we ought to think to gold
e argro
or to silver,
e lio
aragmati
or to stone, a graven thing,
tnes
of craft
ke
and
nmes-os
imagination
anropu to
e-on ene omi-on
of man that which [is] divine to be like.
30
"Therefore having overlooked the times of ignorance, God now declares to men that all
people everywhere should repent,
tus mn
The indeed
un
therefore
ronus tes agnias

pridon
o -os ta
times
of ignorance having overlooked
God,
nn paragle
tis anropis pantas pantau
mano-en
now he commands
men
all
everywhere to repent.
31
because He has fixed a day in which He will judge the world in righteousness through a Man
whom He has appointed, having furnished proof to all men by raising Him from the
dead."
kaoti
stesn emran n e
mle
because he set a day in which he is about
n dike-osne
in righteousness,
krinen
ten
to judge the
ikumnen
world
n andri o
orisn
pistin parason
by a man whom he appointed proof
having given
pasin anastesas
avton k
nkron
to all [in] having raised him
out from [the] dead.
32
Now when they heard of the resurrection of the dead, some began to sneer, but others said,
"We shall hear you again concerning this."
akusants
having heard of
d
anastasin
nkron
i
mn lju-azon
moreover a resurrection of [the] dead, some indeed mocked,
i
d
some however
epan akusoma su
pri
tutu ke palin
said , We will hear you concerning this also again.
162

33
So Paul went out of their midst.
utos o pavlos eln

thus
Paul went out
34
k
from
msu
avton
[the] midst of them.
But some men joined him and believed, among whom also consisted of Dionysius the
Areopagite and a woman named Damaris and others with them.
tins d
some moreover
andrs kolents
avto
pistjusan n
is
men, having joined themselves to him, believed , among whom
ke
dinsios
o aropagites ke
gne
onomati
also [were] Dionysius the Areopagite , and a woman named
tri
others
damaris ke
Damaris, and
sn avtis
with them.
Acts 18
Paul at Corinth
1
After these things he left Athens and went to Corinth.
mta
And after
2
tavta
these things
orises
k ton aenon es korinon
having departed from
Athens to Corinth.
And he found a Jew named Aquila, a native of Pontus, having recently come from Italy with
his wife Priscilla, because Claudius had commanded all the Jews to leave Rome. He came
to them,
ke hjuron
and having found
tina
iude-on onomatu akllan pontikon
a certain Jew,
named Aquila of Pontus
to
gne
a native
prosfatos lelota
tes italias ke priskilan gneka avto
dia
recently having come from Italy and Priscilla wife
of him because of
to diattane
having commanded
romes proseln
Rome . he came
klavdion orizse pantas tus iude-us apo

tes
Claudius to depart all
the Jews
out of
avtis
to them,
163

3
and because he worked in the same trade, he stayed with them and they worked, for by trade
they made tents.
ke dia
to omotnon
and because of the same trade
ene mnn
par avtis ke
being, he stayed with them and
ergazto esan
gar
skenopi-i
worked; the were indeed tent makers
4
And he reasoned in the synagogue every Sabbath trying to persuade Jews and Greeks.
dilgto
he reasoned
d
moreover
pen
he persuaded
t
both
n te snagoge
in the synagogue
kata pan sabaton

on every Sabbath .
iude-us ke lenas
Jews
and Greeks.
But when Silas and Timothy came down from Macedonia, Paul began devoting himself
completely to the word, solemnly testifying to the Jews that we acknowledge Jesus as the
Christ.
os
when
d
moreover
ke o timo-os
and Timothy ,
katelon
apo tes makdonias o t
came down from
Macedonia
both
silas
Silas
sneto
to
logo o pavlos diamartromnos
was occupied with the word
Paul,
earnestly testifying
tis
iude-is ene ton riston
to the Jews
to be the Christ
6
te
tne
by the trade.
iesun
Jesus.
But when they resisted and blasphemed, he shook out his garments and said to them, "Your
blood goes on your own heads! I remain clean. From now on I will go to the Gentiles."
antasomnon
d
avton ke blasfemunton
ktinaamnos
were opposing moreover they and were reviling [him]; having shaken out
ta imatia
the garments
tu nn
now on,
epn
pros avtus to ema
he said to them the blood
es ta ne
to the Gentiles
porjusome
I will go.
164
mon
of you
kaaros go
apo
clean
I [am] from

7
Then he left there and went to the house of a man named Titius Justus, a worshiper of God,
whose house located next to the synagogue.
ke
mtabas
ken
And having departed from there
titi-u
Titius
eseln
es
ikian
tinos
onoma
he came to [the] house of a certain on named
i-ustu sbomnu ton -on

Justus, worshiping
God
u
e
ikia
en snomusa
of whom the house was adjoining
te snagoge
the synagogue.
8
Crispus, the leader of the synagogue, believed in the Lord with all his household, and many
of the Corinthians when they heard believed and received baptism.
krispos d
o arisnagogos
pistjusn to
Crispus moreover the ruler of the synagogue , believed in the
olo to
all the
krio sn
Lord, with
iko
avtu
ke poli
ton
korinion
aku-unts
household of him And many of the Corinthians hearing
pistju-on ke baptisonto
believed and were baptized.
9
And the Lord said to Paul in the night by a vision, "Do not fear any longer, but go on
speaking and do not remain silent;
epn d
o krios n
nkti di oramatos to pavlo
me
said moreover the Lord in [the] night by a vision
to Paul, not
fobu ala lale
ke me siopeses
Fear , but continue speaking, and not be silent.
10
for I will accompany you, and no man will attack you in order to harm you, for I have many
people in this city."
dioti
go
because I
emi mta su ke udes

pieste si tu kakose s
am with you, and no one will attack you
to harm you,
dioti
la-os
sti
because people there are
mi
pols n te pole tavte
to me many in the city this.
165

11
And he settled there a year and six months, teaching the word of God among them.
kaisn
He remained
d
niavton ke menas didaskon n
avtis
moreover a year
and months six teaching among them
ton logon tu -u
the word
of God.
12
But while Gallio ruled as proconsul of Achaia, the Jews with one accord rose up against Paul
and brought him before the judgment seat,
galionos d
anpatu ontos
Galio
moreover proconsul being
omomadon
with one accord
tes ae-as katpstesan

of Achaia , rose up against
i
iude-i to pavlo ke egagon avton pi
the Jews
Paul , and led
him to
to
the
bema
judgment seat,
13
saying, "This man persuades men to worship God contrary to the law."
lgonts oti para

saying
, contrary to
ton nomon anapee

utos
tus
the law
, persuades this[man]
anropus sbse
ton on
men
to worship
God.
14
But when Paul prepared to open his mouth, Gallio said to the Jews, "If it consisted of a
matter of wrong or of vicious crime, O Jews, I would put up with you;
mlontos
d
being about moreover
tus
the
iude-us
Jews,
poneron o
wicked , O
tu pavlu anigen to stoma

epn o galion
Paul to open
[his] mouth said
Gallio
e mn
en
adikema
If indeed it was unrighteousness
iude-i
Jews,
ti
e
some or
pros
to
radiurgema
crime
kata
logon an
ansomen
according reason anyhow I would have carried with.
166

15
but if you bring up questions about words and names and your own law, look after it
yourselves; I do not want to judge these matters."
e d
zetemata stin pri
logu
ke onomaton ke nomu tu
if however a question it is about a word , and names,
and law
which[is]
ka
among
mas ops
your , you will see
u
bulame
not resolve
16
krites
go tuton
a judge I
of these things
ene
to be.
And he drove them away from the judgment seat.
ke apelasn avtus apo

And he drove them from
17
avti
[to it] yourselves;
tu
bematos
the judgment.
And they all took hold of Sosthenes, the leader of the synagogue, and began beating him in
front of the judgment seat. But Gallio did not concern himself about any of these things.
pilabomni
having seized
d
moreover
pants sosnen
ton arisnagogon
all
Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue,
tpton
beat[him]
mprosn tu bematos
ke udn
tuton
to
before
the judgment seat. And nothing about these things
galioni
to Gallio
mln
it mattered.
18
Paul, having remained many days longer, took leave of the brethren and put out to sea for
Syria, and with him came Priscilla and Aquila. In Cenchrea he had his hair cut, for he
kept a vow.
o d
pavlos ti prosmenas
emras ikanas tis
adlfis
now Paul,
yet having remained
days
many , the
brothers
apotaamnos
ple
es ten srian ke sn
having taken leave of , sailed away to
Syria, and with
priskilia ke
Priscilla and
en
he had
aklas
Aquila,
gar
indeed
keramnos
having shaved
avto
him
n knre-es ten kfalen

in Cenchreas the head;
juen
a vow.
167

19
They came to Ephesus, and he left them there. Now he himself entered the synagogue and
reasoned with the Jews.
katentesan
he came
d
moreover
es fson
to Ephesus,
d
moreover
eslon
having entered
kakenus
and them
katlipn avtu
left
there.
es
ten snagogen dilato
into the synagogue , he reasoned
avtos
himself
tis
iude-is
with the Jews.
20
When they asked him to stay for a longer time, he did not consent,
rotonton
d
avton pi ple-ona ronon mene
uk pnjusn
asking [him] moreover they for a longer time to remain , not he did consent.
21
but taking leave of them and saying, "I will return to you again if God wills," he set sail from
Ephesus.
apotaamnos
ke
having taken leave , and
ala
but
orten ten romnen piese

feast
coming to keep
epon
de
m pantos
ten
having said, it behooves me by all means , the
es irosolma palin
at Jerusalem ; again
anakampso pros mas

I will return to
you
tu -u lontos anee
apo
tes fsu
God willing
he sailed from
Ephesus.
22
When he had landed at Caesarea, he went up and greeted the church, and went down to
Antioch.
ke katlon
es kesare-an
And having landed at Ceasarea,
klesian katbe
church, he went down
anabas
ke
aspasamnos ten
having gone up and having greeted the
es antie-an
to Antioch.
Third Missionary Journey

23
And having spent some time there, he left and passed successively through the Galatian
region and Phrygia, strengthening all the disciples.
ke
pi-esas
ronon tina
eln
diromnos
kaes
ten
And having stayed time
some , he went forth, passing through successfully the
galatiken oran
ke
frigian
sterizon
Galatian region and Phyrgia , strengthening
168
pantas tus maetas

all
the disciples.

24
Now a Jew named Apollos, an Alexandrian by birth, an eloquent man, came to Ephesus; and
he seemed mighty in the Scriptures.
iude-os
A Jew
aner
man
25
d
tis
moreover certain
apolos
Apollos
onomati alandrjus
named of Alexandria
logios
katentesn es fson
dnatos
an eloquent , came
to Ephesus. mighty
to gne
a native
on
n tes grafes
being in the Scriptures.
This man had received instruction in the way of the Lord; and having fervency in spirit, he
spoke and taught accurately the things concerning Jesus, acquainted only with the
baptism of John;
utos en
kateemnos
He was instructed in
pnjumati lale
in spirit, he spoke
ten odon tu
kri-u ke z-on
the way of the Lord . and being fervent
ke didaskn akribos
ta
pri
and taught
earnestly the things concerning
tu
tu
iesu
pistamnos monon to
baptisma ioanu
Jesus, knowing
only
the baptism of John.
26
and he began to speak out boldly in the synagogue. But when Priscilla and Aquila heard him,
they took him aside and explained to him the way of God more accurately.
utos t
erato
he moreover began
paresiazse
n te snagoge
to speak boldly in the synagogue.
d
avtu
priskila
moreover him , Priscilla
akribstron
more accurately
avto
to him
ke aklas
and Aquila
proslabonto
they took to [them]
nto
ten odon
expounded the way
169
tu -u
of God.
akusants
having heard
avton
him,
ke
and

27
And when he wanted to go across to Achaia, the brethren encouraged him and wrote to the
disciples to welcome him; and when he had arrived, he greatly helped those who had
believed through grace,
bulomnu
resolving
d
avtu dilen
moreover he to pass through
protrpsamni
having encouraged [him]
i
adlfi
the brothers
es ten ae-an
into
Achaia,
grapsan tis
maetes
wrote
to the disciples
apodase avton os
paragnomnos snbalto pol
tis
to welcome him , who having arrived , helped
greatly those
ppistjukosin
having believed
28
dia
through
tes
aritos
grace.
for he powerfully refuted the Jews in public, demonstrating by the Scriptures that Jesus
fulfilled the role of the Christ.
jutonos
gar
tis
iude-is diakatelnto demosia pidekns dia
powerfully indeed the Jews
he refuted
publically , showing by
ton grafon
ene
ton riston iesun
the Scriptures to be the Christ Jesus.
Acts 19
Paul at Ephesus
1
It happened that while Apollos remained at Corinth, Paul passed through the upper country
and came to Ephesus, and found some disciples.
gnto
it came to pass
d
n
to ton apolo
ene n korino pavlon
moreover , while
Apollo was in Corinth , Paul
dionta
fson
Ephesus,
ta anotrika mr
len
es fson
the upper
parts , to come to Ephesus,
ke hjuren
tinas
and having found certain
maetas
disciples,
170
ke
and

2
He said to them, "Did you receive the Holy Spirit when you believed?" And they said to him,
"No, we have not even heard whether a Holy Spirit exists."
epn
he said
t
and
pistjusants
having
pros avtus e pnjuma

agion
to
them, if [the] Spirit Holy
i d
moreover
pros avton al
to him , but
labt
did you receive ,
ud
e
not even whether [a]
pnjuma agion stin

ekusamn
Spirit
Holy there is, did we hear.
And he said, "Into what then did you become baptized?" And they said, "Into John's
baptism."
epn
t
es
ti
un
baptiset
i d epan
he said moreover, Into what then were you baptized?
and they said ,
es
to
Into the
ioanu baptisma
of John baptism.
Paul said, "John baptized with the baptism of repentance, telling the people to believe in Him
who would come after him, namely, in Jesus."
epn d
said moreover
pavlos ioanes baptisn

baptisma mtani-as
to
Paul , John
baptized[ with] a baptism of repentance , to the
lao
lgon
es
people saying, On
ton
romnon
the [one] coming
mt
avton ina pistjusosin
after him , that they should believe
tut
stin es iesun
that is
on Jesus.
5
When they heard this, they received baptism in the name of the Lord Jesus.
akusants
having heard
d
moreover,
baptisesan
they were baptized
es to onoma tu
krio iesu
in the name of the Lord Jesus.
171

6
And when Paul had laid his hands upon them, the Holy Spirit came on them, and they began
speaking with tongues and prophesying.
ke pintos
avtis
tu pavlu tas
And having laid on them
Paul the
eras
el to pnjuma
hands , came the Spirit
to agion p
avtus lalun
t
gloses
Holy upon them; they were speaking moreover with tongues
ke profetjuon
and prophesying.
7
There numbered in all about twelve men.
esan
were
8
d
i
pants
moreover the all
And he entered the synagogue and continued speaking out boldly for three months, reasoning
and persuading them about the kingdom of God.
eslon
having entered
tres
three,
9
andrs ose
dodka
men about twelve.
d
moreover
dialgomnos ke
reasoning, and
es ten snagogen paresiazto

pi menas
into the synagogue, he spoke boldly, for months
peon
persuading
ta pri
tes basil-as tu -u
concerning the kingdom
of God.
But when some became hardened and disobedient, speaking evil of the Way before the
people, he withdrew from them and took away the disciples, reasoning daily in the school
of Tyrannus.
os
d
tins sklernonto
when moreover some were hardened
ke
epeun
kakologunts
and disobeyed, speaking evil of
ten odon mpion tu pleus

apostas
the way, before the multitude, having departed
aforisn
he took separately,
te sole
the lecture hall
ap
avton
from them,
tus maetas ka
emran dialgomnos n
the disciples , every day
reasoning
in
tranu
of Tyrannus.
172

10
tuto
this
This took place for two years, so that all who lived in Asia heard the word of the Lord, both
Jews and Greeks.
d
moreover
katikuntas
inhabiting
gnto
pi te do ost
pantas tus
continued for years two, so that all
those
ten asian
Asia
akuse ton logon tu

heard the word of the
kriu iude-us t
Lord, Jews
both
ke lenas
and Greeks.
Miracles at Ephesus
11
God performed extraordinary miracles by the hands of Paul,
dnames t
miracles moreover
12
u tas tusas
o -os pi-e dia ton eron pavlu
not
being ordinary
God did
by the hands of Paul,
so that handkerchiefs or aprons which people carried from his body to the sick, caused the
diseases to leave them and the evil spirits to go out.
ost ke pi tus
so even to those
asnuntas apofrse
ailing
were brought
sudaria
e smikinia ke
handerchiefs or aprons , and
apo tu rotos avtu

from the skin
of him
apalasse ap
avton tas nosus
ta
departed
from them the diseases, the
ponera kporjuse
evil
departed.
13
But also some of the Jewish exorcists, who went from place to place, attempted to name over
those who had the evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus, saying, "I adjure you by Jesus
whom Paul preaches."
peresan d
tins
attempted moreover moreover
ke ton priromnon iude-on

also the itinerant
Jews
orkiston onomazen pi
tus
ontas ta pnjumata ta ponera
excorcists, to invoke over those having the spirit
evil
to onoma tu
kriu iesu lgonts orkizo
mas ton
the name of the Lord Jesus, saying, We adjure you, [by]
iesun on
pavlos kerse
Jesus whom Paul proclaims.
173

14
Seven sons of one Sceva, a Jewish chief priest, tried this.
esan
they were
tuto
this
15
d
moreover
tinos
skjua
iude-u areros
pta
iji
certain [men] of Sceva a Jew a high priest , seven sons,
pi-unts
were doing.
And the evil spirit answered and said to them, "I recognize Jesus, and I know about Paul, but
I absolutely do not know you?"
apokrin
answering
d
to pnjuma to poneron epn avtis
ton
however, the spirit
evil
said to them
iesun ginosko ke ton pavlon

Jesus I know, and
Paul
16
pistame
mes d
tins st
I am acquainted with; you however who are you?
And the man, in whom dwelled the evil spirit, leaped on them and subdued all of them and
overpowered them, so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded.
ke falomnos
And having lept
o
the
anropos p avtos n o
en to
man
on them , in whom was the
pnjuma to poneron katakrijusas

spirit
evil,
having overpowered
avton ost
them, so that
iku
house
17
tuto
this
mn
even
gmnus ke
naked and
amfotron issn
kat
them all, prevailed against
ttravmatismnus kfgen
wounded
they fled
k
tu
out of the
kenu
that.
This became known to all, both Jews and Greeks, who lived in Ephesus; and fear fell upon
them all and the name of the Lord Jesus became magnified.
d
moreover
katikusin
inhabiting
gnto gnoston pasin iude-is t

ke lesin tis
became known to all Jews
both and Greeks . those
ten fson
ke ppsn fobos pi
pantas avtus ke
Ephesus , and fell
fear
upon all
them, and
mgalnto
was magnified
to onoma tu
kriu iesu
the name of the Lord Jesus.
174

18
Many also of those who had believed kept coming, confessing and disclosing their practices.
poli
t
ton
ppistjukoton
many moreover of those having believed
ronto omologumni
came, confessing
ke ananglonts tas praes avton

and declaring
the deeds of them.
19
And many of those who practiced magic brought their books together and began burning
them in the sight of everyone; and they counted up the price of them and found it fifty
thousand pieces of silver.
ikani
many
d
moreover
ton
of those
tas biblus
katke-on
the books, burned [them]
timas
prices
ta prirga
praanton
snnnkants
the magic arts , having practiced , having brought
nopion panton ke
snpsfisan
tas
before all.
And they counted up the
avton
ke hjuron
argriu mrianadas
of them , and found [it] of silver myriads.
20
So the word of the Lord grew mightily and prevailed.
utos kata
Thus with
21
kratos
might
tu kriu o
the Lord of the
logos juann
word increase
ke isn
and prevailed.
Now after these things had finished, Paul purposed in the Spirit to go to Jerusalem after he
had passed through Macedonia and Achaia, saying, "After I have gone there, I must also
see Rome."
os
d
after moreover
pleroe
tavta
to
o pavlos n to
were fulfilled these things , purposed
Paul
in the
pnjumati dilon
ten makdonian ke ae-an porju-se
Spirit, having passed through
Macedonia and Achaia, to go
es irosolma epon
to Jerusalem having said
m ke
my there ,
de
it behooves
oti mta to gnse

m ke
de
After having been my there it behooves
m ke romen iden
me also Rome to see.
175

22
And having sent into Macedonia two of those who ministered to him, Timothy and Erastus,
he himself stayed in Asia for a while.
apostelas
having sent
avto
to him
23
d
es ten makdonian do ton
diakonunton
moreover into
Macedonia , two of those ministering
timoon
Timothy
ke
and
raston avtos psn

ronon es ten asian
Erastus he
remained a time in
Asia
About that time there occurred no small disturbance concerning the Way.
gnto d
kata ton keron kenon taraos
uk oligos
Arose
moreover at
the time same disturbance not small
pri
tes odu
concerning the Way.
24
For a man named Demetrius, a silversmith, who made silver shrines of Artemis, had brought
in no little business to the craftsmen;
demetrios gar
Demetrius indeed
tis
a certain [man]
onomati argrokopos
pi-on
na-us
named , a silversmith, making shrines
argrus artmidos pareto tis

tnites
silver of Artemis, brought to the craftsmen
uk oligen rgasian
no little business;
25
these he gathered together with the workmen of similar trades, and said, "Men, you know
that our prosperity depends upon this business.
us
snarisas
ke
whom having brought together , also
andrs pistas
oti
k
Men,
you know that from
tus pri ta
ti-avta rgatas
the in such things workmen ,
tavtes rgasias
this
business
176
e juporia emin
the wealth of us
epn
he said
stin
is.

26
"You see and hear that not only in Ephesus, but in almost all of Asia, this Paul has persuaded
and turned away a considerable number of people, saying that gods made with hands do
not consist of gods at all.
ke -oret ke aku-t oti

u
monon fsu
ala
and you see and hear
that not only of Ephesus, but
sdon
almost
pases tes asias o

pavlos utos pesas
mtstesn
of all
Asia, which Paul , this having persuaded, turned alway
ikanon
a great many
eron
hands
27
olon
lgon
people, saying
oti
that
-i ,
gods
dia
by
ginomni
being made.
"Not only do we face the danger that this trade of ours fall into disrepute, but also that the
temple of the great goddess Artemis become regarded as worthless and that she whom all
of Asia and the world worship will even become dethroned from her magnificence."
monon d
tuto kindnju-e
only but this in endangered
u
Not
uk esin
not they are
aplgmon len
ala
disrepute to come , but
emin
to us,
to
mros
the business
ke
to tes
mgales -as
also the of the great
goddess
iron
es un
logisene
mlen
t
ke
temple, for nothing is reckoned , is about and also
mgale-otetos avtes
en
majesty
of her, whom
es
into
artmidos
Artemis
kaerese
to be deposed
tes
the
ole e asia ke e ikumne sbte

all
Asia and the world
worship.
28
When they heard this and became filled with rage, they began crying out, saying, "Great do
we regard Artemis of the Ephesians!"
akusants
having heard
d
moreover,
ke gnomni
pleres mu
krazon
and having become full
of rage , they cried out
lgonts mgale e artmis

fsion
saying, Great [is]
Artemis of [the] Ephesians.
177

29
The city filled with the confusion, and they rushed with one accord into the theater, dragging
along Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul's traveling companions from Macedonia.
ke
plese e polis tes
sns-os
ormesan
t
And was filled the city whole with confusion ; they rushed and
omomadon
es to atron snarpasants
with one accord to the theatre , having seized with [them]
ge-on
Gaius
ke aristaron makdonas
snkdemus
pavlu
and Aristarchus, Macedonians, fellow travelers of Paul.
30
And when Paul wanted to go into the assembly, the disciples would not let him.
pavlu d
bulomnu eslen es ton demon uk e-on
Paul however , intending to go in to people ;
not did not allow
avton i
maete
him the disciples,
31
Also some of the Asiarchs who proved his friends sent to him and repeatedly urged him not
to venture into the theater.
tins d
some moreover
pros avton
to
him,
32
ke ton
asiaron onts avto
fili
pmpsants
also of the Asiarchs , being to him friends, having sent
parkalun
urged [him]
me dune
auton es
to atron
not to venture himself into the theatre.
So then, some shouted one thing and some another, for the assembly fell into confusion and
the majority did not know for what reason they had come together.
ali
others
mn
indeed
un
Therefore
kleseia snkmne ke
assembly confused,
and
alo
ti
some thing
i ple-us uk
most not
krazon
en gar
e
were crying out; was indeed the
edesan
tinos
nka
did know for what cause
snlelesan
they had come together.
178

33
Some of the crowd concluded that Alexander had caused it, since the Jews had put him
forward; and having motioned with his hand, Alexander intended to make a defense to
the assembly.
k
out of
d
tu olu snbibasan
alandron probalonton
moreover the crowd they put forward Alexander , having thrust forward
avton ton iude-on o d

alandros katasesas
ten era
him
the Jews
Then
Alexander, having motioned with the hand,
eln
desired
34
apologese
to
demo
to make a defense to the people.
But when they recognized that he had Jewish heritage, a single outcry arose from them all as
they shouted for about two hours, "Great do we regard Artemis of the Ephesians!"
pignonts
having recognized
os
about
35
pi
ongoing
oras
hours
oti
that
iude-os stin fone gnto

a Jew he is cry there was
mia k
panton
one from all
do krazonton mgale e artmis fsion

two crying out Great [is]
Artemis of [the] Ephesians.
After quieting the crowd, the town clerk said, "Men of Ephesus, what man lives after all who
does not know that the city of the Ephesians guards the temple of the great Artemis and
of the image which fell down from heaven?
d
o
gramat-us
moreover the town clerk
katastelas
having calmed
fsi-i
Ephesians ,
tis
what
fsion
of [the] Ephesians
artmidos ke
Artemis , and
36
d
moreover
gar
stin
indeed is there
ton olon
fesin andrs
the crowd , says, Men
anropon os
u ginoske ten
man
who not knows the
polin n-okoron
usan
tes
city temple-keeper as being of the
mgales
great
tu
dioptus
of that fallen from the sky?
"So, since these facts prove undeniable, you ought to keep calm and to do nothing rash.
anantireton
Undeniable
un
therefore
katstalmnus paren
calm
to be,
onton tuton
don
stin
being these things necessary it is
ke
and
medn
nothing
propts prasen
rash
to do.
179
mas
for you

37
"For you have brought these men here who have neither robbed temples nor blasphemed our
goddess.
egagt
you brought
gar
indeed
tus
the
blasfemuntas
blaspheming
ten
the
-on
goddess
38
andras tutus
open these ,
iroslus
temple plunderers
ut
nor
emon
of us.
"So then, if Demetrius and the craftsmen who join with him have a complaint against any
man, the courts have now gone into session and we have proconsuls available; let them
bring charges against one another.
mn
un
demetrios ke i
indeed therefore Demetrius and the
e
If
ut
neither
tina
anyone
logon
agore-i
a matter , courts
agonte
are conducted
sn avto tnite
usi pros
with him craftsmen have , against
ke anpati
esin
and procounsuls there are;
nkaletosan
alelis
let them accuse one another.
39
"But if you want anything beyond this, we shall settle it in the lawful assembly.
d
ti
more anything
e
if
pretro
beyond this
pizetet
n te nomo klesia
you inquire , in the lawful assembly
pileste
it will be solved.
40
"For indeed we have danger of someone accusing us of starting a riot in connection with
today's events, since there exists real cause for it, and in this connection we will not have
the capability of accounting for this disorderly gathering."
ke gar
for indeed
semron
this day,
kindnju-omn
we are in danger of
mednos
not one
dnesoma
we will be able
eti-u
cause
nkalese
stas-os
being accused of insurrection
parontos
pri
u
there existing concerning, which
pri
tes
in regard to
u
not
apodune logon
pri
tes sstrofes
tavtes
to give
a reason concerning the commotion this.
180

41
After saying this he dismissed the assembly.
ke
tavta
And these things
epon
aplsn
having said he dismissed
ten klesian
the assembly.
Acts 20
Paul in Macedonia and Greece
1
After the uproar had ceased, Paul sent for the disciples, and when he had exhorted them and
taken his leave of them, he left to go to Macedonia.
mta d
to pavsase
ton orbon mtapmpsamnos
after moreover
had ceased the uproar , having called to [him]
pavlos tus maetas
ke parakalsas
Paul
the disciples , and having encouraged [them and]
eln
departed
2
aspasamnos
having said farewell
porjuse es makdonian
to go
to Macedonia.
When he had gone through those districts and had given them much exhortation, he came to
Greece.
dilon
d
ta mre
moreover the districts
kena ke parakalsas
those and having exhorted
autus
them
logo
polo eln
es ten lada
with talk much, he came to
Greece.
3
And there he spent three months, and when the Jews formed a plot against him as he prepared
to set sail for Syria, he decided to return through Macedonia.
pi-esas
having continued
avto
against him
t
menas tres gnomnes
pibovles
moreover months three having been made a plot
po ton
by the
gnto gnomes tu
arose a purpose
iu-de-on
Jews ,
mlonti
anagse es ten srian
being about to sail
into
Syria,
postrfen dia
to return through
makdonias
Macedonia.
181

4
And he received companionship by Sopater of Berea, the son of Pyrrhus, and by Aristarchus
and Secundus of the Thessalonians, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy, and Tychicus and
Trophimus of Asia.
snepto
accompanied
drbe-os
of Derbe
5
ke timoos
and Timothy;
asi-ani
d
tikos
ke trofimos
[the] Asians moreover, Tychikos and Trophimos.
But these had gone on ahead and waited for us at Troas.

d prolonts
mnon
emas n troadi
also having gone before , waited for us
in Troas;
uti
These
d
avto sopatros pru
bri-e-os salonikon
moreover him Sopater Pyrrhus , a Berean; of the thessalonians
We sailed from Philippi after the days of Unleavened Bread, and came to them at Troas
within five days; and there we stayed seven days.
emes d
pljusamn mta tas emras ton
we
moreover sailed away,
after the days
of the
apo
from
filipon
ke elomn pros avtus
Philippi, and we came to them
azmon
Unleavened Bread ,
es ten troada ari emron

at
Troas; within days
pnt opu ditripsamn emras pta

five, where we stayed
days seven.
7
On the first day of the week, when we gathered together to break bread, Paul began talking to
them, intending to leave the next day, and he prolonged his message until midnight.
n d
in moreover
klase
to break
te
mia
ton
sabaton snegmnon
emon
the first [day] of the week,
having come together we
arton o pavlos dilgto avtis

mlon
bread Paul
talked
to them , about
pavrion partenn
next day; he continued
t
moreover
ton logon mri

the talk
until
182
ine
to depart
te
on the
msonkti-u
midnight.

8
There hung many lamps in the upper room where we gathered together.
esan
there were
d
moreover
lampads ikane n to
pro-o
u
lamps
many in the upper room , where
emn
we were
snegmni
assembled.
9
And a young man named Eutychus sat on the window sill, sinking into a deep sleep; and as
Paul kept on talking, he fell asleep and fell down from the third floor and died.
kazomnos
was sitting
d
tis
nanias
onomati jutos
pi tes
moreover a certain young man , named Eutychus , by the
ridos
karafromnos pno
bae dialgomnu tu
window , overpowered by sleep deep, as talked
ple-on
longer,
katnes
apo tu
pnu psn
having been overpowered by the sleep, he fell
pavlu pi
Paul on
apo tristgu
the third story
kato
ke re
nkros
down, and was picked up dead.
10
But Paul went down and fell upon him, and after embracing him, he said, "Do not feel
troubled, for his life renews in him."
katabas
having descended
epn me
said, not
d
however,
orbes
Do be alarmed:
o pavlos ppsn avto ke smprilabon

Paul fell upon him , and having embraced [him]
e gar
the indeed
pse avto
n avto stin
life
of him , in him is.
11
When he had gone back up and had broken the bread and eaten, he talked with them a long
while until daybreak, and then left.
anabas
having gone up
f
for
ikanon t
long and
d
moreover,
ke
klasas
and having broken
omilesas
having talked
ton arton ke gjusamnos

the bread, and having eaten,
ari avges
utos eln
until daybreak so he departed.
183

12
They took away the boy alive, and felt greatly comforted.
egagon
they brought
d
ton peda zonta ke parkleesan
u
mtrios
moreover the boy alive , and were comforted not a little.
Troas to Miletus
13
But we, going ahead to the ship, set sail for Assos, intending from there to take Paul on
board; for so he had arranged it, intending himself to go by land.
emes d
prolonts
pi to plion aneemn pi
we
moreover, having gone ahead to the ship , sailed
to
ason ken mlonts
Assos, there being about
ten
analambanen ton pavlon utos gar

to take in
Paul . thus indeed
diattagmnos
en
mlon
avtos
pzju-en
having arranged, he was readying himself to go on foot.
14
And when he met us at Assos, we took him on board and came to Mitylene.
os
when
d
snbaln
moreover he met with
emin es ten ason

analabonts
avton
us at
Assos , having taken in him,
elomn es mitlenen
we came to Mitylene.
15
Sailing from there, we arrived the following day opposite Chios; and the next day we crossed
over to Samos; and the day following we came to Miletus.
kaken
and from there
i-u
Chios
apopjusants
te
having sailed away , on the
pi-use
katentesamn antikrs
following [day] we arrived
opposite
te d
tra
parbalomn es samon te d
moreover [the] next [day] we arrived at Samos
moreover
omne
[the] following [day]
elomn es mileton
we came to Miletus.
184

16
For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus so that he would not have to spend time in Asia;
for he wanted to hurry to Jerusalem, if possible, to arrive on the day of Pentecost.
kkrike
had decided
gar
indeed
gnete
it might happen
gar
indeed,
o pavlos parapluse ten fson

opos
me
Paul to sail by
Ephesus , so that not
avto
ronotribese
n te asia spjudn
to him to spend time in
Asia; he was hastened
e dnaton
if possible
e-e
avto
ten emran tes pntekostes
it was for him , the day
of Pentecost
gnse es irosolma
to be in Jerusalem.
Farewell to Ephesus
17
From Miletus he sent to Ephesus and called to him the elders of the church.
apo
from
d
moreover
tes miletu pmpsas

Miltus having sent
tus prsbterus tes

the elders
of the
18
es fson
mtkalsato
to Epheson , he called for
klesias
church.
And when they had come to him, he said to them, "You yourselves know, from the first day
that I set foot in Asia, how I stayed with you the whole time,
os
d
when moreover
pistase apo
know,
from
pargnonto
pros avton epn
avtis
they had come to
him , he said to them,
mes
You
protes emras af es
pben
es ten
the first day
on which I arrived in
asian pos
m mon ton panta ronon gnomen
Asia , how with you the whole time
I was,
19
serving the Lord with all humility and with tears and with trials which came upon me
through the plots of the Jews;
dulju-on to
serving the
krio mta pases tapenofrosnes ke dakron ke perasmon

Lord with all
humility ,
and tears,
and trials
ton smbanton
mi
having befallen me
n
through
tes
the
pibules ton
plots
of the
185
iude-on
Jews.

20
how I did not shrink from declaring to you anything that proved profitable, and teaching you
publicly and from house to house,
os
how
udn
nothing
mon
ke
to you , and
21
pstelamen
have I kept back
didae
to teach
mtani-an
ke
repentance , and
kat
from
tu
me
of the not
anagle
to declare
ikus
house to house.
iude-is
to be Jewish
pistin
faith
es
toward
t
both
ton
the
ke
lesin ten es
and to Greeks
toward
krion
Lord
emon iesun
of us , Jesus
-on
God
riston
Christ.
"And now, behold, bound by the Spirit, I go on my way to Jerusalem, not knowing what will
happen to me there,
ke nn
And now,
idu
ddmnos go to
Behold, bound
I
in the
irusalem ta
Jerusalem, the things which
23
ke
and
smfronton
being profitable,
solemnly testifying to both Jews and Greeks of repentance toward God and faith in our Lord
Jesus Christ.
diamartromnos
earnestly testifying
22
mas
you
ton
of that
pnjumati porju-ome
spirit,
go
es
to
n avte snantesonat mi
me edos
in
it will happen
to me not knowing.
except that the Holy Spirit solemnly testifies to me in every city, saying that bonds and
afflictions await me.
plen
except
oti to onjuma to agion kata

polin diamartrte mi,
that the Spirit
Holy in every city fully testifies to me
lgon
saying
oti
that
dsma
chains
ke lipses
and tribulations
m mnusin
me await.
186

24
"But I do not consider my life of any account as dear to myself, so that I may finish my
course and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify solemnly of the
gospel of the grace of God.
udnos logu
pi-ome
not any account I make
al
But
tle-i-ose
to finish
kriu
Lord
tu
the
25
ton dromon
the course
mu
ke ten diakonian en
labon
para
of me , and the ministry that I received from
iesu
diamartrase
Jesus , to testify fully
to vanglion
the gospel
tes
aritos
of the grace
tu -u
of God.
nn
idu
go ida
oti
ukti
opsse
to
prosopon
now, Behold I
know that no more you will see the
face
mu
mes pants n
of me, you all,
among
is
whom
di-elon
I have gone about
krson
ten basle-an
proclaiming the kingdom.
"Therefore, I testify to you this day that I have innocence of the blood of all men.
dioti
Therefore
apo
from
27
mavto
os
to myself , so as
"And now, behold, I know that all of you, among whom I went about preaching the
kingdom, will no longer see my face.
ke
And
26
ten psen timian

my life
dear
martrome
I testify
tu
ematos
the blood
min
to you
n te semron emra oti

in
this
day , that
kaaros emi
innocent I [am]
panton
of all,
"For I did not shrink from declaring to you the whole purpose of God.
u
gar
pstelamen
tu me anangele
pasan ten bulen
not indeed, I shrunk back
not from proclaiming all
the resolved plan
tu -u
of God
min
to you.
187

28
"Stay on guard for yourselves and for all the flock, among which the Holy Spirit has made
you overseers, to shepherd the church of God which He purchased with His own blood.
prost
Take heed
autis
ke panti
to yourselves and to all
to pimno
the flock,
to onjuma to agion to
piskopus
the Spirit
oly has set overseers,
tu -u
of God,
29
en
which
Pripiesato
he purchased
oti
that
ten klesian
the
church
ematos tu idiu
blood the own.
mu
lki
of me, wolves
fedomni tu
pimi-u
sparing
the flock,
and from among your own selves men will arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away the
disciples after them.
out from
mon
your own
avton
anastesonte andrs lalunts
selves, will rise up
men speaking
distramna
tu apuspan
perverse thing
to draw away
31
dia tu
with
esljusonte
mta ten afiin
will come in after
the departure
bares
es
mas me
grevious , among you,
not
ke
and
pimenen
to shepherd
o
mas
which you
"I know that after my departure savage wolves will come in among you, not sparing the
flock;
go ida
I
know
30
n
among
tus maetas opiso auton

the disciples after them.
"Therefore remain on the alert, remembering that night and day for a period of three years I
did not cease to admonish each one with tears.
dio
Therefore
emran uk
day,
not
gregoret
mnemunju-onts
stay awake , remembering
oti
that
trirtian
nkta
three years, night
pavsamen mta dakron nuton

na kaston
I ceased
with tears
admonishing one each.
188
ke
and

32
"And now I commend you to God and to the word of His grace, which can build you up and
to give you the inheritance among all those who receive sanctification.
ke
ta nn
And
now
avtu
of him,
paratime mas to
I commit
you to
to dnamno ikodomese
of him
being able
egiasmnis
having been sanctified
33
tes
aritos
of the grace
dune ten kleronomian

n
tis
to give you an inheritance among those
ke
and
pasin
all.
rsi-u
gold
e
or
imatismu
clothing
udnos
of no one
pmesa
I covented.
"You yourselves know that these hands ministered to my own needs and to the men who
lived with me.
avti
ginoskt oti
tes
you yourselves k now
that the
mu
me,
35
ke
to
logo
and to the word
"I have coveted no one's silver or gold or clothes.
argri-u e
Silver
or
34
-o
God,
res
needs
mu
ke tis
usin
of me , and to those being
mt
with
pertesan
e ers
avte
ministered to the hands these.
"In everything I showed you that by working hard in this manner you must help the weak
and remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that He Himself said, 'We have more
blessings when we give than when we receive.'"
panta
I everything
pdea
min oti
I showed you, that
antilambanse ton
to aid
those
tu
of the
didone
to give
utos kopiontas
thus straining
asnunton
mnwmonju-en
being weak , to remember
kri-u iesu
Lord
Jesus
oti
how
avtos
he himself
de
it behooves [us]
t
ton logon
and also the words
epn markarion
said,
blessed
e
lambanen
than to receive.
189
stin
it is
malon
more

36
When he had said these things, he knelt down and prayed with them all.
ke
And
tavta
these things
epon
having said
es
ta gonata avtu sn pasin
having bowed the knee , with all them
prose-uto
he prayed.
37
And they began to weep aloud and embraced Paul, and repeatedly kissed him,
ikanos d
klavmos gnto
panton ke pipsonts
much moreover weeping
there was of all; and having fallen
traelon tu pavlu
katfilun
neck
of Paul , they kissed
38
pi
ton
upon the
avton
him,
grieving especially over the word which he had spoken, that they would not see his face
again. And they accompanied him to the ship.
odnomni malista
sorrowing most of all
mlusin
to
they are about the
pi to
for the
logo
o
word which
ereke
oti ukkti
he had spoken , that no more
prosopon avtu
oren propmpon
face
of him to see they accompanied
es to pli-on
to the ship.
190
d
avton
moreover him

Acts 21
Paul Sails from Miletus
1
When we had parted from them and had set sail, we ran a straight course to Cos and the next
day to Rhodes and from there to Patara;
os
d
gnto
after moreover it happened
judromesants
having run directly
kaken
and from there
2
anaene emas apospasntas

ap
avton
sailing
our, having drawn away from them
elomn es ten ko te d
es
es ten rodon
we came to
Cos
then [the] next [day] to
Rhodes,
es patara.
to Patara.
and having found a ship crossing over to Phoenicia, we went aboard and set sail.
ke
juronts
And having found
plion diapron
es finiken
pibants aneemn
a boat passing over into Phonecia having gone on board
aneemn
we set sail.
3
When we came in sight of Cyprus, leaving it on the left, we kept sailing to Syria and landed
at Tyre; for there the ship unloaded its cargo.
anafanants
having sighted
pl-omn
we sailed
d
moreover
ten krpron
Cyprus,
ke kataliponts
and having left
es srian ke katekomn es
to Syria , and landed
at
en apofortizomnon
was unloading
ton gomon
the cargo.
191
avten
it
ju-onmon
on the left
tron kes gar

to pli-on
Tyre. there indeed the ship

4
After looking up the disciples, we stayed there seven days; and they kept telling Paul through
the Spirit not to set foot in Jerusalem.
amjuronts
having sought out
itins to pavlo
who
Paul
5
d
then
tus maetas pmenamn avtu emras pta

the disciples , we remained there days
seven ;
lgon dia tu
pnjumatos me pibenen es irosolma
told
by the Spirit
not to go up to Jerusalem.
When our days there ended, we left and started on our journey, while they all, with wives and
children, escorted us until we were out of the city. After kneeling down on the beach and
praying, we said farewell to one another.
ot
when
d
moreover
porju-oma
we journeyed,
-os
as far as
gnto
it happened that
artise
emas tas emras lonts
completed our
days,
having set out
propmponton emas panton sn

gnei ke tknis
accompanying us
all
with
wives and children,
o
outside
tes
the
pol-os
city .
ke
And
nts
having bowed
ta
gonata
the knees
pi ton egialon prosjuamni

on the shore,
having prayed.
6
Then we went on board the ship, and they returned home again.
apespasama
alelus
ke
nbemn
es
to
having said farewell to one another. then we went up into the
keni d
they moreover
7
pstrpsan es ta idia
returned
to the own.
When we had finished the voyage from Tyre, we arrived at Ptolemais, and after greeting the
brethren, we stayed with them for a day.
emes d
we
moreover
es
at
pli-on
boat;
ton
the
ptolmeda
ke
Ptolemaida , and
mian par
one with
plun
diansants
apo
tru
katentesamn
voyage having completed from Tyre , arrived
aspasamni
having greeting
tus adlfus
the brothers ,
autis
them.
192
menamn emran
stayed
day

8
On the next day we left and came to Caesarea, and entering the house of Philip the evangelist,
who we acknowledged as one of the seven, we stayed with him.
d
moreover
te
on the
eslonts
having entered
pavrion lonts
eomn es
next day , have gone forth, we came to
es
ton ikon filipu
tu
into the house of Philippou the
ton pta menamn

the seven, we stayed
9
kesare-an ke
Ceasarea; and
juanglistu ontos k
evengelist, being of
par avto
with him.
Now this man had four virgin daughters who served as prophetesses.
tuto
d
esan
gatrs
tsars parni profetjuse
with this [man] moreover there were daughters four, virgins, prophesying.
10
As we stayed there for some days, a prophet named Agabus came down from Judea.
pimnonton d
emras ple-us
kateln
remaining
moreover days
many, came down
iude-as
Judea.
11
profetes
onomati
a prophet, named
agabos
agabus;
And coming to us, he took Paul's belt and bound his own feet and hands, and said, "The Holy
Spirit says: 'In this way the Jews at Jerusalem will bind the man who owns this belt and
deliver him into the hands of the Gentiles.'"
ke lon
and having come
desas
having bound
pros emas ke
to
us,
and
autu
of himself
tus
the
aras
having taken
podas ke tas
feet and and
lge
says
to
the
pnjuma to agion ton andra

Spirit
holy, The man
aute
this,
utos
desusin
n irusalem
thusly will bind in Jerusalem
es
into
tis
apo tes
a certain one from
eras
[the] hands
ten zonen tu pavlu

the belt
of Paul
eras epn
tad
hands he said, Thus
stin
of whom
is
the
non
of [the] Gentiles.
193
iude-i ke
Jews, and
the
zone
belt
paradususin
will deliver [him]

12
When we had heard this, we as well as the local residents began begging him not to go up to
Jerusalem.
os
d
when moreover
i
those
13
kusamn tavta
we heard these things
ntopi-i
of[the] place
tu me
not
anabenen avton
to go up him
es
to
ke
and
irusalem
Jerusalem.
Then Paul answered, "What do you do this for, weeping and breaking my heart? For I feel
ready not only for them to bind me, but even to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord
Jesus."
tot
apkrie o pavlos ,
then answered
Paul,
snrptonts mu ten kardian
breaking
my
heart?
ala
but
ke
also
kiu
Lord
14
parkalumn emes t
begged
we both
ti
What
pi-et
kle-onts ke
are you doing , weeping and
go gar
I indeed
u monon
not only
apoanen es irusalem timos

o
to die
at Jerusalem , readiness have ,
dene
to be bound
ypr tu
for the
iesu
Jesus.
And since he would not let himself become persuaded, we fell silent, remarking, "May the
will of the Lord take place!"
me peomnu
not being persuaded
kru
Lord
to
the
d
moreover
avtu esasamn
eponts
he , we were silent, having said
tu
of the
lema ginso
will
be done.
Paul at Jerusalem
15
After these days we got ready and started on our way up to Jerusalem.
mta d
after moreover
tas emras tavtas piskjuasamni

the days
these, having packed the baggage
es irosolma
to Jerusalem.
194
anbenomn
we went up

16
Some of the disciples from Caesarea also came with us, taking us to Mnason of Cyprus, a
disciple of long standing with whom we could lodge.
snelon d
ke
went
moreover also[some]
emin agonts
par
us,
bringing [one] with
o
whom
ton
maeton apo
kaisare-as
of the disciples from Ceasarea
sn
with
enisomn
mnasoni tini
we should lodge Mnason a certain,
kprio
are-o
maete
a Cypriot , an early disciple.
17
After we arrived in Jerusalem, the brethren received us gladly.
gnomnon
Having arrived
emas i
us
the
18
d
emon es irosolma asmnos
moreover
of our at, Jerusalem gladly
apdanto
received
adlfi
brothers.
And the following day Paul went in with us to James, and all the elders presented
themselves.
te
on the
d
pi-use
ese-e o pavlos sn emin pros
moreover following [day] , went in
Paul with us
to
pants
all
t
and
19
pargnonto i
arrived
the
iakobon
James,
prsbtri
elders.
After he had greeted them, he began to relate one by one the things which God had done
among the Gentiles through his ministry.
ke
aspasamnos
And having greeted
avtus egeto
ka n kaston on
them he related , by one each , the things
pi-esn
had done
n
tis
nesin
among the Gentiles
o -os
God
dia tes diakonias avtu

by the ministry
of him.
195

20
And when they heard it they began glorifying God; and they said to him, "You see, brother,
how many thousands there exist among the Jews of those who have believed, and they all
show zeal for the Law;
i
those
d
akusants
doazon ton -on
moreover having heard , glorified
God
epon
t
they said moreover
avto
-ores adlf
pose
mriads esin
n
tis
to him, You see, brother, how many myriads there are among the
iude-is
Jews
ton ppistjukoton
ke pants zelote
tu
nomu
having believed , and all
zealous ones for the law
parusin
are.
21
and they have received testimony about you, that you teach all the Jews who dwell among
the Gentiles to forsake Moses, telling them not to circumcise their children nor to walk
according to the customs.
kateeesan
d
pri
su
oti apostasian didaskes
they have have informed moreover concerning you, that apostasy
you teach ,
apo
from
mo-us-os tus
kata
Moses,
those among
pritmen
to circumcise
22
avtos ta
tkna
them the children,
med tis
nsin pripaten
nor in the customs to walk.
"What, then, can we do? They will certainly hear that you have come.
ti
What
23
ta ne
pantas oude-us lgon me
the Gentiles all
Jews , telling not
un
stin
then is it?
pantos
akusonte
certainly they will hear
oti
lelas
that you have come.
"Therefore do this that we tell you. We have four men who made a vow;
tuto un
pi-eson
This therefore do you
tsars juen
four, a vow
onts
having
si
lgomn esin
emin
andrs
that to you we say . these are with us
men
f auton
on themselves.
196

24
take them and purify yourself along with them, and pay their expenses so that they may
shave their heads; and all will know that no truth exists concerning the things which they
have heard about you, but that you yourself also walk orderly, keeping the Law.
tutus
paralabon
agniseti
these [men] having taken , be purified
avtis
ina
them, them
resonte
they will shave
gnosonte pants
will know
all
sn
avtis ke dapaneson
p
with them, and bear expense for
ten kfalen ke gnisonte

the head; and will know
oti
on
kateente
pri
su
that of which
they have been informed , about you
udn
stin ala sties
ke avtos
flason
nothing is but you walk also yourself keeping
25
ton nomon
the law.
"But concerning the Gentiles who have believed, we wrote, having decided that they should
abstain from meat sacrificed to idols and from blood and from what they strangle and
from fornication."
pri
d
ton
ppistjukoton
concerning moreover those having believed
pstelamn krinants
wrote , having adjudged
edoloton
ke
offered to idols , and
26
pants oti
all; and
ema
blood
non
emes
of the Gentiles , we
flasse
avtos to
t
to keep from them , the things moreover
ke
and
pnikton
ke
what is strangled , and
prone-an
sexual immorality.
Then Paul took the men, and the next day, purifying himself along with them, went into the
temple giving notice of the completion of the days of purification, until the sacrifice had
become offered for each one of them.
tot o pavlos paralabon

Then
Paul , having taken
tus andras
the men,
agnises
having been purified
es
into
ton
of the
e-se-e
entered
te
on the
to iron
the temple,
omne emra sn avtis

following day, with them
diaglon
declaring
ten kplerosin
the fulfillment
emron agnismu
-os u
prosene
pr nos kastu
days
purification , until that was offered for one each
avton
e
prosfora
of them the sacrifice.
197

Paul Seized in the Temple
27
When the seven days almost ended, the Jews from Asia, upon seeing him in the temple,
began to stir up all the crowd and laid hands on him,
os
d
mlon
when moreover were about
e pta emre sntlese

i
apo
the seven days
to be completed , the from
tes asias iude-i asamni

Asia Jews , having seen
avton
him
ton olon
ke pbalon p
the crowd , and laid
upon
28
n to
iro
sn-on panta
in the temple, stirred up all
avton
him
tas eras
the hands,
crying out, "Men of Israel, come to our aid! This man preaches to all men everywhere
against our people and the Law and this place; and besides he has even brought Greeks
into the temple and has defiled this holy place."
krazonts
andrs israelite
boeet utos stin o
anropos
crying out , Men , Israelites ,
help ! this is
the man
tu
the
t
ke lenas esegagn
and also Greeks he brought
kkinokn ton agion

defiled
the holy
29
kata
who, against
tutu pantas pantae

this. all
everywhere
la-u
ke tu nomu ke tu topu
people , and the law,
and the place
didaskon ti
teaching; besides
es to iron
ke
into the temple, and
topon tuton
place this.
For they had previously seen Trophimus the Ephesian in the city with him, and they
supposed that Paul had brought him into the temple.
esan
they were
gar
pro-orakots
trofimon
ton fsion
n te
indeed having previously seen Trophimus the Ephesian in the
pole sn avto on
nomizon
city with him , whom they supposed
oti
that
o pavlos
Paul.
198
es
into
to iron
esegagn
the temple had brought

30
Then all the city became provoked, and the people rushed together, and taking hold of Paul
they dragged him out of the temple, and immediately the shut the doors .
kinee
Was provoked
t
e polis ole
ke
and the city whole, and
la-u
ke pilabomni
people. and having laid hold
gnto sndrome
tu
there was a commotion of the
tu pavlu
elkon
avton o
tu
of Paul , they dragged him
outside the
iru
ke ju-os
klesesan e
temple , and immediately were shut the
re
doors.
31
While they sought to kill him, a report came up to the commander of the Roman cohort that
all Jerusalem had fallen into confusion.
zetunton
t
avton apoktene anbe
fasis
to
[while] they were seeking moreover him
to kill ,
there came a report to the
iliaro
commander
32
tes
of the
speres oti ole snnte

irusalem
cohort that all was in an uproar Jerrusalem;
At once he took along some soldiers and centurions and ran down to them; and when they
saw the commander and the soldiers, they stopped beating Paul.
os
autes paralabon
stratiotas ke katontaras
who at once , having taken with [him] soldiers and centurions
katdramn p
avtus i d idonts
ran down upon them.
and having seen
tus stratiotas pavsanto
the soldiers , they stopped
33
ton iliaron
the commander
ke
and
tptonts ton pavlon

beating
Paul.
Then the commander came up and took hold of him, and ordered them to bind him with two
chains; and he began asking his name and his reason for coming there.
tot gisas
o ilaros
plabto avtu ke
Then having drawn near the commander laid hold of him, and
kljusn
commanded [him]
ke
ti
and what
dene
halssi
dsi ke pnanto tis ele
to be bound with chains two, and inquired who he might be,
stin ppi-ekos
it is he has been doing.
199

34
But among the crowd some shouted one thing and some another, and when he could not find
out the facts because of the uproar, he ordered him to be brought into the barracks.
d
however,
ali
others
dnamnu
being able
alo
another[or]
d
moreover
orbon kljus
uproar, he ordered
ti
pfonun
n to olo
me
one thing , were crying out in the crowd. not
avtu gnone to asfals

dia
he to know the certainty on account of
ton
the
agse
avton es ten parmbolen
to be brought him into the barracks.
35
When he got to the stairs, the soldiers carried Paul because of the violence of the mob;
ot
d
when moreover
gnto pi tus anabamus snbe

he came to the stars ,
it happened
avton po ton stratiuton dia

he
by the soldiers , because of
36
olu
crowd.
for the multitude of the people kept following them, shouting, "Away with him!"
ekolue
followed
37
ten bian
tu
the violence of the
bastazse
was carried
gar
to
pleos
tu
la-u
krazonts ere
avton
indeed the multitude of the people, crying out, Away with him.
As they prepared to bring Paul into the barracks, he said to the commander, "May I say
something to you?" And he said, "Do you know Greek?
mlon
being about
t
moreover
lge to
says to the
iliaro
commander,
o
Who
esagse
to be brought
es
into
e stin
if Is it permitted
ten parmbolen ho pavlos

the barracks
Paul
mi
epen
ti
pros se
to me , to say something to
you?
d
fe
lenisti ginoskes
moreover said Greek
do you know?
200

38
"Then you dont seem to fit the description of the Egyptian who some time ago stirred up a
revolt and led the four thousand men of the Assassins out into the wilderness?"
uk ara s
Not then you
e o
egptios
are the Egyptian,
o
pro
tuton
who before these
ton
the
emron anastatosas
ke agagon
es
ten remon
tus
days , having led a revolt and having led out into the wilderness the
ttrakisili-us
four thousand
39
andras ton
sikarion
men
of the assassins?
But Paul said, "I identify myself as a Jew of Tarsus in Cilicia, a citizen of no insignificant
city; and I beg you, allow me to speak to the people."
epn
said
d
moreover
pavlos go anropos mn
emi iude-us
Paul , I
a man
indeed am a Jew
tarjus
tes kilikias
uk asemu
pol-os polites
dome
of Tarsus
of Cicilia , not [of an] insignificant
city
a citizen . I implore
d
su
pitrpson mi lalese
pros ton la-on
moreover you, allow
me to speak to the people.
40
When he had given him permission, Paul, standing on the stairs, motioned to the people with
his hand; and when there a great hush fell upon the crowds, he spoke to them in the
Hebrew dialect, saying,
pitrpsantos
d
avtu o pavlos stos
pi ton anabamon
having allowed [him] moreover he
Paul
standing on the stairs
katsesn
made a sign
te
eri
with the hand
to
la-o
to the people;
poles d
great moreover
siges
silence
gnomnes
prosfonesn
te
bredi
dialkto
lgon
having taken place , he spoke to [them] in the Hebrew language, saying,
201

Acts 22
Paul's Defense before the Jews
1
"Brethren and fathers, hear my defense which I now offer to you."
andrs adlfi
ke patrs akusat mu
Men , brothers, and fathers, hear
my
2
And when they heard that he addressed them in the Hebrew dialect, they became even more
quiet; and he said,
akusants
having heard
malon
even more
3
tes pros mas nni apologias

to you now defense .
d
moreover
parson
they became
oti te
bredi
that in the Hebrew
esian ke
quiet and
dialkto
language
prosfone
avtis
he was addressing them,
fesin
he says,
"I have Jewish heritage, born in Tarsus of Cilicia, but brought up in this city, educated under
Gamaliel, strictly according to the law of our fathers, having zeal for God just as you do
today.
go emi aner
iude-os ggnemnos n tarso tes
I am a man , a Jew , born
in Tarsus
anatramnos d
brought up
moreover
n te
in the
pole tavte para tus podas

city this
at the feet
gamaliel
ppedjumnos
of Gamaliel having been instructed
tu
of the
kaos
even as
patro-u
of our Fathers
pants mes
all
you
kilkias
of Cicilia
kata
according to [the]
akribe-an
exactness
nomu zelotes
paron tu -u
law a zealous one being the for God,
st semron
are this day;
202

4
"I persecuted this Way to the death, binding and putting both men and women into prisons,
os tavten ten odon

dioa
who this
Way persecuted
paradidus
betraying
5
es
to
ari
anatu
dsmju-on ke
as far as persecuted binding
and
flakas
andras t
prisons , men both
ke gnekas
and women
as also the high priest and all the Council of the elders can testify From them I also received
letters to the brethren, and started off for Damascus in order to bring even those who
lived there to Jerusalem as prisoners to suffer punishment.
os ke
as also
o
arirjus
the high priest
prsbtrion par
elderhood ; from
adlfus
brothers,
on
whom
es damaskon
to Damascus
martre
mi
bear witness to me
ke pan to
and all the
ke pistolas damnos
also letters,
having received
porju-omen aon
I went,
to bring
pros tus
to
the
ke tus
also those
kes
there
ontas ddmnus es irusalem ina

timoreosin
being, bound
to Jerusalem, in order that they might be punished.
6
"But it came to pass that as I moved on my way, approaching Damascus about noontime, a
very bright light suddenly flashed from heaven all around me,
gnto
it happened
d
moreover
damasko
pri
to Damascus, about
mi
porju-omno ke gizonti
to me journeying , and drawing near
msembrian efnes
noon ,
suddenly
priastrapse fos
hikanon pri
shone
a light great
around
7
k
out of
te
tu uranu
heaven
m
me.
and I fell to the ground and heard a voice saying to me, 'Saul, Saul, why do you persecute
Me?'
psa t
es to dafos
ke kusa fones
lguses
I fell moreover to the ground , and heard a voice saying
mi
sa-ul sa-ul
ti
m diokes
to me , Saul Saul , why me persecute you?
203

8
"And I answered, 'Whom do I talk to, Lord?' And He said to me, 'You know me as Jesus the
Nazarene, whom you persecute.'
go d
apkrien
I
moreover answered ,
tis
e
kri
epn
t
Who are you, Lord? he said moreover
m go emi iesus o nazore-os

me I am Jesus of Nazareth ,
9
pros
to
on
s
diokes
whom you are persecuting.
"And those who travelled with me saw the light, surely, but did not understand the voice of
the One who spoke to me.
i
those
d
sn
moreover with
d
however
10
mi onts to mn
fos
me being, the indeed light
asanto ten
beheld ; the
fonen uk ekusan
tu
taluntos
mi
voice, not did hear of him , speaking to me.
"And I said, 'What shall I do, Lord?' And the Lord said to me, 'Get up and go on into
Damascus, and there you someone will tell you of what I have appointed you to do.'
epon
I said
d
ti
pi-eso
kri o d
krios
epn
moreover, What shall I do , Lord?
and [the]Lord said
pros m anastas
porju-u es damaskon
kake
si
to
me, Having risen up
go
Damascus , and there you
laleeste
it will be told
11
pri
panton on
ttake
si pi-ese
concerning all things that it has been appointed you to do.
"But since I could not see because of the brightness of that light, someone led me by the
hand by those who accompanied me and came into Damascus.
os
since
d
uk
moreover not
eragogumnos
being led by the hand
nblpon apo tes does

tu
fotos
I could see from the brightness the light
po ton
snonton
mi elon es
by those being with me, I came to
204
kenu
of that,
damaskon
Damascus.

12
"A certain Ananias, a man who people considered devout by the standard of the Law, and
well spoken of by all the Jews who lived there,
ananias
Ananias
d
tis
aner
julabes
moreover certain, a man devout
martrumnos
borne witness to
13
po panton ton katikunton

iude-on
by all
the dwelling [there] Jews.
came to me, and standing near said to me, 'Brother Saul, receive your sight!' And at that very
time I looked up at him.
lon
having come
pros m ke
to me and
adlfe anablpson kago

brother, receive your sight.
14
kata
ton nomon
according to the law ,
pistas
having stood by [me]
avte te
And I same
ora
hour
epn mi
sa-ul
said to me , Saul
anblpsa es avton
looked up on him.
"And he said, 'The God of our fathers has appointed you to know His will and to see the
Righteous One and to hear an utterance from His mouth.
o d
moreover
epn
o -os
he said , The God
ton
patron emon proerisato
of the fathers of us
has appointed
s
gnone
to lema avtu
ke iden
ton dike-on
ke
you to know the will
of him , and to see the Righteous One , and
akuse
to hear
15
oti
for
fonen
k
[the]voice out of
tu
stomatos
the mouth
avtu
of him.
'For you will witness for Him to all men of what you have seen and heard.
se
marts
avto
pros pantas anropus on
you will be a witness for him to all
men,
of what
orakas
you have seen
ke
and
ekusas
heard.
205

16
'Now why do you delay? Get up and receive baptism, and wash away your sins, calling on
His name.'
ke nn ti
mles
anastas
baptise
ke apoluse
tas
And now why delay you? Having arisen, be baptized and wash way the
hamartias su
pikalsamnos
sins
of you having called on
17
"It happened when I returned to Jerusalem and prayed in the temple, that I fell into a trance,
gnto
It came to pass
prosjuomnu
praying
18
ke
and
d
mi
moreover to me ,
postrpsanti
es irusalem
having returned to Jerusalem ,
ke
and
mu
n to
iro
gnse me n
kstase
of my in the temple , fell
I
into a trance.
and I saw Him saying to me, 'Make haste, and get out of Jerusalem quickly, because they
will not accept your testimony about Me.'
iden avton lgonta mi
spjuson
ke l
n
tae
saw him saying to me, Make haste and go away with speed out of
irusalem
Jerusalem,
19
to
onoma avtu
the name
of him.
dioti
because
u
not
paradonte
su martrian
pri
mu
they will receive your testimony concerning me.
"And I said, 'Lord, they themselves understand that in one synagogue after another I used to
imprison and beat those who believed in You.
kago epon kri auti

pistante oti go emen flakizon
And I said, Lord they themselves known that I
was
imprisoning
ke dron
kata
and beating, in each
tas
snagogas
tus
pistju-ontas
of those synagogues, those believing
206
pi
on
s
you.

20
'And when the blood of Your witness Stephen had become shed, I also stood by approving,
and watching out for the coats of those who slayed him.'
ke ot
nto
to ema stfanu
tu martros su
ke
and when was poured out the blood of Stephen, the witness of you, also
avtos
emen fstos
ke snjudokon
ke flason
I myself was
standing by , and consenting , and watching over
imatia
garments
21
ton
of those
ta
the
anerunton avton
killing
him.
"And He said to me, 'Go! For I will send you far away to the Gentiles.'"
ke epn
pros m
porju-u oti go es ne
makran apostlo s
And he said to me, Go,
for I
to Gentiles afar off will send you.
22
They listened to him up to this statement, and then they raised their voices and said, "Away
with such a fellow from the earth, for we should not allow him to live!"
ku-on
they heard
d
avtu ari tutu tu logu
ke
moreover him until this
word and
peran
ten
they lifted up the
fonen avton
lgonts ere
apo
tes
ges ton ti-uton
voice of them, saying, away with from the earth, the
such
u
not
23
gar
indeed
kaekn avton zen

it is fit
he
to live!
And as they cried out and throwing off their cloaks and tossing dust into the air,
kravgazonton
were crying out
t
avton ke riptunton ta imatia
ke
moreover they , and casting off the garments , and
koniorton balonton es
dust
throwing into
ton era
the air.
207

24
the commander ordered the soldiers to bring him into the barracks, stating that he should
receive scourging so that he might find out the reason why they had shouted against him
that way.
kljusn o iliaros
esagse
ordered the commander to be brought
epas
mastiin
having directed by flogging
ten parmbolen
the barracks
avton es
him
into
antazse
to be examined
avton
him ,
ina
that
pigno
he might know
di en
etian utos
pfonun
avto
for what cause like this they cried out against him.
25
But when they stretched him out with thongs, Paul said to the centurion who stood by, "Do
you feel it lawful for you to scourge a man who has Roman citizenship and
uncondemned?"
os d
pro-tenan
avton tis
imasin epn pros ton
as moreover he stretched forward
him with the whips , said to
the
stota
standing by
katontaron o pavlos
centurion
Paul,
akatakriton
stin
uncondemned , it is lawful
min
to you
e anropon
if A man
rome-on ke
a Roman and
mastizen
to flog?
26
When the centurion heard this, he went to the commander and told him, saying, "What
makes you think you can do what you do? For this man has Roman citizenship."
akusas
having heard [it]
d
o
katontares proslon
to
iliaro
moreover the centurion,
having gone to the commander
apengeln
he reported [it],
lgon
saying,
ti
mles
pi-en
o
what are you about to do?
utos rome-os stin

this a Roman is.
208
gar
anropos
indeed man

27
The commander came and said to him, "Tell me, do you have Roman citizenship?" And he
said, "Yes."
proslon
having come up
rome-os
a Roman
28
d
moreover,
o
iliaros
epn
the commander said
e
o d
fe
ne
are?
moreover he said , Yes.
The commander answered, "I acquired this citizenship with a large sum of money." And
Paul said, "But I actually received this citizenship through birth."
apkrie
answered
d
moreover
o
the
ilaros
commander,
go poluv
kfale-u ten
I with a great sum
the
polite-an
tavten ktesamen o d pavlos fe go
citizenship
this
bought
but Paul said I
29
d
ke
ggneme
however also was [free] born.
Therefore those who readied themselves to examine him immediately let go of him; and the
commander also felt fear when he found out that he Roman citizenship, and because he
had put him in chains.
ju-os
un
immediately therefore
apstesan ap
avtu
departed from him
antazen
ke o ilaros
d
to examine , and the commander moreover
oti rome-os stin
that a Roman he is ,
30
avto
lg mi s
to him, Tell me, you
i
mlonts
avton
those being about him
fobee
pignus
was afraid, having ascertained
ke oti
avton en
ddkos
and because him
he was binding.
But on the next day, wishing to know for certain why he had received accusation by the
Jews, he released him and ordered the chief priests and all the Council to assemble, and
brought Paul down and set him before them.
te
on the
d
moreover
bulomnos gnome to asfals

to ti
desiring
to know
for certain , the why
pavrion
next day,
kategorete
po ton iude-on
he is accused by the Jews ,
snlen
tus arires
to assemble the chief priests
lsn avton
he unbound him
ke
and
ton pavlon stesn

es
Paul, he set[him] among
pan to
all the
avtus
them.
209
ke lljusn
and commanded
sndrion ke katagagon
council and having brought down

Acts 23
Paul before the Council
1
Paul, looking intently at the Council, said, "Brethren, I have lived my life with a perfectly
good conscience before God up to this day."
atnisas
having looked intently
d
moreover
o pavlos to
sndrio
Paul at the Council,
adlfi
brothers,
snedese
conscience
agae ppolitjume
to
good , have lived as a citizen
-o
to God
2
go pase
I
in all
epn
said,
andrs
Men,
ari tautes tes emras

unto this
day.
The high priest Ananias commanded those standing beside him to strike him on the mouth.
o d
arirjus
now [the] high priest
ananias ptan
tis
parstosin
avto
Ananias commanded those standing by him
tpten
avtu to stoma
to strike his
mouth.
3
Then Paul said to him, "God will strike you, you whitewashed wall! Do you sit to try me
according to the Law, and in violation of the Law order someone to strike me ?"
tot o pavlos pros avton epn tpten

s
mle
o
Then Paul
to him said , To strike you is about
kkoniamn
whitewashed!
ke s
kae
And you , do you sit
-os ti
God , wall
krinon
me kata
judging me according to
ton
the
nomon ke paranomon
klju-es
m tptse
law , and violating law , command me to be struck?
4
But the bystanders said, "Do you revile God's high priest?"
i
those who
d
moreover
parstots epan ton arira

tu -u
stood by said , The high priest
of God
210
lidores
insult you?

5
And Paul said, "I did not know, brethren, that he served as high priest; for the scriptures say,
'YOU SHALL NOT SPEAK EVIL OF A RULER OF YOUR PEOPLE.'"
fe
said
t
o pavlos uk
moreover
Paul, not
ggrapte
it has been written
res
you will speak
6
gar
indeed,
oti
aronta tu
la-u
su
uk
that A ruler of the people of you, not
kakos
evil [of].
d
moreover
o pavlos oti to n
Paul, that the one
saduke-on
to d
of Sadducees,
however
sndrio
Council
tron
[the] other
ke
and
mros stin
part
consists
farise-on
of Pharisees,
andrs adlfi
go farise-os
Men, brothers, I
a Pharisee
pri
lpidos
concerning [the] hope
krazn
n to
cried out in the
emi i-os
am, [the] son
anastas-os nkron
resurrection of [the]
go
I
farise-on
of a Pharisee;
krinome
am judged.
As he said this, there occurred a dissension between the Pharisees and Sadducees, and the
assembly became divided.
tuto d
so
moreover
farise-on
Pharisees
8
stin arirjus
he is a high priest ;
But perceiving that one group consisted of Sadducees and the other Pharisees, Paul began
crying out in the Council, "Brethren, I belong to the Pharisees, a son of Pharisees; people
have placed me on trial for the hope and resurrection of the dead!"
gnus
having known
eden
adlfi
oti
I was aware brothers , that
autu laluntos
gnto
he says [this] , arose
ke saduke-on
and Sadducees,
ke
and
stasis
ton
a dissension between the
sise
was divided
to pleos
the multitude.
For the Sadducees say that no resurrection exists, nor an angel, nor a spirit, but the Pharisees
acknowledge them all.
saduke-i
Sadducees
met
nor
mn
even
pnjuma
spirit
gar
indeed
lgusin me ene
say
no there is
farise-i
d
Pharisees however
anastasin
met aglon
resurrection, nor angel
omologusin ta amfotra
acknowledge
both.
211

9
And there occurred a great uproar; and some of the scribes of the Pharisaic party stood up and
began to argue heatedly, saying, "We find nothing wrong with this man; suppose a spirit
or an angel has spoken to him?"
gnto d
arose moreover
kravge
mgale ke
a clamor great , and
anastants
having risen up
gramat-on tu
scribes
of the
mrus ton
farise-on
party of the Pharisees,
tins
some
ton
the
dmaonto
they were contending,
lgonts udn
kakon juriskomn n to anropo tuto e
saying, Nothing evil
we find
in the man
this. What
d
pnjuma lalesn
moreover in spirit has spoken
10
auto
to him
e aglos
or an angel?
me -omaomn
not let us fight against God.
And as a great dissension developed, the commander feared they would tear Paul to pieces
and ordered the troops to go down and take him away from them by force, and bring him
into the barracks.
poles d
ginomnes stas-os
fobees
o iliaros
me
great moreover arising
dissesion , having feared the commander, lest
diaspase
should be torn in pieces
o pavlos p avton kljusn

Paul by them , commanded
to stratjuma
the troop
kataban
arpase
avton k
msu avton
agen
having gone down , to take by force him from midst of them, to bring [him]
es
into
11
ten parmbolen
the barracks.
But on the night immediately following, the Lord stood at his side and said, "Take courage;
for as you have solemnly witnessed to My cause at Jerusalem, so you must witness at
Rome also."
te d
pi-use
nkti pistas
autu o krios epn
however [the] following night, having stood by him, the Lord
said
arse
Take courage,
os gar
dimartro
ta pri
mu
as indeed you have fully testified
about me
irusalem uto s
Jerusalem, so you
de
must
ke es romen martrese
also at Rome testify.
212
es
at

A Conspiracy to Kill Paul
12
When it had become day, the Jews formed a conspiracy and bound themselves under an
oath, saying that they would neither eat nor drink until they had killed Paul.
gnomnes
when it was
d
moreover
anmatisan
put under an oath
emras pi-esants
sstrofen
i
iude-i
day
having made a conspiracy , the Jews
autus
lgonts
themselves , declaring
met
neither
fagen
met pi-en
to eat , nor to drink
u
apoktenisin
ton pavlon
that they should kill
Paul.
13
More than forty conspired in this plot.
esan
d
ple-us
there were moreover more than
tsrakonta i tavten ten snomosian

forty
, this
conspiracy
pi-esamni
having made,
14
They came to the chief priests and the elders and said, "We have bound ourselves under a
solemn oath to taste nothing until we have killed Paul.
itns proslonts tis

arirjusin
who, having come to the chief priests
anmatisamn autus
we have bound ourselves
ke tis
and the
mednos gjusae -os

nothing to eat, until
pavlon
Paul.
213
prsbtris epan
elders, said
u
apoktenomn ton
that we should kill

15
"Now therefore, you and the Council notify the commander to bring him down to you, as
though you had determined to investigate this case more thoroughly; and we for our part
intend to slay him before he comes near the place."
nn un
Now therefore
mes mfanisat
you , make a report
sndrio opos
Council, so that
d
moreover
16
katagage
avton es mas os mlontos
he might bring down him to you, as being about
akribstron
more earnestly
diaginosken
to examine
to
ilaro
sn
to
to the commander along with the
ta
the things
tu , gise
avton
drawing near, his
pri
avtu
concerning him;
timi
ready
emes
we
smn tu anlen avton

are
to kill him.
But the son of Paul's sister heard of their ambush, and he came and entered the barracks and
told Paul.
akusas d
having heard
o ios
the son
tes
adlfes pavlu
ten
of the sister of Paul, ten
ndran paragnomnos
ambush, having come near
ke eslon
es ten parmbolen apengeln
to pavlo
and having entered into the barracks,
he reported [it]
to Paul.
17
Paul called one of the centurions to him and said, "Lead this young man to the commander,
for he has something to report to him."
proskalsamnos
d
o pavlos na
ton
katontaron
having called to [him] moreover
Paul one of the centurions
ton nanian
tuton agap pros ton ilaron
e
gar
the young man this
take
to the commander; he has for
ti
avto
something to him.
214
fe
said
apagele
for

18
So he took him and led him to the commander and said, "Paul the prisoner called me to him
and asked me to lead this young man to you since he has something to tell you."
o
mn
un
the [one] indeed therefore
paralabon
avton egagn
pros ton
having taken him, brought [him] to the
iliaron
ke
commander, and
o dsmios pavlos proskalsamnos me

The prisoner Paul
having called to me,
fesin
he says ,
erotesn
tuton ton naniskon
agagen s
onta
ti
asked [me] this
young man to lead you something something
lalese si
to say to you.
19
The commander took him by the hand and stepping aside, began to inquire of him privately,
"What do you have to report to me?"
pilabomnos
having taken hold
d
tes eros avtu
o
iliaros
moreover the hand of him the commander,
anaoresas
kat
having withdrawn in
apagele
to report
20
idian
pnanto
private, inquired,
ke
and
ti
stin o
es
What is it that you have
mi
to me?
And he said, "The Jews have agreed to ask you to bring Paul down tomorrow to the Council,
as though they intended to inquire somewhat more thoroughly about him.
epn
he said
d
oti i
iude-i snnto
then,
The Jews have agreed
ton pavlon katagages

Paul,
you might bring down
ti
akribstron
something more earnestly
tu rotese s
opos avrion
to ask you, that tomorrow
es
to sndrion os mlon
into the Council, as being about
pnanse pri
avtu
to inquire concerning him.
215

21
"So do not listen to them, for more than forty of them lie in wait for him who have bound
themselves under a curse not to eat or drink until they slay him; and now they have made
themselves ready, waiting for the promise from you."
u
un
me peses
You therefore not be persuaded
avton andrs ple-us
of them men more than
avtis
ndrju-usin gar
avton
by them. lie in wait
indeed , for him,
tsrakonta itins anmatisan

forty,
who have put under an oath
autus
met fagen met pi-en
-os u
themselves, neither to eat not to drink , until that
ke nn esin
and; now they are
anlosin
avton
they have killed him;
timi prosdomni ten apo su paglian

ready, awaiting
the from you promise.
22
So the commander let the young man go, instructing him, "Tell no one that you have notified
me of these things."
o mn
indeed
un
therefore
iliasos
apls
ton nariskov
[the] commander dismissed the young man,
paragelas
medni
having instructed [him] , to no one
klalese oti
to utter that
tavta
nfanisas
these things you have reported
pros m
to
me.
Paul Moved to Caesarea
23
And he called to him two of the centurions and said, "Get two hundred soldiers ready by the
third hour of the night to proceed to Caesarea, with seventy horsemen and two hundred
spearmen."
ke proskalsamnos
tinas
do ton
katontaron epn
And having called to [him] certain two of the centurions,
he said ,
timasat stratiotas dakosi-us
opos porjuosin
Prepare soldiers
two hundred, that they might go
ke
and
ipes
horsemen
trites
the third
bdomkonta ke
seventy,
and
oras
tes
hour of the
diolabus
spearmen
nktos
night.
216
-os
kesare-as
as far as Ceasarea
diakosius
two hundred
apo
for

24
They also provided mounts to put Paul on and bring him safely to Felix the governor.
ktene
mounts
t
moreover
parastese
ina pibubasants ton pavlon
to provide, that having set
Paul,
diasososi
pros felika ton egmona
they might bring [him] safely to
Felix the governor,
25
And he wrote a letter having this form:
grapsas
having written
26
"Claudius Lysias, to the most excellent governor Felix, greetings.
klaudios
Claudios
27
pistolen usan ton tpon tuton

a letter , having the form this:
lsias
Lysias,
to
to the
kratisto
most excellent
"When the Jews arrested this man, intending to kill him, I came up to them with the troops
and rescued him, having learned that he had Roman citizenship.
ton andra tuton slemfnta

the man This, having been sized
mlonta
aneree
being about to be killed
strajumati elamen
troop,
I rescued [him],
28
egmoni feleliki eren

governor Felix , greetings.
p
by
po ton iude-on ke
by the Jews,
and
avton pistas
them , having come up
sn
with
to
the
maon
oti rome-os stin
having learned that a Roman he is.
"And wanting to ascertain the charge for which they accused him, I brought him down to
their Council;
bulomnos t
pignone ten etian
di
resolving moreover to know the charge on account of
nkalun
they accused
avto
him,
kategagon
I brought [him] down
en
which
es to sndrion avton
to the council of them,
217

29
and I found them accusing him over questions about their Law, but under no accusation
deserving death or imprisonment.
on
whom
juron
nkalumnon
I found being accused
medn d
no
however
30
aion
worthy
pri
concerning
zetematon
questions
tu
of the
anatu e dsmon
onta
of death or of chains . having
nomu avton
law
of them;
nklema
accusation.
"When I received information that they had plotted against the man, I sent him to you at
once, also instructing his accusers to bring charges against him before you."
meneses
it having been disclosed
sse
to be [carried out]
d
mi
pibules
moreover to me of a plot
es
against
ton andra
the man
avtes pmpsa pros s paragelas

ke tis
at once I sent[him] to you, having instructed also the
kategoris lgen
ta
pros
avton
accusers to speak these things against him
pi
before
su
you
31
So the soldiers, in accordance with their orders, took Paul and brought him by night to
Antipatris.
i mn
un
stratiote
kata
to
diattamnon
indeed Therefore [the] soldiers , according to that having been ordered
autis analabonts ton pavlon egagon
dia nktos es ten antioatrida
them, having taken
Paul, brought[him] by night to
Antipatris.
32
But the next day, leaving the horsemen to go on with him, they returned to the barracks.
te
on the
d
moreover
avto pstrpsan
him, they returned
pavrion asants
tus ipes
aprse sn
next day , having allowed the horsemen to go
with
es ten parmbolen
to the barracks.
218

33
When these had come to Caesarea and delivered the letter to the governor, they also
presented Paul to him.
itins eslonts
Who having entered
es ten kesare-an
into
Ceasarea ,
to egmoni to
egmoni
letter
to the governor
ke anadonts
ten pistolen
and having delivered the letter
parstesan ke
presented also
ton pavlon
Paul
avto
to him.
34
When he had read it, he asked from what province he came from, and when he learned that
he resided in Cilicia,
anagnus
having read [it]
d
ke protesas
k pi-as apare-as stin
moreover, and having asked of what province he is,
ke pomnos
and having learned
35
oti
that
apo
from
kilikias
Cilicia [he is],
he said, "I will give you a hearing after your accusers arrive also," giving orders for him to
remain in Herod's Praetorium.
diakusome
su
fe
otan ke i
kategori su
I will hear fully you, he said, when also the accusers
of you
paragnote
kljusas
n to pretorio
tu erodu
should have arrived , having commanded in the praetorium
of Herod
flasese
to be guarded
avton
him.
219

Acts 24
Paul before Felix
1
After five days the high priest Ananias came down with some elders, with an attorney named
Tertullus, and they brought charges to the governor against Paul.
mta d
after moreover
pnt
five
emras katbe
days, came down
o arirjus
the high priest
mta prsbtron tinon

ke retoros
trtlu
with elders
some, and an orator Tertyllou
to
egmoni kata
to the governor against
2
tinos
a certain
ananias
Ananias,
itins
made a representation
tu pavlu
Paul.
After Paul had received his summons, Tertullus began to accuse him, saying to the governor,
"Since we have through you attained much peace, and since you carry out reforms for
this nation,
klentos
d
avtu
erato kategoren
o trtlos
Having been called on his, began to accuse [him]
Tertullus ,
lgon poles erenes tnanonts
saying, Great peace we are obtaining
dia
su
ke
through you, and
dioromaton
ginomnon
to
ne tuto dia
tes ses
excellent measures are being done to the nation this through
your
proni-as
foresight,
3
we acknowledge this in every way and everywhere, most excellent Felix, with all
thankfulness.
pante t
always both
ke pantau
apodoma
kratist
feli mta
and everywhere, we gladly accept [it], most excellent Felix, with
pases juaristias
all
thankfulness.
220

4
"But, that I may not weary you any further, I beg you to grant us, by your kindness, a brief
hearing.
ina
that
d
me pi ple-on
however not to any longer
akuse
to hear
5
s
you
s
you
nkopto
I should not be a hindrance
parakalo
I implore
emon sntomos te se
pike-a
us
briefly ,
[in] your kindness.
"For we have found this man a real pest and a fellow who stirs up dissension among all the
Jews throughout the world, and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes.
juronts
gar ton andra tuton limon ke kinunta
Having found for the man this
a pest , and stirring
stases
insurrection
pasin
tis iude-is tis kata ten ikumnen protostaten t
among all the Jews
in
the world
a leader
moreover
tes
ton nazore-on
of the
Nazarenes
6
ersos
sect;
"And he even tried to desecrate the temple; and then we arrested him. [We wanted to judge
him according to our own Law.
os
ke to iron
perasn
who even the temple attempted
ke
kata
and according to
7
bbelose
on
ke kratesamn
to profane, whom also we seized .
ton emtron nomon elesamn krinen

our
law wished
to judge.
"But Lysias the commander came along, and with much violence took him out of our hands,
parlon
having come up
k
out of
d
however
lsias o
iliaros
mta poles bias
Lysias , the comander, with great force,
ton eron emon apegag

the hands of us took [him] away,
221

8
ordering his accusers to come before you.] By examining him yourself concerning all these
matters you will ascertain the things of which we accuse him."
kljusas
Commanding
tus kategorus autu

rse
pi s
par
the accusers of him to come to you; from
u
dnese
him you will be able
avtos
anakrinas
pri
panton tuton
yourself, having examined [him] concerning all
these things,
u
him
dnese
avtos
anakrinas
pri
panton tuton
you will be able yourself, having examined [him] concerning all
these things,
pignone on
emes kategorumn
to know of which we accuse
9
autu
him.
The Jews also joined in the attack, asserting that these things proved accurate.
snpnto d
agreed
moreover
ke
also
i
the
iude-i
Jews,
faskonts tauta
utos en
declaring these things so to be.
10
When the governor had nodded for him to speak, Paul responded: "Knowing that for many
years you have judged this nation, I cheerfully make my defense,
apkrie t
answered moreover
o pavlos njusantos
Paul , having made a sign
avto
tu
to him the
egmonos
governor
lgen
k polon ton
onta
s kriten to
ne tuto pistamnos
to speak, For many years , as being you judge to the nation this , knowing
jumos
cheerfully [as to]
11
ta
the things
pri
concerning
mavtu
myself
apologume
I make a defense.
since you can take note of the fact that no more than twelve days ago I went up to Jerusalem
to worship.
dnamnu
Being able
dodka
twelve,
su
pignone oti
you to know
that
u
not
ple-us
esin
mi
more than there are to me
af
es
anben
proskneson es irusalem
from which I went up
to worship in Jerusalem.
222
emre
days

12
ke
and
"Neither in the temple, nor in the synagogues, nor in the city itself did they find me carrying
on a discussion with anyone or causing a riot.
ut
neither
n to iro
juron
in the temple did they find
pistasin
pi-unta
a tumultous gathering making
e
or
m
me
pros tina
dialgomnon
with anyone reasoning,
olu
ut
n
of a crowd, neither in
tes snagoges
the synagogues,
ut kata ten polin

nor in
the city.
13
"Nor can they prove to you the charges of which they now accuse me.
ud parastese dnante
nor to prove are they able
kategorusin
they accuse
14
si
to you,
pri
concerning
on
nni
[the things] of which now
mu
me.
"But this I admit to you, that according to the Way which they call a sect I do serve the God
of our fathers, believing everything that accords with the Law that the Prophets write;
omologo d
tuto si
oti
I confess however this to you that
kata
ten odon en
according to the Way which
lgusin
they call
patro-o
-o pistju-on
of our Fathers God, believing
ersin
a sect,
utos latrju-o
so
I serve
pasi
tis kata
all things
throughout
lo
the
ton nomon ke
the law,
and
tis
n tis profetes
that in the prophets,
ggramnis
have been written.
15
having a hope in God, which these men cherish themselves, that there shall certainly come a
resurrection of both the righteous and the wicked.
lpida on
a hope having
es ton -on en
ke
auti
uti
prosdonte
in
God , which also they themselves await
anastasin
[that] a resurrection
mlen
there is about
sse dike-on
to be , of [the] just
223
t
ke adikon
both and of [the] unjust.

16
"In view of this, I also do my best to maintain always a blameless conscience both before
God and before men.
n tuto
in this
ke
also
ton -on
God
17
autos
asko
aproskopon
snedesin
en
pros
I myself exercise, without offense a conscience to have toward
ke tus anropus
and
men
,
dia
continually
pantos
everything.
"Now after several years I came to bring alms to my nation and to present offerings;
di
ton
d
ple-onon l-emosnas pieson es to nos mu
after years moreover many , alms
to bring to the nation of me,
pargnomen ke prosforas
I arrived,
and offerings.
18
in which they found me occupied in the temple, having received purification, without any
crowd or uproar. But there came in some Jews from Asia
n
es
during which
juron
they found
mta orbu tins

in
tumult . who
19
d
apo tes asias
however from
Asia
iude-i
[some] Jews.
who ought to have presented themselves before you and to make accusation, if they should
have anything against me.
us
de
who ought
i-en
they may have
20
m egnismnon n to iro
u mta olu
me purified
in the temple , not with nor
pi
before
su
you
parene
ke kategoren
to appear and to make accusation,
e ti
if anything
pros
m
against me.
"Or else let these men themselves tell what misdeed they found when I stood before the
Council,
e auti
uti
or themselves else
mu
in me
pi
tu
before the
epatosan
ti
juron
let them say, any they found
sndriu
Council.
224
adikema
stantos
unrighteousness, having stood

21
other than for this one statement which I shouted out while standing among them, 'For the
resurrection of the dead I have become placed on trial before you today.'"
e
pri
[other] than concerning
stos
standing
mias tavtes fones es

kkraa
one this , which which I cried out
pri
anastas-os
concerning [the] resurrection
oti
:
n
among
avtis
them
nkron
go krimone
of [the] dead I
am judged
semron f mon
this day by you.
22
But Felix, having a more exact knowledge about the Way, put them off, saying, "When
Lysias the commander comes down, I will decide your case."
anbalto
he put off
ta
the things
iliaras
commander
23
d
avtus o feli akribstron
moreover them
Felix, more precisely
pri
concerning
Then he gave orders to the centurion for him to remain in custody and yet have some
freedom, and not to prevent any of his friends from ministering to him.
ansin ke
ease, and
to katontare
the centurion
medna kol-en
not
to forbid
ton
the
terese auton en
to keep him, to [let him] have
idion avtu
own of him
t
moreover
perten
avto
to minister to him.
But some days later Felix arrived with Drusilla, his wife who had Jewish ancestry, and sent
for Paul and heard him speak about faith in Christ Jesus.
mta d
after moreover
te
the
tes odu epas

otan lsias
o
the Way , having said , When Lysias the
katabe
diagnosme
ta
ka mas
might have come down I will examine the things as to you.
diataamnos
having commanded
24
edos
having knowledge of
emras tinas paragnomnos o feli sn drusila

days
some , having arrived
Felix with Drusilla,
idia gneki use

own wife being
ekusn avtu pri

heard him concerning
iude-a mtpmpsato
a Jewess , sent for
tes riston
the Christ
es ton pavlon
in
Paul,
iesun piste-os
Jesus faith.
225
ke
and

25
But as he discussed righteousness, self-control and the judgment to come, Felix became
frightened and said, "Go away for the present, and when I find time I will summon you."
dialgomnu d
reasoning
moreover
ke tu
and the
apkrie
answered,
krimatos
judgment;
26
tu mlontos
coming
nn
on
present being
to
for the
mtalabon
having found
avtu pri
dike-osnes
ke nkrate-as
he concerning righteousness , and self-control
mtakalsome
I will call for
mfobos
frightened
gnomnos
having become
o feli
Felix
porju-u keron
d mtalabon
go away; opportunity moreover
s
you.
At the same time too, he hoped that Paul would give him money; therefore he also used to
send for him quite often and converse with him.
ama
ke
lpizon
oti remata doeste
avto po tu
at the same time also, he is hoping that riches
will be given him by
pavlu dio
ke pknotron avton
Paul, therefore also often
him
27
But after two years had passed, Felix became replaced by Porcius Festus, and wishing to do
the Jews a favor, Felix left Paul imprisoned.
ditias
d
two years moreover
o
mtapmpomnos omile
avto
sending for
he talked with him.
pleroeses
labn
having been completed , received [as]
diadoon
successor
feli
porkion feston lon
t
arita katase
Felix, Porcius Festus; wishing moreover favors to acquire for himself
tis
with the
iude-is
Jews
o feli katlip ton pavlon ddmnon

Felix
left
Paul imprisoned.
226

Acts 25
Paul before Festus
1
Festus then, having arrived in the province, three days later went up to Jerusalem from
Caesarea.
festos
Festus
anbe
went up
2
un
pibas
te
therefore having arrived into the
pare-a mta tres emras

province after three days
es irosolma apo kesare-as

to Jerusalem from Ceasarea.
And the chief priests and the leading men of the Jews brought charges against Paul, and they
urged him,
nfanisan
t
avto i
Made a presentation before moreover him , the
arires
ke i proti
chief priests and the chiefs
ton
iude-on kata
tu paulu ke parkalun avton
of the Jews ,
against
Paul , and begged
him.
3
requesting a concession against Paul, that he might have him brought to Jerusalem (at the
same time, setting an ambush to kill him on the way).
etumni arin
kat
autu opos mtapmpsete
avton es irusalem
asking a favor against him that he would summon him
to Jerusalem
ndran
an ambush
4
pi-unts anlen avton kata ten odon

forming, to kill him on the way.
Festus then answered that Paul would remain in custody at Caesarea and that he himself
intended to leave shortly.
o mn un
indeed Therefore
avton
he himself
festos apkrie
terese
ton pavlon es kesare-an
Festus answered, is to be kept
Paul
in Ceasarea
d
moreover
mlen
is about
n tae
in quickness
227
kporju-se
to set out.

5
"Therefore," he said, "let the influential men among you go there with me, and if there proves
anything wrong about the man, let them prosecute him."
i
Those
un
therefore
ti
anything
6
stin
there is
n
among
ymin fesin
dnati
snkatabants
e
you, he says , in power having gone down too , if
n to andri atopon kategoretosan

in the man
wrong , let them accuse
After he had spent not more than eight or ten days among them, he went down to Caesarea,
and on the next day he took his seat on the tribunal and ordered Paul brought.
daiatripsas
having spent
d
moreover
katabas
having gone down
n
autis emras u ple-us
okto e
among them days , not more than eight or
es kesae-an
to Ceasarea ,
bematos
kljusn
judgment seat, he commanded
7
dka
ten,
te
pavrion kaisas
pi tu
on the next day having sat on the
ton pavlon aene
Paul
to be brought.
After Paul arrived, the Jews who had come down from Jerusalem stood around him, bringing
many and serious charges against him which they could not prove,
paragnomnu
having arrived
d
moreover
avtu pristesan
avton i
apo
he , stood around him those from
irosolmon katabbekots
Jerusalem
having come down
katafronts
bringing ,
8
avto
him.
iude-i pola ke bara

atitiomata
Jews , many and weighty charges
a
uk ison
which not they were able
apodee
to prove.
while Paul said in his own defense, "I have committed no offense either against the Law of
the Jews or against the temple or against Caesar."
tu pavlu apologumnu
oti ut
es
ton nomon ton
iude-on
Paul making his defense
: Neither against the law
of the Jews
ut
nor
es
against
to iron
ut es
the temple , nor against
kesara ti
emarton
Ceasar [in] anything have I sinned.
228

9
But Festus, wishing to do the Jews a favor, answered Paul and said, "Will you go up to
Jerusalem and stand trial before me on these charges?"
o fesztos d
e-on
tis
iude-is arin katase
Festus however , wishing with the Jews
favor to acquire,
apokries
answering
to pavlo epn les

es irosolma anabas
Paul , said, Are you willing to Jerusalem, having gone up,
ke
pri
tuton
kriene
p
mu
there concerning these things to be judged before me?
10
But Paul said, "I stand before Caesar's tribunal, where I ought have trial. I have done no
wrong to the Jews, as you also very well know.
epn d
o pavlos stos
pi
tu
said moreover
Paul, standing before the
emi
I am
u
where
m de
me it behooves
edikesa
I have done wrong,
11
e
If
os ke s
as also you
bematos
kesaros
judgment seat of Ceasar
krinse
iude-us
udn
to be judged. To [the] Jews nothing
kalion
very well
pignoskes
know.
"If, then, I have done wrong and have committed anything worthy of death, I do not refuse to
die; but if none of those things proves true of which these men accuse me, no one can
hand me over to them. I appeal to Caesar."
mn
un adiko
ke aion anatu
pproa
ti
u
indeed for I do wrong , and worthy of death have done anything , not
paretume to apoanen
I do refuse
to die;
e d
udn
stin
on
if however nothing there is of which
kategorusin mu udes
m dnate autis
[can] accuse me , no one me can
to them
12
uti
they
arisase kesara
pikalume
give up To Ceasar I appeal!
Then when Festus had conferred with his council, he answered, "You have appealed to
Caesar, to Caesar you shall go."
tot o festos
slalesas
mt tu smbuli-u
Then Festus , having conferred with the Council,
pikklese
pi kesara
you have appealed , to Ceasar
porjuse
you will go!
229
apkrie
kesara
answered , To Ceasar

13
Now when several days had elapsed, King Agrippa and Bernice arrived at Caesarea and paid
their respects to Festus.
emron d
diagnomnon
days
moreover having passed
tinon agripas o
basil-us ke
some , Agrippa the king
and
bernike katentesan
es kesare-an aspasamni
ton feston
Bernice came down to Ceasarea, having greeted
Festus.
14
While they spent many days there, Festus laid Paul's case before the king, saying, "There
you see the man whom Felix left as a prisoner;
os d
as moreover
anto
laid before
stin
there is
15
emras ditribon
ke
days they stayed there
ple-us
many
ta
the things
o festos
Festus
kata
ton pavlon lgon
aner
relating to
Paul, saying, A man
to basile
the king
tis
certain
katallemnos po felikos dsmios

left
by Felix [as] a prisoner,
and when I remained at Jerusalem, the chief priests and the elders of the Jews brought
charges against him, asking for a sentence of condemnation against him.
pri
concerning
u
whom
i
the
arires
chief priests
autu
him
katadiken
judgment.
gnomnu
having been
ke
and
i
the
mu
es irosolma nfanisan
on my in Jerusalem , made a presentation
prsbtri ton
iude-on etumni kat
elders
of the Jews,
asking against
230

16
"I answered them that it does not meet the custom of the Romans to hand over any man
before the accused meets his accusers face to face and has an opportunity to make his
defense against the charges.
pros
to
us
whom
apkrien oti uk stin os

I answered
not it is [the] custom
arizse tina anropon prin

e
to give up any man
before that
prosopon i
tus
face
may have the
labi
he may have
17
o
the[one]
rome-is
with Romans
kategorumnos kata
being accused,
to
kategorus topon
t
apologi-as
accusers [the] opportunity and of defense
pri
tu nklematos
concerning the accusation.
"So after they had assembled here, I did not delay, but on the next day took my seat on the
tribunal and ordered the man to be brought before me.
snlonton
un
avton nad anabolen medmian
Having come together therefore they, here
delay
no
te es
kaisas
the next [day] having sat
18
kljusa
I commanded
ton andra
the man.
"When the accusers stood up, they began bringing charges against him not of such crimes as
I expected,
pri
u
concerning whom ,
on
of which
19
pi tu bematos
on the judgment seat,
pi-esamenos
having made
stants
i
kategori udmian
having stood up, the accusers no
etian
fron
charge brought
go pno-un
poneron
I
supposed crimes.
but they simply had some points of disagreement with him about their own religion and
about a dead man, Jesus, whom Paul asserted to live.
zetemata
questions
d
tina
pri
tes idias desidemonias eon
moreover certain concerning the own religion,
they had
avton ke pri
him, and concerning
tinos
iesu tnekotos
on
faskn
a certain Jesus having been dead, whom affirmed
pavlos zen
Paul
to be alive.
231
pros
against

20
" Feeling at a loss as to how to investigate such matters, I asked whether he wanted to go to
Jerusalem and there stand trial on these matters.
aporumnos
d
go ten pri
tuton zetesin lgon e
being perplexed moreover I
concerning this inquiry asked, if
bolito
porjuse es irosolma kake
krinse
he was willing to go
to Jerusalem , and there to be judged
pri
concerning
tuton
these things.
21
"But when Paul appealed to remain in custody for the Emperor's decision, I ordered him to
be kept in custody until I send him to Caesar."
tu d pavlu pikalmnu
tereene avton es ten tu
but Paul , having appealed for to be kept himself for the of the
sbastu
diagnosin kljusa
Emporer decision, I commanded
terese
to be kept
avton -os u
him, until that
anapmpso avton pros kesara

I might send him
to Ceasar.
22
Then Agrippa said to Festus, "I also would like to hear the man myself." "Tomorrow," he
said, "you shall hear him."
agripas d
pros
ton feston
bulomen
ke
avtos
Agrippa moreover [said] to
Festus ,
I have been desiring also myself
tu anropu akuse
avrion
fesin
akuse
avtu
the man
to hear . tomorrow, he says, you will hear him.
232

Paul before Agrippa
23
So, on the next day when Agrippa came together with Bernice amid great pomp, and entered
the auditorium accompanied by the commanders and the prominent men of the city, at the
command of Festus, they brought Paul in.
te
On the
un
therefore
pavrion
lontos
tu agripa
ke tes
next day, having come
Agrippa and
brnikes mta poles

Bernice , with great
sn t
with both
fantasias ke eslonton
es
to akroaterion
pomp, and having entered into the audience hall,
iliaris
ke andrasin tis kat oen
tes
pol-os
commanders and men
in prominence in the city,
ke kljusantos
and having commanded
24
tu festu
ee
Festus, was brought in
o pavlos
Paul.
Festus said, "King Agrippa, and all you gentlemen here present with us, you see this man
about whom all the people of the Jews appealed to me, both at Jerusalem and here, loudly
declaring that he ought not to live any longer.
ke
fesin o festos
agripa
basilju ke
pants i
smparonts
And says
Festus , Agrippa King , and all
the being present with
emin andrs -oret tuton
pri
us
men you see this one, concerning
ton
of the
iude-on
Jews
nton
pleaded
mi
n t
irosolmis ke
with me in both Jerusalem
and
bo-onts
me den
crying out [that] not he ought
25
u
apan to pleos
whom all
the multitude
nad
here,
avton
zen
mekti
of him to live no longer.
"But I found that he had committed nothing worthy of death; and since he himself appealed
to the Emperor, I decided to send him.
go d
katlabomen
medn aion avton anatu pprane
I
however , having understood nothing worthy him
of death to have done ,
autu
d tutu
pikalsamnu
ton sbaston krina
ppen
himself and this one having appealed to the Emporer, I determined to send [him],
233

26
"Yet I have nothing definite about him to write to my lord. Therefore I have brought him
before you all and especially before you, King Agrippa, so that after the investigation has
taken place, I may have something to write.
pri
u
asfals
ti
grapse to krio
uk o
concerning whom definite anything to write to [my] lord , not I have.
dio
pro-egagon
avton f
mon
ke
malista
pi
su
Therefore I have brought him before you all , and especially before you,
basilju agrippa opos tes anakris-os
king Agrippa, so that the examination
gnomnes
having taken place
so
I might have
ti
grapso
something to write.
27
"For it seems absurd to me in sending a prisoner, not to indicate also the charges against
him."
alogon
absurd
gar
indeed
mi
to me
doke
pmponta dsmion
me ke tas kat
it seems [in] sending a prisoner , not also the against
avtu etias
semane
him charges to specify.
Acts 26
Paul's Defense before Agrippa
1
Agrippa said to Paul, "You can speak for yourself." Then Paul stretched out his hand and
proceeded to make his defense:
agripas d
pros ton paulon fe
pitrpte
Agrippa moreover to
Paul said , It is allowed
lgen
to speak
tot o pavlos
Then Paul,
si
pr sautu
you for yourself
ktenas
ten era aplogeto
having stretched out the hand, made a defense.
234

2
"In regard to all the things of which the Jews accuse me, I consider myself fortunate, King
Agrippa, that I will soon make my defense before you today;
pri
panton on
nkalume
po iude-on
basilju
Concerning all
of which I am accused by [the] Jews, King
mavton
myself
egeme
I esteem
3
makarion pi
su
mlon
fortunate before you , being about
onta s panton ton kata iude-us

on
t
being you of all
the of [the] Jews customs , and
zetematon
dio
dome
makromos
controversies; therefore I implore[you] , patiently
ke
also
ten
the
akuse me
to hear me
"So then, all Jews know my manner of life from my youth up, which from the beginning I
spent among my own nation and at Jerusalem;
men
indeed
ares
beginning
biosin
mu
ten
k notetos ten ap
manner of life of me, which from youth
from [its]
un
then
gnomnen
having been
isasi pants
know all
5
semron apologese
today to make defense.
especially because I acknowledge you as an expert in all customs and questions among the
Jews; therefore I beg you to listen to me patiently.
malista
gnosten
especially acquainted
agripa
Agrippa,
i
the
n
to ne
among the nation
mu
n t
irosolmis
of me , in also Jerusalem,
iude-i
Jews.
since they have known about me for a long time, if they willingly testify, that I lived as a
Pharisee according to the strictest sect of our religion.
proginoskonts m
knowing
me
oti
kata
that according to
zesa
I lived
anon
-an losi
martren
from the first , if
they would be willing to testify,
ten akribstaten ersin tes

emtras
the strictest
sect
of the of us
farise-os
a Pharisee.
235
reske-as
religion

6
"And now I stand trial for the hope of the promise made by God to our fathers;
ke nn
p
lpidi tes
es tus
And now for [the] hope of the to the
gnonnes
having been made
7
es
to
patras emon paglias

fathers of us promise
po tu -u
steka krinomnos
by
God , I stand being judged,
the promise to which our twelve tribes hope to attain, as they earnestly serve God night and
day. And for this hope, O King, the Jews accuse me.
en
to
which the
latrju-on
serving
lpize
hope
dodkaflon emon n ktne

nkta ke
twelve tribes of us in earnestness , night and
katantese
to attain ;
pri
concerning
es
which
lpidos
[the] hope
emran
day
nkalume
I am accused
po iude-on
basilju
by the Jews, O king.
8
"Why should some consider it incredible among you people if God does raise the dead?
ti
apiston
krinte
par min e o -os nkrus
geri
Why incredible is it judged by you, if
God [the] dead raises ?
9
"So then, I thought to myself that I had to do many things hostile to the name of Jesus of
Nazareth.
go mn
I
indeed
un
therefore
doa
thought
nazore-u
of Nazareth ,
den
it behooves [me]
mavto
pros to onoma iesu
tu
in myself to the name of Jesus
pola
many things
236
nantia prae
contrary to do.

10
"And this I did in Jerusalem; not only did I lock up many of the saints in prisons, having
received authority from the chief priests, but also when they received execution I cast my
vote against them.
o
ke pi-esa n ierosolmis ke polus
Which also I did
in Jerusalem ; and many
n
in
flakes
prisons
katklesa
ten para ton arir-on
locked up , the from the chief priests
anerumnon
being put to death
11
t
ton
also of the
t
avton
moreover they,
usian
labon
authority having received ;
katennka
psefon
I cast against [them] a vote.
"And as I punished them often in all the synagogues, I tried to force them to blaspheme; and
having become furiously enraged at them, I kept pursuing them even to foreign cities.
ke
kata pasa tas synagogas
polakis timoron
And in
all
the synagogues, often punishing
blasfemen
prisos
to blaspheme . Exceedingly
diokon
I persecuted [them]
12
-os
as far as
t
menomnos
moreover being furious
ke
es
even to
tas
autus enankazon
them, I compelled [them]
autis
poles
against, cities,
o
foreign.
"While so engaged as I journeyed to Damascus with the authority and commission of the
chief priests,
n
is
during which,
pitropes
commission
13
agion go
saints I
porjuomnos es ten damaskon mt

usias
ke
journeying
to
Damascus, with
[the] authority and
tes ton ariron
of the chief priests,
at midday, O King, I saw on the way a light from heaven, brighter than the sun, shining all
around me and those who journeyed with me.
emras mses kata ten odon edon basilju

uranon
pr
ten
day
mid on the road I saw, O king , from heaven above the
lamproteta
brightness
tu
of the
eliu
sun ,
prilampsan
having shone around about
tus
sn mi porjuomnus
those with me journeying.
237
me
me,
fos
ke
a light; and

14
"And when we had all fallen to the ground, I heard a voice saying to me in the Hebrew
dialect, 'Saul, Saul, why do you persecute Me? Do you find it hard for you to kick against
the goads.'
panton t
katapsonton
emon es ten gen
ekusa fonen
all
and having fallen down of us to the ground, I heard a voice ,
lgusan pros m
saying to
me
diokes
persecute you?
15
te
bredi
dialkto
sa-ul
in the Hebrew language, Saul,
skleron
[it is] hard
epa
tis
e
kri- o d
krios
epn
said, Who are you, Lord?
moreover [the] Lord said
go emi iesus on
I
am Jesus, whom
ala
but
si
pros
kntra
laktizen
for you against [the]goads to kick.
"And I said, 'Who do I speak to, Lord?' And the Lord said, 'You know me as Jesus whom
you persecute.
go d
I
moreover
16
sa-ul ti m
Saul, why me
s
diokes
you are persecuting.
'But get up and stand on your feet; for this purpose I have appeared to you, to appoint you a
minister and a witness not only to the things which you have seen, but also to the things
in which I will appear to you;
anastei ke stei pi tus podas su
rise up, and stand on the feet
of you;
es
tuto
gar
for this purpose indeed,
ofen si
proerisase
indeed to you, to appoint
s
perten ke
you a servant, and
t
eds
both you have seen
on
t
ofesome
si
of those in which moreover I will appear to you,
17
m
of me,
martra
a witness,
on
of that which
rescuing you from the Jewish people and from the Gentiles, to whom I send you,
erumnos s
k
tu
la-u
delivering you out from the people
us
whom
ke
and
go apostlo
s
I
am sending you,
238
k
from
ton non
the Gentiles,
es
to

18
to open their eyes so that they may turn from darkness to light and from the dominion of
Satan to God, that they may receive forgiveness of sins and an inheritance among those
who have received sanctification by faith in Me.'
ofalmus
eye
anie
to open
fos ke
light, and
afsin
forgiveness
19
usias
power
tes
from the
tes
usias
from the power
piste
by faith
avton
tu
pistrpse
apo
of men , that they may turn from
es
to
tu satana
pi ton -on tu
laben
of Satan to
God, that might receive
tu satana pi ton -on

tu
of Satan to
God. that
amartion
of sins,
skotus
darkness
ke kleron
and inheritance
laben
might receive
n
tis
among those
autus
they
egiasmnis
having been sanctified
te
es m
that [is] in me.
"So, King Agrippa, I did not prove disobedient to the heavenly vision,
on
basilju agripa
uk gnomen apees
te
uranio
optasia
Whereupon , O king Agrippa, not I was
disobedient to the heavenly vision;
20
but kept declaring both to those of Damascus first, and also at Jerusalem and then throughout
all the region of Judea, and even to the Gentiles, that they should repent and turn to God,
performing deeds appropriate to repentance.
ala tis
n damasko proton t
ke irosolmis pasan
but to those in Damascus first, both and Jerusalem all ,
oran tes
region
iude-as
ke tis
nsin apeglon
mtano-en ke
of Judea , and to the Gentiles, I declared [to them] to repent and
pistrfen pi ton -on aia

to turn
to
God
worthy
21
n t ten
in and the
tes mtani-as
rga
of repentance works
prasontas
doing.
"For this reason some Jews seized me in the temple and tried to put me to death.
nka
On account of
tuton
m
these things , me
iro
peronto
temple attempted
iude-i
slabomni
onta n to
the Jews having seized , being in the
diaerisase
to kill [me].
239

22
"So, having obtained help from God, I stand to this day testifying both to small and great,
stating nothing but what the Prophets and Moses said would take place;
pikurias un
ton
Help
therefore having obtained
tes apo
from
tu -u ari
God unto
emras tautes steka

martromnos
mikro
day
this,
I have stood , bearing witness to small
mgalo
to great,
tes
the
t
ke
both and
udn
ktos
lgon on
t
i
profete
nothing other saying , than what both the prophets
lalesan mlonton
said
was about
ginse ke mo-uses
to happen, and Moses:
23
that the Christ would suffer, and that by reason of His resurrection from the dead He would
first proclaim light both to the Jewish people and to the Gentiles."
e
paetos
that would suffer
o
ristos e
protos
the Christ ; whether first
through
fos
mle
light [and] be ready
anastas-os nkron
resurrection from [the] dead ,
kataglen to t
lao
ke tis
to preach to both our people , and to the
nsin
Gentiles.
24
While Paul said this in his defense, Festus said in a loud voice, "Paul, you seem out of your
mind! Your great learning has driven you mad."
tauta
d
these things moreover
fone fesin
voice said,
autu
apologumnu
o festos mgale
of him uttering in his defense,
Festus with loud
te
mene
paul ta pola s gramata es
You are insane,
Paul ! the great you learning to
manian pritrpe
insanity turns!
25
But Paul said, "I have not gone out of my mind, most excellent Festus, but I utter words of
sober truth.
o d pavlos u
but Paul, not
mnome
fesin
I am insane, says,
ala alee-as
but of truth
sofrosnes remata apofngome

sobriety
words I utter.
ke
and
kratist
most excellent
240
fest
Festus,

26
"For the king knows about these matters, and I speak to him also with confidence, since I
feel persuaded that none of these things escape his notice; for this has not occurred in a
corner.
pistate
gar
understands indeed
pri
tuton
o
basiljus pros on
concerning these things the king , to
whom
ke
also
paresiazomnos lalo
lananen
using boldness I speak. are hidden from
u
not
peome
I am persuaded
un
u
gar
more none indeed
gar
avton ti
tuton
indeed him
any of these things
stin n gonia
pprgmnon
is
in a corner done
tuto
of these things.
27
"King Agrippa, do you believe the Prophets? I know that you do."
pistju-es basilju agripa

tis profetes
ida
oti pistju-es
Believe, King
Agrippa, the prophets? I know that you believe.
28
Agrippa replied to Paul, "In a short time you will persuade me to become a Christian."
o d
agripas pros
ton paulon n
oligo
m plees
Then Agrippa [said] to
Paul, Within
so little me do you persuade
ristianon
a Christian
29
pi-ese
to become?
And Paul said, "I would wish to God, that whether in a short or long time, not only you, but
also all who hear me this day, might become such as I have become, except for these
chains."
o d
pavlos
juemen
an
to o
ke n oligo
ke n
and Paul [said] , I would wish anyhow
to God, both in a little and in
mgalo
much,
u
not
gnse
to become
monon s
ala ke
only
you but also
ti-utus opi-os ke go
such as
also I
pantas tus
aku-ontes mu semron
all
those hearing
me this day
emi parktos ton dmon tuton
am except the chains these.
241

30
The king stood up and the governor and Bernice, and those who sat with them,
t
o
then the
anste
rose up
ke
i
and those who
31
basil-us ke
king,
and
snkaemno
are sitting with
o
the
e t
bernike
also Bernice,
autis
them.
and when they had gone aside, they began talking to one another, saying, "This man has not
done anything worthy of death or imprisonment."
ke anaoresants
and having withdrawn
lalun
they spoke
anatu
e dsmon
of death, or of chains
aion
ti
worthy anything
32
egmon
governor
pros alelus lgonts oti udn

to
one saying
Nothing
prase
o
anropos utos
is doing the man
this.
And Agrippa said to Festus, "I may have set this man free if he had not appealed to Caesar."
agripas d
to festo
fe apollse
Agrippa moreover to Festus said have been released
utos
this
me pkkleto
not he had appealed
e
if
dnato o
might
the
anopos
man
kesara
to Ceasar.
Acts 27
Paul Gets Sent to Rome
1
When the decision came that we would sail for Italy, they proceeded to deliver Paul and some
other prisoners to a centurion of the Augustan cohort named Julius.
os
when
d
krie
moreover was decided
ton t
both
iulio
Julius,
paulon
Paul
ke
and
speres
of the cohort
tu apopen emas es ten italian pardidun

sailing
our to
Italian, they delivered
tinas trus dsmotas katontare

onomati
certain other prisoners to a centurion, named
sbastes
of Augustus.
242

2
And embarking in an Adramyttian ship, which we had intended to sail to the regions along
the coast of Asia, we put out to sea accompanied by Aristarchus, a Macedonian of
Thessalonica.
pibants
having boarded
d
moreover
plio
adramteno
mlonti
a ship of Adramyttium, being about
tus kata ten asian topus aneemn ontos sn emin

the along
Asia places , we set sail being with us
makdonos
a Macedonian
3
plen
es
to navigate to
aristaru
Aristarchus
salonik-os
of Thessalonica.
The next day we put in at Sidon; and Julius treated Paul with consideration and allowed him
to go to his friends and receive care.
te te
the moreover
tra
kateemn es sidona filanropos
t
o
next [day] we landed
at Sidon considerately moreover
iulios to paulo resamnos

ptrpsn
pros tus filus
porjunti
Julius
Paul
having treated, allowed [him] to
his friends having gone
pimle-as ten
care
to receive.
4
From there we put out to sea and sailed under the shelter of Cyprus because the winds seemed
contrary.
kaken
anants
ppljusamn
ten kpron dia
to tus
And from there having set sail , we sailed under
Cyprus because of
the
anmus ene nantius
winds
being contrary.
5
When we had sailed through the sea along the coast of Cilicia and Pamphylia, we landed at
Myra in Lycia.
to te plagos
and moreover
katelomn es
we came
to
to kata ten kilkian ke pamfylian daiplusants

along
Cicila and Pampylia , having sailed across
mra tes lkias

Myra
of Lycia.
243

6
There the centurion found an Alexandrian ship sailing for Italy, and he put us aboard it.
kake
juron
o katonares pli-on
And there having found the centurion
a ship
es ten italian nbasn
to
Italy, he placed
7
alandrinon
pl-on
of Alexandria , sailing
emas es
avto
us into it.
When we had sailed slowly for a good many days, and with difficulty had arrived off Cnidus,
since the wind did not permit us to go farther, we sailed under the shelter of Crete, off
Salmone;
n ikanes d
emres bradplo-unts ke molis
for many moreover days, sailing slowly and with difficulty,
gnomni kata
ten knidon me prosontos emas tu anmu
having
over against
Cnidus, not permitting us
the wind,
ppljusamn
ten kreten kata
we sailed under
Crete over against
8
salmonen
Salmone.
and with difficulty sailing past it we came to a place called Fair Havens, near which people
called the city of Lasea.
molis
t paralgomni
auten elomn es topon tina
kalumnon
with difficulty and coasting along it
we came to a place certain called
kalus limnas
Fair Havens
9
o
gs en polis
lase-a
to which near was [the]city of Lasaea.
When considerable time had passed and the voyage became now more dangerous, since even
the fast had come to a conclusion, Paul began to admonish them,
ikanu d
ronu diagnomnu
ke ontos ede
pifalus
much moreover time having passed, and being already dangerous
tu
the
plo-os
dia
to ke
ten neste-an ede
parlelne parene
o
voyage , because of
even the fast
already being passed exhorted [them]
pavlos
Paul.
244

10
and said to them, "Men, I perceive that the voyage will certainly bring damage and great
loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives."
lgon autis
andrs -oro
oti
mta br-os ke poles
saying to them, Men , I understand that with disaster and much
zemas u
mono tu
loss, not only of the
pson emon mlen
lives
of us, is about
11
forti-u ke
cargo and
tu
to the
sse ton plun

to be the voyage.
But the centurion seemed more persuaded by the pilot and the captain of the ship than by
what Paul said.
o d katontares
to
kbrnete ke
but [the] centurion , by the pilot
and
peto
e
tis
was persuaded, than by the things
12
pli-u ala ke ton

ship, but also the
to nauklero
the ship-owner
malon
rather
po paulu lgomnis
by Paul spoken.
Because the harbor did not seem suitable for wintering, the majority reached a decision to
put out to sea from there, if somehow they could reach Phoenix, a harbor of Crete, facing
southwest and northwest, and spend the winter there.
anjutu
d
tu limnos parontos pros paremasian
unsuitable moreover the harbor being
to
winter in
ple-ons
majority
i
the
nto
bulen
anaene ken
e pos
reached a decision to set sail from there also , if somehow
dnento
they might be able,
katantesants es finika
paraemase
liba
having arrived at Phoenix, to winter [there], [the] southwest
limna tes kretes

blponta kata
ke kata
oron
a harbor
of Crete , looking toward and toward [the] northwest.
13
When a moderate south wind came up, supposing that they had attained their purpose, they
weighed anchor and began sailing along Crete, close inshore.
popnjusantos
having blown gently
d
moreover
notu
doants
tes pros-os
a south wind , having thought the purpose
kkratekne
arants
ason
parlgonto
ten kreten
to have obtained, having weighted [anchor] very near they coasted along
Crete.
245

Shipwreck
14
But before very long there rushed down from the land a violent wind, called Euraquilo;
mt
After
u
not
pol
d
long however,
baln
there came
kat
autes anmos tfonikos
down from it a wind tempestuous
o kalumnos juraklon
called
the Noreaster.
15
and when the ship became caught in it and could not face the wind, we gave way to it and let
ourselves drift along.
snarpasntos
having been caught
d
moreover
tu pli-u ke me dnamnu antofalmen

the ship , and not being able to face
to
anmo pidonts
froma
to the wind , having given way we were driven along.
16
Running under the shelter of a small island called Clauda, we could scarcely get the ship's
boat under control.
nesion d
island moreover
issamn
we were able
17
ti
podramonts
kalumnon kavda
a certain having run under , called
Cauda,
molis
with difficulty
prikrates gnse
control
to gain
tes
skafes
of the lifeboat;
After they had hoisted it up, they used supporting cables in undergirding the ship; and
fearing that they might run aground on the shallows of Syrtis, they let down the sea
anchor and in this way let themselves drift along.
en
arants
boe-e-es
which having taken up supports
fobumni t
fearing
moreover
me
lest
ronto
pozonnts
to
plion
they used, undergirding the ship
es
ten srtin
into the sandbars of Syrtis
alasants
to skju-os utos
having lowered the gear , thus
kpsosin
they should fall off ,
fronto
they were driven along .
246

18
The next day as we became violently storm-tossed, they began to jettison the cargo;
sfodros
d
emasomnon
emon te
es
kbolen
violently moreover being storm tossed we
on the next [day] a jettison of cargo
pi-unto
they make.
19
and on the third day they threw the ship's tackle overboard with their own hands.
ke te
trite
avtoers ten skju-en tu
pli-u ripsan
and on the third [day], with [their] own hands of the ship they cast away.
20
Since neither sun nor stars appeared for many days, and no small storm assailed us, from
then on all hope of our someone saving us gradually dwindled.
met
d
eli-u met astron pifenonton pi ple-onas emras
neither moreover sun nor star
appearing for many
days
emonos t
tempest and
uk
no
oligu pikemnu
small lying on [us]
lpis
pasa tu sozse
hope all
being saved
lipon
from now
priereto
was abandoned
emas
of our.
21
When they had gone a long time without food, then Paul stood up in their midst and said,
"Men, you ought to have followed my advice and not to have set sail from Crete and
incurred this damage and loss.
poles t
much also
asitias
time without food
pavlos n mso
Paul
in midst
pearesantas
having been obedient
krdese
to have incurred
paruses
tot
staes
there being, at that time having stood up
avton
epn de
mn
o andrs
of them , said , It behooved [you] indeed O men
mi
me angse
to me not to have set sail
t
ten brin
tauten ke
moreover the disaster this , and
247
apo tes kretes

from
Crete,
ten zemian
the loss.

22
"Yet now I urge you to keep up your courage, for there will not occur loss of life among you,
but only of the ship.
ke
ta nn
pareno mas jumen
apobole gar
pses
And yet
now, I exhort you to take heart; loss
indeed of life
udmia ste
mon plen tu
pli-u
no
there will be from among you, only of the ship.
23
"For this very night an angel of the God to whom I belong and whom I serve stood before
me,
parste
stood by
mi
me
saying, 'Do not fear, Paul; you must stand before Caesar; and behold, God has granted you
all those who sail with you.'
lgon me fobu
saying, not Fear ,
paule kesari s
de
Paul ; Ceasar you it behooves
idu
kariste
Behold , has granted
25
taute te nkti tu -u
u
emi go o
this
night
of God , whose am I
whom
latrju-o aglos
I serve , an angel,
ke
and
24
gar
indeed
parastene
ke
to stand before. and
si
o -os pantas tus
plontas
to you
God , all
those sailing
"Therefore, keep up your courage, men, for I believe God that it will turn out exactly as I
have heard.
dio
jumet
Therefore take heart ,
andrs pisju-o
men , I believe
gar
to -o oti
utos
indeed
God , that thus
ste
ka
on tropon llalete
mi
it will be , according to the way it has been said to me.
26
mta su
with you.
"But we must run aground on a certain island."
es
upon
neson
island
d
tina
de
emas kpsen
however a certain , it behooves us
to fall.
248

27
But when the fourteenth night came, as we became driven about in the Adriatic Sea, about
midnight the sailors began to surmise that they had approached some land.
os
d
tsarskedkate n
when moreover the fourteenth night
gnto
diafromnon
had come , being driven about
emon n to adria
kata
mson
tes
nktos pno-un
we
in the Adriatic toward [the] middle of the night,
sensed
i
naute prosagen
tina
autis
oran
the sailors, to draw near some to them land,
28
They took soundings and found it to measure twenty fathoms; and a little farther on they
took another sounding and found it to measure fifteen fathoms.
ke bolisants
juron
orgi-as ekosi bra d
diastesants
and having taken soundings, they found fathoms twenty. a little then having gone farther ,
ke palin
and again
29
bolisants
juron
orgi-as
having taken soundings they found fathoms
dkapnt
fifteen.
Fearing that we might run aground somewhere on the rocks, they cast four anchors from the
stern and wished for daybreak.
fobumni t
me pu
kata traes topus kpsomn
fearing moreover lest somewhere on rocky places we might fall
k
prmnes ripsants
ankras
out of [the] stern
having cast anchors
tsaras juonto
four
they prayed for
emran gnse
day
to come.
30
But as the sailors tried to escape from the ship and had let down the ship's boat into the sea,
on the pretense of intending to lay out anchors from the bow,
ton d
navton
zetunton fgen
k
tu
pli-u ke
them [the ] sailors, seeking to flee out of the ship , moreover
alasanton
having let down
ten skafen
es ten alasan profase
os
the [life] boat into the sea ,
under pretense as
k
prores
ankras mlonton
from [the] bow , anchors being about
ktenen
to cast out.
249

31
Paul said to the centurion and to the soldiers, "Unless these men remain in the ship, you
yourselves cannot become saved."
epn o pavlos to
said
Paul to the
katonare ke tis
stratiotes an me uti
centurion and to the soldiers, if not these
menosin n to
pli-o
remain in the ship,
32
mes soene
u
dnase
you to be saved not are able.
Then the soldiers cut away the ropes of the ship's boat and let it fall away.
tot
Then
apkopsan
cut away
i
strati-ote
the soldiers
ta sinia tes
skafes
ke
the ropes of the [life] boat , and
e-asan
auten kpsen
allowed her to fall away.
33
Until the day just about to dawn, Paul encouraged them all to take some food, saying,
"Today you have reached the fourteenth day that you have constantly watched and going
without eating, having taken nothing.
ari
until
d
moreover
u
that
apantas mtalaben
all,
to partake
prosdokonts
watching
34
emra emln
day was about
ginse parkale
to come , exhorted
trofes
lgon
tsarskedkaten
of food, saying, The fourteenth
asiti
without eating
o pavlos
Paul
semron
today
emran
[is] day
diatlet
men proslabomni
you continue , nothing having taken.
"Therefore I encourage you to take some food, for this will help preserve you, for not a hair
from the head of any of you will perish."
dio
Therefore
parakalo mas mtalaben trofes tuto gar

pros tes
I exhort you to take
food , this Because for
mtras soterais
of you preservation
kfales
head
pare
is;
udnos
gar
mon
of not one indeed of you
apolete
will perish.
250
ri apo tes
a hair of the

35
Having said this, he took bread and gave thanks to God in the presence of all, and he broke it
and began to eat.
epas
having said
-o
to God
36
d
tauta
ke labon
moreover these things, and having taken
nopion panton ke klasas

before all,
and having broken [it]
rato
si-en
he began to eat,
All of them felt encouraged and they themselves also took food.
korsnts
having been satisfied
d
trofes
kufizon
to pli-on
moreover with food, they lightened the ship,
kbalomni ton siton

casting out the wheat
37
arton
juaristesn to
bread, he gave thanks
es
ten alasan
into the sea.
All of us in the ship numbered two hundred and seventy-six persons.
ot
d
emra gnto ten gen uk pginoskon
when moreover day
it was , the land not they did recognize;
d
tina
however a certain
katno-un
onta egialon es on
they noticed , having a shore, on which
e dnento
ose
if they should be able to drive
kolpon
bay
bulju-onto
they purposed,
to
pli-on
the ship.
38
When they had eaten enough, they began to lighten the ship by throwing out the wheat into
the sea.
korsnts
having been satisfied
d
moreover
kbalamonni ton siton

es
casting out
the wheat into
trofes
kufizon
to pli-on
with food , they lightened the ship ,
ten alasan
the sea.
251

39
When day came, they could not recognize the land; but they did observe a bay with a beach,
and they resolved to drive the ship onto it if they could.
ot
when
d
moreover
d
however
emra gnto ten gen

uk pginoskon
kolpon
day
it was, the land not they did recognize; bay
tina
katno-un
onta egi-alon
a certain they noticed , having a shore ,
e dnento
if they should be able
40
es on
bulju-onto
on which they purposed,
ose
to
pli-on
to drive the ship.
And casting off the anchors, they left them in the sea while at the same time they loosened
the ropes of the rudders; and hoisting the foresail to the wind, they headed for the beach.
ke tas ankras
and the anchors
prilonts
having cut away,
e-on
es ten alasan
they left [them] in the sea
ama
annts
tas zjukteri-as ton
pedalion ke ton
at the same time having loosened the ropes
of the rudders, and the
parants
having hoisted
41
ton artmona te
pn-use
kateon
es egialon
the foresail
to the blowing [wind], they made for shore.
But striking a reef where two seas met, they ran the vessel aground; and the prow stuck fast
and remained immovable, but the stern began to break up by the force of the waves.
pripsonts
Having fallen
na-un
vessel;
d
moreover
ke e
mn
and the indeed
es
topon
into a place
prora resasa
bow having stuck fast
prmna
lto
[the] stern was being broken up
42
dialason
pkelan
ten
where two seas met they ran around the
po tes bias
by the violence
menn
asaljutos e d
remained immovable. moreover
ton
kmaton
of the waves.
The soldiers' planned to kill the prisoners, so that none of them would swim away and
escape;
ton
d
statioton
of the moreover soldiers,
bule
[the] plan
gnto ina tus dsmotas

was
that the prisoners
apoktenosin
me tis
kolmbesas
diafge
they should kill ; lest anyone having swum away should escape.
252

43
but the centurion, wanting to bring Paul safely through, kept them from their intention, and
commanded that those who could swim should jump overboard first and get to land,
o d katonares
bulomnos diasose ton paulon kolsn
but [the] centurion , desiring
to save
Paul,
hindered
bulematos
[their] purpose
kljusn
commanded
t
tus
moreover those
aporipsantas
protus
having cast [themselves] off first
44
autus tu
them of
dnamnus
being able ,
pi ten gen
ine
on the land to go out.
and the rest should follow, some on planks, and others on various things from the ship. And
so it happened that they all arrived safely on land.
ke tus lipus us
mn
pi sanisin
us
d
and the rest , some indeed on boards, some moreover
ton
apo
of the, from
tu pli-u
the ship;
ke utos
and thus
gnto
it came to pass
pi tinon
on various things
pantas diasoene
all
were brought safely
pi ten gen
to the land.
Acts 28
(Click Link for Audio) http://www.wordproject.org/bibles/gk/44/28.htm#0
Safe at Malta
1
When they had brought them safely through, then we found out that the island had the name
of Malta.
ke diasonts
tot pgnomn
oti
mlite e nesos kalete
And having been saved, then we found out that Malta the island is called.
253

2
The natives showed us extraordinary kindness; for because of the rain that had set in and
because of the cold, they kindled a fire and received us all.
i te
barbari
pareon
and [the] natives showed
apsants
having kindled
d
moreover
ten pran idna apo

the fire , a viper out of
tes
on the
to
psos
of the cold.
dia
because
But when Paul had gathered a bundle of sticks and laid them on the fire, a viper came out
because of the heat and fastened itself on his hand.
sstrpsantos
having gathered
pi
on
pran
proslabonto fstota
pantas
a fire , they received
coming on,
all
dia ton
ton ton ke
because of rain
and
emas
of us
gar
indeed
u
ten tusan filanopian emin
not [just] the ordinary kindness
to us ;
tu
paulu frgarion ti pleos ke pintos

Paul of sticks a quantity , and having laid [them]
tes rmes lusa

kaepsn
the heat , having come fastened
eros autu
hand of him.
When the natives saw the creature hanging from his hand, they began saying to one another,
"Undoubtedly this man has murdered someone, and though he has received salvation
from the sea, justice has not allowed him to live."
os
d
when moreover,
edon i
saw the
barbari krmamnon
natives hanging
to
erion k
the beast
from
tes eros autu

pros alelus
lgon
pantos
fon-us
the hand of him to
one another the said , By all means a murderer
stin o
anropos utos on
diasonta
is
the man
this , whom having been saved
alases
sea
e dike
Justice
zen
uk
e-asn
to live not has permitted.
254
k
tes
from the

5
However he shook the creature off into the fire and suffered no harm.
o
the [one]
mn
indeed
un
then
apotinaas
having shaken off
to erion
es to pr pan
the creature into the fire he suffered
uden kakon
no injury.
6
But they expected that he would swell up or suddenly fall down dead. But after they had
waited a long time and had seen nothing unusual happen to him, they changed their
minds and began to view him as a god.
d prosdokon
but they were expecting
avton mlen
pimprase
e
him to be about to become inflamed , or
katapipten afno
nkron
to fall down suddenly dead.
prosdokonton
waiting
ke
and
pi
pol d
avton
a while great however, they
orunton medn atopon

seeing
nothing amiss
es avton gonomnon
to him
happening,
mtabalomni
lgon
avton ene -on
having changed their opinion, they said him to be a god.
7
Now in the neighborhood of that place we observed lands belonging to the leading man of the
island, named Publius, who welcomed us and entertained us courteously three days.
n d
tis
in moreover the [parts]
pri ton topon kenon

about the place [the] same,
pern oria
were
lands
to
proto
belonging to the chief
tes
nesu
onomati polio
os
anadamnos
of the island , named Publius , who having received
emas emras tres

us
days
three
filofronos nisn
hospitably entertained [us].
255

8
And it happened that the father of Publius had lain in bed afflicted with recurrent fever and
dysentery; and Paul went in to see him and after he had prayed, he laid his hands on him
and healed him.
gnto
d
ton patra tu poli-u
prtis ke dsntrio
it came to pass moreover, the father
of Publius fevers and dysentery
snomnon
oppressed with,
katakese
was lying,
Pavlos eslon
ke
Paul, having entered and
pros on o
to whom
pavlos
Paul,
eslon
eras
having entered hands
prosjuamnos pies
tas
having prayed, having laid on the
avto
him,
iasato avton
healed him.
9
After this had happened, the rest of the people on the island who had diseases came to Paul,
getting cured.
tutu
This
d
gnomnu
therefore having taken place
onts
having
10
ke
also
i
lipi
the rest
i n te
in the
neso
island
asne-as proseronto ke
rapju-onto
infirmities came
and were healed.
They also honored us with many marks of respect; and when we set sail, they supplied us
with all we needed.
i
ke
poles
times timesan emas ke anagomnis pento
who also with many honors honored us , and on setting , they laid on [us],
ta
the things
pros tas re-as

for the needs.
Paul Arrives at Rome

11
At the end of three months we set sail on an Alexandrian ship which had wintered at the
island, and which had the Twin Brothers for its figurehead.
mta
after
d
tres
menas
aneemn
moreover three months, we sailed
n pli-o
parakemakoti
in a ship having wintered
n te neso
alandrino
parasemo
dioskuris
in the island , an Alexandrian, with a figurehead the Dioscuri.
256

12
After we put in at Syracuse, we stayed there for three days.
ke
katants
And having put in
13
From there we sailed around and arrived at Rhegium, and a day later a south wind sprang up,
and on the second day we came to Puteoli.
on
from where
emran
day,
14
es srakusas pmenamn emras tres

at Syracuse , we stayed
days
three,
prilonts
katentesamn es region
ke mta mian
having gone around , we arrived
at Rhegium . and after one
pignomnu
having come on
notu
djutre-i elomn
es potiolus
a south wind , on the second day to
Puteoli,
There we found some brethren, who invited us to stay with them for seven days; and thus we
came to Rome.
u
where
juronts
adlfus
parkleemn
having found [some] brothers , we were entreated
emras
days
pta ke
seven. And
15
par autis pimene

with them to remain
utos es ten romen elamn

so to
Rome we came.
And the brethren, when they heard about us, came from there as far as the Market of Appius
and Three Inns to meet us; and when Paul saw them, he thanked God and took courage.
kaken
And from there
i
adlfi
akusants
ta
pri
emon
the brothers, having heard the things concerning us,
elan
es apantesin emin ari
came out to meet
us
as far as
api-u
Appius
foru
ke trion
market and Three
tabernon us
idon
o pavlos juaristesas
to
Taverns; whom having seen
Paul, having given thanks to
257
arsos
courage.
-o lab
God took.

16
When we entered Rome, Paul received the privilege of staying by himself, with the soldier
who guarded him.
ot
d
eselomn es romen
when moreover we came
to Rome
dsmius
prisoners
tus
the
to
to the
o
katontaros
the centurion
stratopdare
captain of the guard ,
ptrape
to Paulo mnen
was allowed
Paul
to stay
ka avton
sn to flasonti
avton
by himself , with the who was guarding him
17
ontas ton
being of the
d
moreover,
mta emras tres

snkalsase
after days
three called together
pros autus go andrs adlfi

to them , I
men brothers,
la-o
e tis si
people or the customs
irosolmon
Jerusalem
avton tus
he
those
iude-on protus
snlonton
d
avton
Jews
leaders . having come together moreover they,
nantion lgn
against
he said
18
stratiote
soldier.
After three days Paul called together those who considered themselves the leading men of
the Jews, and when they came together, he began saying to them, "Brethren, though I had
done nothing against our people or the customs of our fathers, yet I became delivered as a
prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans.
gnto
it came to pass
to
the
pardokn
delivered
tis patro-is
of our fathers ;
pardoen
es
tas eras ton
was delivered into the hands of the
uden
nothing
pi-esas
having done
dsmios
a prisoner from
rome-on
Romans,
"And when they had examined me, they felt willing to release me because there didnt
appear any ground for putting me to death.
otins
who
anakrinants
having examined
medmian etian
not one
cause
m bulonto apolse
dia
me wished
to let [me] go, because of
anatu
of death
paren n emi
to exist in me.
258
to

19
"But when the Jews objected, I had no recourse but to appeal to Caesar, not that I had any
accusation against my nation.
antilgonton d
objecting
moreover
u
not
20
iude-on enankasen
pikalsase kesara
Jews , I was compelled
to appeal to Ceasar,
ton
of the
os tu nus
mu
on
ti
kategoren
as the nation of me having anything to lay against.
"For this reason, therefore, I requested to see you and to speak with you, for I wear this chain
for the sake of the hope of Israel."
dia tauten un
ten etian parkalsa mas iden ke proslalese
For this
therefore
cause I called
you , to see and to speak to [you];
nkn
gar
because of indeed
21
alsin tauten prikeme

chain this I have around [me].
They said to him, "We have neither received letters from Judea concerning you, nor have
any of the brethren come here and reported or spoken anything bad about you.
d
and
pros avton epan

emes ut
gramata pri
su
to him
they said , We neither letters concerning you
dama
received
adlfon
brothers
22
tes lpidos tu isra-el

ten
the hope
of Israel , the
apo tes
from
iude-as
Judea ,
ut paragnomnos tis
ton
nor having arrived any one of the
apegeln e lalesn ti
pri
su
reported , or said
anything concerning you.
"But we desire to hear from you what your views may consist of; for concerning this sect,
we know that people speak against it everywhere."
ai-umn
we deem worthy
d
moreover
para
from
su
you
akuse a
frones
pri
to hear what you think, converning
mn gar
tes ers-os tautes gnoston emin
stin oti
pantau
truly indeed the sect
this
known to us it is , that everywhere
antilgte
it is spoken against.
259

23
When they had set a day for Paul, they came to him at his lodging in large numbers; and he
explained to them by solemnly testifying about the kingdom of God and trying to
persuade them concerning Jesus, from both the Law of Moses and from the Prophets,
from morning until evening.
taamni
having appointed
d
moreover
nian ple-ons
lodging many ,
is
to whom
avto emran elon pros avton es ten

him a day ,
came to
him to the
tito
diamartromnos ten
he expounded, fully testifying
the
basile-an tu -u
peon
t
autus tu
kingdom
of God , persuading moreover them
tu
the
nomu
law
mo-us-os
of Moses,
pri
concerning
iesu
apo t
Jesus, from both
ke ton profeton apo

pri
-os spras
and the prophets, from morning to
evening.
24
Some felt persuaded by the things spoken, but others would not believe.
ke i
mn
And some indeed
peonto
were persuaded
tis
the things
lgomnis
i
d
he is speaking; some however
epistun
disbelieved.
25
And when they did not agree with one another, they began leaving after Paul had spoken one
parting word, "The Holy Spirit rightly spoke through Isaiah the prophet to your fathers,
asmfoni
discordant
d
moreover
tu paulu rema
Paul word
onts
pros
being with
alelus
aplonto
epontos
one another , they departed; having spoken
n
oti kalos
to
pnjuma to
one :
Rightly the Spirit
ese-u tu
profetu
Isaiah the prophet
pros tus
to
the
patras
fathers
ymon
of us.
260
agion lalesn dia

Holy spoke
by

26
saying,
'GO TO THIS PEOPLE AND SAY,
"YOU WILL KEEP ON HEARING, BUT WILL NOT UNDERSTAND;
AND YOU WILL KEEP ON SEEING, BUT WILL NOT PERCEIVE;
lgon porjueti
saying, Go
pros
to
ton
the
la-on
tuton ke
epon ako-e
people this , and
say , in hearing
akust
ke u me snet
you will hear, and no not understand ;
ke blponts blpst
and seeing
you will see,
ke u me idet
and no not understand.
27
FOR THE HEART OF THIS PEOPLE HAS BECOME DULL,

AND WITH THEIR EARS THEY SCARCELY HEAR,
AND THEY HAVE CLOSED THEIR EYES;
OTHERWISE THEY MIGHT SEE WITH THEIR EYES,
AND HEAR WITH THEIR EARS,
AND UNDERSTAND WITH THEIR HEART AND RETURN,
AND I WOULD HEAL THEM."'
pane
has grown
bar-os
barely
me
lest
gar
indeed
e
the
kardia tu
la-u
tutu ke tis
osin
heart of the people this, and with the ears
ekusan
ke
tus
they hear, and the
pot idosin
ever they should see
ofalmus avton
eyes
of them
tis
with the
kamsan
akusosin
they have closed, they should hear
ofalmis ke tis
osin ke te
eyes,
and with the ears and with the
kardia snosin
ke pistrpsosin ke
iasome autus
heart they should understand, and should turn, and I will heal them.
28
"Therefore may you understand that God has sent this salvation to the Gentiles; they will
also listen."
gnoston un
sto
min
oti tis
Known therefore be it , to you that to the
soterion tu -u
auti
salvation
of God; they
nesin apstale
Gentiles has been sent
ke
akusonte
moreover will listen!
261
tuto to
this

29
[When he had spoken these words, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among
themselves.]
ke
tauta
And these things
autu epontos
apelon
i
iude-i polen
he
having said, went away the Jews, much
onts n
avtos
having among themselves
30
szetesin
reasoning.
And he stayed two full years in his own rented quarters and welcomed all who came to him,
nmenn
he stayed
d
moreover
ditian
olen
n idio
two years whole in his own
misomati
ke
rented house, and
apdto pantas tus esporju-omnus pros

avton
welcomed all
coming
unto him,
31
preaching the kingdom of God and teaching concerning the Lord Jesus Christ with all
openness, unhindered.
kerson
proclaiming
ten basile-an tu -u
ke didaskon
the kingdom
of God , and teaching
tu kri-u iesu
the Lord Jesus
ta
the things
ristu
mta pases paresi-as akoltos
Christ, with all
boldness unhindered.
262
pri
concerning

Acts in E-Prime With Interlinear Greek in IPA 3-17-2015

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Acts in E-Prime With Interlinear Greek in IPA 3-17-2015

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Acts

Rendered into E-Prime by

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

Pronunciation Guide and Flashpoints for English Speakers

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

/ / as in bed and pet

as in bone or chrome or dome

pronounce the vowel sound of kiss while rounding the lips

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

ari es emras ntelamnos

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

plabn avton apo

ton ofalmon avton

ton uranon utos o iesus

asas avton porjumnon

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

irusalem apo orus

stin gs irusalem sabatu

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

ke n tes emres tavtes anastas

tes diakonias tavtes

panta ta splanana avtu

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

"For the scriptures state in the book of Psalms,

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

iosef ton kalumnon barsaban

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

mta ton ndka apostolon

The Day of Pentecost

ten emran tes pntekostes

ke gnto afno k tu uranu

ke plerosn olon ton

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

katikunts iude-i andrs julabes apo

pantos nus ton

emes aku-omn kastos te idia dialkto

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

ke ta mre tes libjes

avton tes emtres

dialju-azonts lgon oti gljukus

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

o ptros sn tis ndka pern ten

pants tuto min

os mes polambabt uti

but Joel the prophet spoke this:

emres lge o -os ko

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

EVEN ON MY BONDSLAVES, BOTH MEN AND WOMEN,

tes emres kenes k-o

'AND I WILL GRANT WONDERS IN THE SKY ABOVE

'THE SUN WILL TURN INTO DARKNESS

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

avtu o -os n mso

"For David says of Him,

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

'THEREFORE MY HEART FELT GLAD AND MY TONGUE EXULTED;

BECAUSE YOU WILL NOT ABANDON MY SOUL TO HADES,

'YOU HAVE MADE KNOWN TO ME THE WAYS OF LIFE;

tes emras tavtes

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA

"This Jesus God raised up again, to which we all witnessed.

tuton ton iesun anstesn

Acts in E-Prime with Interlinear Greek in IPA